SEMESTER I

15T101 CALCULUS AND ITS APPLICATIONS 3 2 0 4 DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS: Basic concepts - Limits, continuity. Differentiation, functions of several variables, partial derivatives, total derivatives, Taylor‟s formula for functions of two variables. (8+5)

INTEGRAL CALCULUS: Double integrals - double integrals over rectangles, double integrals as volumes, Fubini‟s theorem (concept and statement only), double integrals in polar form, changing the order of integration. (6+4)

ORDINARY DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS OF FIRST ORDER: Basic concepts, separable differential equations, exact differential equations, integrating factors, linear differential equations, Bernoulli equation, modeling- mixing problems, decay and growth problems, Newton‟s law of cooling. (9+6)

LINEAR DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS OF SECOND ORDER: Homogeneous linear equations of second order, linearity principle, initial value problem, general solution, second order homogeneous equations with constant coefficients, Euler – Cauchy equation, solution by variation of parameters. (6+4)

VECTOR CALCULUS: Gradient of a scalar field, directional derivative, divergence of a vector field, curl of a vector field. Integration in vector field – Line integrals, work, circulation and flux, path independence, conservative fields, surface integrals. Green‟s, Gauss divergence and Stoke‟s theorems (concepts and statements only), evaluation of line, surface and volume integrals. (16+11) Total L: 45+T: 30=75 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Thomas G. B. and Finney R. L., “Calculus and Analytic Geometry”, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2012. 2. Erwin Kreyszig, “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, Wiley India Pvt Ltd, New Delhi, 2012.

REFERENCES: 1. Wylie C. R. and Barrett L. C., “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2013. 2. Peter V.O Neil, “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, Cengage, New Delhi, 2010.

15H102/15T102 PHYSICS 3 0 0 3

MECHANICAL PROPERTIES: Review of vector quantities. Newton's third law and Free Body diagrams. Rigid body dynamics: Centre of mass. Moment of inertia. Torque, angular momentum and angular acceleration. Work power and energy. Conservation of momentum. Friction and wear-Static and dynamic friction, limiting friction, Rolling friction. Coefficient of static friction, coefficient of dynamic friction. Lubrication and lubricants. Surface wear due to friction. Role of friction in textiles. Surface treatments for reducing friction. Surface treatments for increasing friction. (9)

PROPERTIES OF LIQUIDS AND FLUIDS: Surface tension: molecular forces-intermolecular range. Excess pressure, capillarity.Viscosity -viscous force-coefficient of viscosity. Equation of continuity. Adhesion, cohesion, wettability. Fluid Motion- Newtonian and non newtonian fluids - Kinematics of Moving Fluids: Poiseuille‟s Equation for flow of a Liquid through a capillary tube. Properties of absorbent textiles for industrial applications (9)

GEOMETRICAL OPTICS: Image formation using lenses and mirrors. Spherical and chromatic aberration. Methods of reducing aberrations. Aspherical components, aperture control, multiple elements. Adaptive optics. Definition of depth of field. Optical instruments for imaging and inspection of textiles and fibres. Factors affecting magnification and image quality (8)

PHYSICAL OPTICS: Principle of Interferometry. Interferometric techniques for measurement of small thicknesses. Applications to measurement of fibre thickness and uniformity. Polarised light - appearance of transparent materials in polarised light- fibre colour due to birefringence. Polarised light microscopes for inspection of textiles and fibres. Use of Bertrand lens and conoscopy. Spectral distribution: emission, transmission reflection and absorption spectra. Textile colour, colour changing fabrics. (10)

THERMAL PHYSICS: Review of thermal properties: Specific heat capacity, thermal capacity and coefficient of linear thermal expansion. Methods of measurement of thermal expansion. Differential equation of one-dimensional heat flow. Searle's apparatus and Lee's disc apparatus for determination of thermal conductivity. Thermal Insulation. Convection and radiation. Heat dissipation. Properties of woven and non-woven textiles for thermal functions. (9)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Richard Wolfson, “Essential university Physics” Vols 1 and 2, Pearson Education, Singapore, 2011. 2. Gaur R. K. and Gupta S. L., “Engineering Physics”, Dhanpat Rai and Sons, India, 2013.

REFERENCES: 1. Halliday D., Resnick R. and Walker J., “Fundamentals of Physics”, Wiley Publications, 2008. 2. Arthur Beiser, “Applied Physics”, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co. Ltd, India, 2007. 3. Hitendra K. Malik and Ajay Kumar Singh, “Engineering Physics”, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co. Ltd, India, 2010.

24

15T/H103 CHEMISTRY 3 0 0 3 CHEMICAL BONDING: Types of chemical bonds – bond polarity, dipole moments and partial ionic character of covalent bonds. Molecular orbital treatment of simple diatomic molecules. Metallic bonding – free electron theory and band theory. Hydrogen bonding – types and their consequences. van der Waals forces – origin and significance. (9)

KINETICS AND SURFACE CHEMISTRY: Integrated rate laws - temperature dependence of reaction rate, kinetics of enzyme catalysis – Michaelis-Menton equation. Adsorption - Freundlich and Langmuir isotherms. Surface active agents - types, orientation of surfactants on solid and liquid interfaces, adsorbed mono layers. Applications of adsorption – detergency, water repellency, wetting - contact angle, foaming, emulsifications, deemulsification, defoamers and water conservation. (9)

WATER CHEMISTRY: Water quality parameters- determination of hardness (EDTA method), alkalinity, TDS, BOD, COD, chloride, sulphate, iron (by colorimetry). Boiler troubles and remedies – internal conditioning. Water treatment methods – zeolite, demineralization, electrodialysis and reverse osmosis. Solution chemistry: Solubility product, common ion effect- influence on ionization of weak electrolytes and pH of solutions. (9)

LUBRICANTS : Mechanism of lubrication, properties of lubricating oil - viscosity, viscosity index, flash and fire points, oiliness, cloud and pour points, aniline point, Steam Emulsion Number, oxidation stability. Additives for lubricants. Greases – types and uses. Solid lubricants. Synthetic lubricants-. Fluolubes, silicone lubricants. Lubricating emulsions, cutting fluids. (9)

OILS, FATS, SOAPS AND DYES: Oil and fats - chemical constitution, general chemical characteristics – drying, rancidification, hydrolysis, hydrogenation, hydrogenolysis. Chemical analysis – acid, saponification, iodine, RM values – determination and their significance. Soaps- types and preparation. Detergents. Dyes -Theory of colour and constitution – chromophore and auxochromes, Nomenclature of dyes - commercial naming, colour index. Classification of dyes based on application – direct dyes, mordant dyes, ingrain dyes, vat dyes, disperse dyes, reactive dyes and sulphur dyes. (9)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Atkins P., “The Elements of Physical Chemistry”, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2009 2. Jain P. C. and Monica Jain., “Engineering Chemistry”, Dhanpat Rai Publishing Company, New Delhi, 2013.

REFERENCES: 1. Shaw D. J., “Introduction to Colloids and Surface Chemistry “, Butterworth - Heinemann Ltd., Jordan, 1998. 2. Shashi Chawla, “A Text book of Engineering Chemistry”, Dhanpat Rai & Co, New Delhi, 2005. 3. Puri B. R. Sharma L. R. and Pathania M. S., “Principles of Physical Chemistry”, Vishal Publishing & Co., New Delhi, 2010.

15T104 ENGLISH LANGUAGE PROFICIENCY 2 2 0 3

LEARNING LANGUAGE THROUGH STANDARD LITERARY AND GENERAL TEXTS: Integrated Tasks focusing on Language Skills – Training based on Text based Vocabulary, tone, register and Syntax features. (12)

GRAMMAR IN CONTEXT: Word Order – Subject Verb Concord – Style features – Tenses, Conditionals, Prepositions, Active and Passive Voice, Modals and Transformation of Sentences. (14)

GUIDELINES FOR WRITTEN COMMUNICATION: Principles of Clear Writing - Paragraph Writing – Essay Writing – Emphasis Techniques – Summarizing and Paraphrasing – Analytical Writing – Letter Writing. (4)

WRITING PRACTICE (8)

FOCUS ON SPOKEN ENGLISH: Task – based activities with graded levels of difficulty and with focus on language functions

Level 1: Self – expression – Greetings in Conversation, Hobbies, Special interests, Daily routine. Level 2: General Awareness – Expression of Concepts, Opinions, Social Issues, Description of a process / picture/chart, news presentation / review. Level 3: Advanced Skills – Making Short Speeches and Participating in Role Plays. (14)

LISTENING ACTIVITY: Task- based Activities using Language Lab. (8)

Total L: 30+T: 30 =60 TEXTBOOK: 1. Monograph prepared by the Faculty, Department of English, 2015.

REFERENCES: 1. Simon Haines, Mark Nettle and Martin Hewings, “Advanced Grammar in Use”, Cambridge University Press, New Delhi, 2008. 2. Jill Singleton, “Writers at Work: The Paragraph”, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2012. 3. Anne Laws, “Writing Skills”, Orient Black Swan, Hyderbad, 2011. 4. Sinha D.K., “Specimens of English Prose”, Orient Black Swan, Hyderabad, 2012.

25

15T105 PROBLEM SOLVING AND C PROGRAMMING 2 2 0 3

INTRODUCTION TO PROBLEM SOLVING: Program development - Analyzing and Defining the Problem - Algorithm - Flow Chart.

(2+2) PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES: Definition - Types of programming language – Modular Programming - Program Development Environment. (2+2)

C: The C character set - Identifiers and keywords - Data types – Constants - Variables - Declarations – Expressions - Statements - Operators & expressions - Arithmetic operators - Unary operators - Relational & logical operators - Assignment operators - Conditional operators - comma operator - sizeof operator - Library functions - Data input & output functions. (4+4)

CONTROL STATEMENTS: If else - Switch Case - While - Do While - For - Nested loops - break – continue – goto statements. (4+4) FUNCTIONS: Function prototype - Defining a function – function call - Passing arguments to a function - Storage classes - auto - static - extern and register variables. (4+4)

ARRAYS: Defining an array - Processing an array - Passing array to a function - Multi dimensional array - Arrays & strings. (4+4)

POINTERS: Definition - Pointer Arithmetic - Pointer and arrays – Dynamic memory allocation. (2+2)

STRUCTURES AND UNIONS: Definitions - Processing a structure – Array and structures – Nested structures - Structures and pointers - Structures and functions. (4+4)

FILES: Need for files – Operations on files - Sequential and Random access file functions - File Handling Functions - Error handling functions. (2+2)

Preprocessor Directives - Command Line Arguments. (2+2)

Total L: 30 + T: 30 = 60 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Kernighan B. W. and Ritchie D. M., “C Programming Language (ANSI C)”, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2006. 2. Deitel H. M. and Deitel P. J., “C : How To Program”, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2012.

REFERENCES: 1. Gottfried B., “Programming with C”, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2009. 2. Herbert Schildt, “C: The Complete Reference”, McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2000. 3. Rama N. Reddy Carol A. Ziegler, “C Programming For Scientists and Engineers With Applications”, Jones And Bartlett, New Delhi 2010.

15T106 BASICS OF TEXTILE ENGINEERING 2 2 0 3 INTRODUCTION: Classification of Textile Fibre. Basic Characteristics of Textile Fibres. Staple fibre, filament, spun yarn. (4+4) YARN: Types of yarn – ring yarn & open end yarn – process flow chart. Blended yarns – Polyester / Cotton, Polyster / Wool, Polyester / Viscose. Yarn numbering system.

FABRIC: Types - Woven, Knitted, Nonwoven. Analysis & Applications – Apparel, Home textile and Industrial textiles. (5+5) (5+5)

NATURAL FIBRES: Cotton – Varieties, Cultivation and harvesting, Structure, properties and end uses. Jute, Flax, Sisal, Banana - Cultivation, Retting, Fibre Extraction, Properties and uses. (5+5)

Wool – Types, Fibre extraction, structure & properties, end uses. Study of woollen & worsted system. Silk – Types, Production - Structure, properties and end uses. (6+6)

MANUFACTURED FIBRES: Viscose rayon – Raw Material, Production, Structure & Properties, End Uses. Polyester, Nylon, Acrylic, Polypropylene, Vinyl fiber – raw materials – spinning types, post spinning operations. Structure, properties and end uses. (6+6) IDENTIFICATION OF FIBRES: Feeling Test, Burning test, Microscopic test, Staining Test. Chemical test and Density measurement. (4+4)

Total L: 30 + T: 30= 60

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Bernard P. Corbman, “Textiles : Fibre to Fabric”, McGraw Hill Book Co., Singapore, 1983. 2. Sreenivasamurthy H. V., “Introduction to Textile Fibres”, The Textile Association India, Mumbai, 1998.

REFERENCES: 1. Mishra S. P., “A Text Book of Fibre Science and Technology,” New Age International (P) Ltd., New Delhi, 2000. 2. Marjory L. Joseph, “Essentials of Textiles”, CBS College Publishing, New York, 1984. 3. Norma Hollen and Jane saddler, “Textiles”, The Macmillan Company, New York, 2000. 4. Oxtoby E., “Spun Yarn Technology”, Butterworths, London, 2002.

26

15T110 ENGINEERING PRACTICES 0 0 2 1

1. Welding - Metal arc welding tools and equipment, exercises by Arc welding and TIG welding Processes. 2. Fitting - Tools, operations, exercises Make “T”-Joint and “L” Joint, types of joints. 3. Carpentry- Tools, carpentry process, carpentry exercises, types of joints. 4. Plumbing-exercises-external thread cutting and joining. 5. Sheet metal work& Soldering - Tools, operations, exercises Make a Rectangular Tray in Galvanized Iron sheet. REFERENCE: 1. Laboratory manual prepared by Department of Mechnaical Engineering, 2012 . Total P: 30

15T111 PHYSICS LABORATORY - I 0 0 2 1 List of experiments

1. Determination of Young‟s Modulus of a wooden bar – Cantilever method. 2. Determination of surface tension of water – Capillary rise method. 3. Determination of coefficient of viscosity of water – Poiseuille‟s method. 4. Determination of fibre thickness– Air wedge method. 5. Determination of wavelength of mercury spectrum using transmission grating.

Demonstration 1. Frictional forces. 2. Fiber optic communication. 3. Measurement of fabric surface roughness. 4. Plasma processing of textiles.

REFERENCES: 1. Physics Practicals, Department of Physics, PSG College of Technology, 2015. 2. Wilson J.D and Hernandez C.A., “Physics Laboratory Experiments”, Houghton Mifflin Company, New York, 2005. Total P: 30

15T/H112 CHEMISTRY LABORATORY I 0 0 2 1 1.a) Determination of Redwood / Saybolt numbers and kinematic viscosity of lubricating oils. b) Determination of cloud and pour point of oils. 2.a) Determination of acid value, saponification value and iodine number of oils. b) Determination of flash point and fire point of oils. 3. Determination of total, permanent, temporary, calcium and magnesium hardness of water by EDTA method. 4. Determination of alkalinity, COD, pH and TDS of water.

Total P: 30

REFERENCE: 1. Laboratory Manual Prepared by the Department.

SEMESTER II

15T201 COMPLEX VARIABLES AND TRANSFORMS 3 2 0 4 COMPLEX VARIABLES: Complex differentiation-Analytic function, Cauchy Riemann equations, harmonic functions. (6+4)

COMPLEX INTEGRATION: Cauchy‟s integral theorem, Cauchy‟s integral formula, Taylor and Maclaurin series, Laurent series (concepts and statements only), singularities and zeros, residue integration method (Residue integration of complex integrals only). (8+5)

LAPLACE TRANSFORMS: Laplace transform, inverse transform, linearity, s-shifting, transforms of derivatives and integrals, unit step function, t- shifting, Dirac‟s delta function, periodic functions, convolution, differentiation and integration of transforms, Method of solving differential equations and integral equations by using Laplace transform technique. (12+9)

27

FOURIER ANALYSIS: Fourier series - functions of any period 2L, half range expansions. Fourier transform, Fourier cosine and sine transforms - Discrete Fourier transform – Fast Fourier transform – DIT algorithm. (13+8)

Z-TRANSFORM: Introduction of Z-transform, Inverse transform, difference equation, application of Z-transform to solve difference equations. (6+4)

Total L: 45+T: 30=75

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Erwin Kreyszig, “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, John Wiley &Sons, New Delhi, 2012. 2. Wylie C. R. and Barrett L. C., “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2013.

REFERENCES: 1. Mathews J. H. and Howell R. W., “Complex Analysis for Mathematics and Engineering”, Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi, 2011. 2. Peter V.O Neil, “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, Cengage, New Delhi, 2010 3. Lonnie C. Ludeman, “Fundamentals of Digital Signal Processing”, Wiley-India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2009.

15T202 BASICS OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING 3 0 0 3 ELECTRIC CIRCUITS : Ohm‟s law, KCL, KVL, Solving simple DC Circuits - Single phase AC circuit fundamentals – Power, Power factor – solving simple AC circuits – 3 phase AC circuits – Star and Delta Connection. (6)

DC MOTORS: Principle of Operation- types – back emf – torque equation - speed torque characteristics – losses and efficiency – speed control of DC motor. (5)

AC MACHINES: 3 phase Induction Motor -construction– Principle of operation – types – torque equation - speed torque characteristics – 1 phase Induction Motor – Principle of operation- types. Electric braking of Induction Motor - Synchronous Motors – construction - Principle of Operation - 1 phase Transformer, construction and working principle – Types. (6)

INDUSTRIAL APPLICATIONS: Motor Selection – factors to be considered – power rating – types of Duty cycle – selection of motors for cranes, centrifugal pumps, and Textile Mills. (4)

ELECTRONIC DEVICES: Operation of PN junction diodes, VI characteristics, zener diode, BJT-types -CB, CE, CC configurations, input and output characteristics, JFET, difference between FET and BJT-working principle and characteristics. MOSFET- types, principle of operation and characteristics, Opto Electronic Devices-Introduction, types, photo conductive, photo diode, phototransistor, Light emitting diode - Principles and Applications. (6)

ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS: (Qualitative analysis only) Half wave and full wave rectifier, capacitive filters, zener voltage regulator, RC- coupled amplifier, frequency response, oscillator, Barkhausen criteria, RC phase shift oscillator. (6)

LINEAR INTERGATED CIRCUITS: Operational amplifiers, Ideal op-amp characteristics, Inverting and Non-inverting amplifier, op- amp applications - Adder- Subtractor, integrator, differentiator, comparator, zero crossing detector - 555 Timer IC – Astable mode. (6)

DIGITAL ELECTRONICS: Number systems- representation of signed numbers: 1‟s complement and 2‟s complement, logic gates, Half adder, full adder, parallel adder/subtractor, Flip flops, RS,JK,JK Master slave, D and T type, counters and shift registers. (6)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Mehta V. K. and Rohit Mehta, “Principles of Electrical Engineering and Electronics”, S.Chand & Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 2006. 2. Muthusubramanian R., Salivahanan S. and Muraleedharan K. A., “Basic Electrical, Electronics and Computer Engineering”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishers, New Delhi, 2006.

REFERENCES: 1. Pillai S K, “A first course on Electrical Drives”, New Age International Publications Ltd, New Delhi, 2011. 2. Murugesh Kumar K., “Basic Electrical Science and Technology”, Vikas Publishing Ltd., New Delhi, 2011. 3. Roy Choudhury and Shail Jain, “Linear Integrated Circuits”, New Age International Limited, New Delhi, 2003. 4. Leach D. P., Malvino A. P. and Goutam Saha, “Digital Principles and Applications”, Tata Mc Graw- Hill, New Delhi, 2008.

15T203 APPLIED MECHANICS 3 2 0 4

STATICS OF PARTICLES: Forces – systems of forces - concurrent forces in plane - resultant - problems involving the equilibrium of a particle - free body diagram. (7+5)

STATICS OF RIGID BODIES IN TWO DIMENSIONS: Rigid bodies - two dimensional structure - moment of force about an axis - moment of a couple - equivalent systems of coplanar forces - rigid body in equilibrium - problems involving equilibrium of rigid body - types of supports - reactions of beams and frames. (6+5)

28

CENTROID AND MOMENT OF INERTIA: Centroids of areas, composite areas, determination of moment of inertia of plane figures, polar moment of inertia - radius of gyration. (6+4)

AXIAL STRESSES AND STRAINS: Stress and strain due to axial force - elastic limit - Hooke's law - factor of safety - stepped bars - uniformly varying sections - stresses in composite bar due to axial force. (7+4) SHEAR FORCE & BENDING MOMENT DIAGRAMS: Bending moment and shear force diagrams in simply supported, overhanging and cantilevers subjected to concentrated loads and UDL. (6+4) FLEXURAL STRESSES: Theory of simple bending and assumptions - flexure equation - section modulus - normal stresses due to flexure. (7+4)

TORSION: Concept of torsion and torsional shear stress – torsion formula - design of circular shaft – Power transmitted by a shaft. (6+4)

Total L: 45 + T:30 = 75 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Rajasekaran S and Sankarasubramanian G, “Engineering Mechanics - Statics and Dynamics”, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2011. 2. Punmia B C and Jain A K, "Strength of Materials and Theory of Structures" Vol.1, Laxmi Publications, New Delhi, 2006.

REFERENCES: 1. Beer F P and Johnson E R, “Vector Mechanics for Engineers, Statics & Dynamics”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 2011. 2. Bhavikatti S S, “A Text book of Engineering Mechanics”, New Age International (P) Ltd., New Delhi, 2012. 3. Hibbeler R C, “Mechanics of Materials”, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2005. 4. Beer F P and Johnson E R, “Mechanics of Materials”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 2010.

15T204 MATERIAL SCIENCE 3 0 0 3

CRYSTAL STRUCTURE: Solids :‐ Amorphous and Crystalline Materials. Lattice Translation Vectors. Lattice with a Basis – Centro and Non‐Centro symmetry. Unit Cell. Reciprocal Lattice. Types of Lattices. Brillouin Zones. Types of Bonds. Ionic Bond. Covalent Bond. Van der Waals Bond. Diffraction of X‐rays by Crystals. Bragg‟s Law. Powder diffraction patterns Determination of crystallinity in textile fibres- Principle of rotating crystal method. (9)

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF TEXTILE MATERIALS: Structure-function relationships- role of atomic arrangements and bonding in fibre properties-Anisotropy of physical properties - mechanical strength, BOPP. coefficient of friction. Electrical properties and static electricity- textiles for anti-static applications. Hierarchical structures- dry adhesives. self-adhesive non-woven textiles. Atomic structure of oil/water absorbent or repellent fibres. Surface energy and fibre diameter. Factors affecting mechanical strength of fibres. (10)

ACOUSTICS AND MATERIALS FOR INDUSTRIAL APPLICATIONS: Sabine‟s formula for reverberation time. Reverberation time and auditory comfort. Absorption coefficient, Open Window Units. measurement of absorption coefficients- Impedance tube method, Anechoic chamber method. Materials for modifying surface absorption. Effect of porosity and sound energy dissipation. Metallised textiles-Faraday cages. Retroreflective fabrics for safety applications. (10)

COMPOSITES: Definition - function of matrix and reinforcement in composites -classification of composites based on reinforcement-types of composite materials - polymer, metallic and ceramic matrix composites (qualitative). Law of mixtures. Comparison with conventional materials. Applications in surgery, sports equipment, insulation material. High tensile materials- Biomimetics –Smart fibres-nanophase materials-high sensitivity sensor. (8)

ADVANCED MATERIALS: Dielectric and semiconducting properties of fibres. Organic fiber transistors and smart textiles. Bio mimetic materials. Nanomaterials. Shape-memory alloys. Thermoelectric fibres-Seebeck effect and thermoelectric figure of merit. (8)

Total L: 45

TEXT BOOKS : 1. William D Callister Jr, “Materials Science and Engineering - An Introduction”, John Wiley and Sons Inc , New York, 2007. 2. Schaffer J P, Saxena A, Antolovich S D, Sanders T H Jr and Warner S B, “The Science and Design of Engineering Materials”, McGraw Hill Companies Inc., New York, 1999. 3. Morton W E Hearle, J W S, “Physical Properties Of Textile Fibres,” CRC Press, Taylor & Francis, USA, 2008.

REFERENCES: 1. Charles Kittel,” Introduction to Solid State Physics”, Wiley India Pvt Ltd, India, 2007 2. Dekker, A J, “Solid State Physics”, Macmillan India Limited, India, 2000. 3.William D Callister Jr., "Material Science and Engineering", John Wiley and sons, New York, 2006. 4. D.S.Kumar, “ Mechanical Measurements and Control” S.Chand &Co, New Delhi 1991.

29

15T205 APPLIED CHEMISTRY 3 0 0 3 INTRODUCTION TO POLYMERS: Classification, functionality of monomers, degree of polymerization, molecular weight of polymers - number average and weight average. Molecular weight distribution. Determination of molecular weight by gel permeation chromatography and viscometry. Chemical constitution and properties of natural polymers – cotton, wool, silk. (9)

POLYMERISATION MECHANISM AND METHODS : Polymerisation reactions – chain – free radical, ionic, co-ordination polymerisations – condensation polymerisation, ring opening polymerisation. Polymerisation techniques - Addition polymerisation - bulk, solution, suspension and emulsion techniques. Condensation polymerisation - melt, solution and interfacial techniques. (9) PROPERTIES OF POLYMER: Amorphous and crystalline states – degree of crystallinity – factors affecting crystallizability. Glass transition temperature – determination by DSC and DTA and thermal stability by TGA, factors affecting Tg. Influence of chemical structure on properties – mechanical, thermal, electrical, solubility. Requisite for polymers to form fibres, elastomers and plastics.

Polymer reactions - Hydrolysis – acidolysis – aminolysis – hydrogenation – cyclization – crosslinking – grafting. Degradations – thermal, mechanical and photo degradations. Reactions of cellulose, nylon and terylene. (9) CHEMICALS FOR TEXTILE PROCESSING: Types of bleaching agents, reducing bleaching agents – sulphur dioxide and sodium hydrosulphite - preparation, bleaching mechanism and conditions of bleaching. Oxidising bleaching agents – bleaching powder, sodium hypochlorite, hydrogen peroxide, chlorine dioxide–preparation, bleaching mechanism and conditions of bleaching, determination of available chlorine in bleaching powder and the determination of percentage of hydrogen peroxide. Optical brighteners, ultramarines. (9)

REACTIONS FOR DYE SYNTHESIS: Halogenation, nitration, sulphonation, amination, esterification, hydroxylation, diazotization and Friedel- Crafts reaction. Introduction of hydroxyl group in aromatic systems – alkali fusion, hydrolysis of chloro compounds. Alkylation of amines, arylation of amines, oxidation of naphthalene and anthracene, p-toluene sulphonic acid, Kolbe-schmidt reaction for the preparation of salicylic acid and 2-hydroxy-3-naphthnoic acid. (9)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Gowarikar V. R., Viswanathan N. V. and Jayadev Sreedhar, “Polymer Science”, New Age International (P) Ltd., New Delhi, 2011. 2. Chatwal G. R., “Synthetic Organic Chemistry”, Himalaya Publishing House, Mumbai, 2001.

REFERENCES: 1. Joel R. Fried, “Polymer Science and Technology”, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., India, 2003. 2. Tyagi O. D., and Yadav M., “A Text Book of Synthetic Dyes”, Anmol Publications Pvt Ltd, New Delhi, 2001. 3. Trotman E. R., “Dyeing and Chemical Technology of the Textile Fibres”, Charles Griffith Co Ltd, London, 1990. 4. Shenai V. A., “Introduction to the Chemistry of Dyestuffs”, Sevak Publications, Mumbai,1995.

15T210 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS 0 0 4 2

INTRODUCTION: Introduction to Engineering Drawing. BIS. Principles of dimensioning. (12)

ORTHOGRAPHIC PROJECTION: Principles of orthographic projection-projection of points, straight lines, planes and solids. Orthographic projection of simple engineering components – missing view exercises. Drawing orthographic projections of computer components. (12)

PICTORIAL PROJECTIONS: Principles of pictorial views, isometric view of simple engineering components. Orthographic views from given pictorial views. Isometric views from given two or three views. Drawing isometric views of typical electronic components. (12)

SECTION OF SOLIDS: Section of regular solids, types of sections, selection of section views. Sectional views of simple engineering components. Drawing sectional views of assemblies like electric motor, mobile phone. (12)

DEVELOPMENT OF SURFACES: Development of lateral surfaces of regular solids and truncated solids. Preparing parts like tray, funnel, CPU housing using cardboard material. (12)

Total P: 60 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Luzadder and Duff, “Fundamentals of Engineering Drawing”, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., 2009. 2. Venugopal K. and Prabhu Raja V., “Engineering Graphics”, New Age International Publishers, New Delhi, 2007.

REFERENCES: 1. Natarajan K. V., “Engineering Drawing and Graphics", M/s Dhanalakshmi N, Chennai, 2007. 2. Bureau of Indian Standards, “Engineering Drawing Practices for Schools and Colleges SP 46-2003”, BIS, New Delhi, 2004.

30

15T211 PHYSICS LABORATORY II 0 0 2 1

List of Experiments: 1. Determination of coefficient thermal conductivity of bad conductor – Lee‟s Disc method. 2. Study of I-V characteristics of solar cell and determination of its efficiency 3. Study of photo diode characteristics 4. Measurement of Vibration Frequency of Melde‟s Apparatus 5. Determination of lattice constant using x-ray powder photograph Demonstration 1. Surface profilometer 2. Metallurgical microscope 3. FTIR spectroscopy 4. Plasma processing of textiles Total P: 30

REFERENCES: 1. Department of Physics,” Physics Practicals”, PSG College of Technology,2015. 2. Wilson J.D. and Hernandez C.A,” Physics Laboratory Experiments”, Houghton Mifflin Company, New York 2005.

15T212 CHEMISTRY LABORATORY II 0 0 2 1 1. (a) Determination of purity of washing soda & strength of commercial acid. (b) Preparation of soap and a dye. 2. Estimation of available chlorine in hypochlorite solution, strength of hydrogen peroxide. 3. Estimation of strength of an acid by pH -metry. 4. Adsorption of oxalic acid on carbon – verification of Freundlich adsorption isotherm. Total P: 30 REFERENCE: 1. Laboratory Manual Prepared by the Department

SUMMER TERM COURSES

15T215 PROFESSIONAL SKILLS (4 weeks duration) 6 0 9 2

SOFTWARE PACKAGES: Microsoft Excel and other computational packages, Adobe Photoshop, CorelDraw, Textronics, ERP and other textile related software. (L: 24,P:6)

1. Introduction of weave and texture. (P:4) 2. Development of motif. (P:4) 3. Image scanning, weave assignment and texture visualization. (P:4) 4. Colour matching of samples. (P:4)

PROJECT PRESENTATION: Each student will be required to make one technical presentation for a minimum 15 minutes duration in this course. Individual topics will be assigned to the students by the department. (P: 6)

PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION –ORAL SKILLS: Principles of group communication, interviewing, and making presentations- group discussions, role plays, mock interviews- talking about some visual information- giving and receiving instructions. (P:8)

Total L: 24 + P: 36 = 60 REFERENCES: 1. ATIRA, “World History of Textiles”, 1974. 2. Marjory L. Joseph, “Essential of Textiles”, CBS College Publishing, NewYork, 1984. 3. Laboratory Manual Prepared by the Department of Textile Technology, PSG College of Technology, 2015.

15T216 IN-PLANT TRAINING & TECHNICAL SEMINAR 6 0 9 2 1. Overview of textile industry. 2. History of fibers – Fiber development in each generation.

31

3. Visualization of fiber, yarn, fabrics and products. 4. Study on process flow and objectives of Spinning. 5. Study on process flow and objectives of weaving. 6. Study on process flow and objectives of Textile Chemical Processing. 7. Study on process flow of garment manufacturing process. 8. Study on technical textile process and products & Visit to Centre of Excellence (CoE) Indu Tech. 9. Study on testing and characterization methods. 10. Visit to PSG – SIMA textile training institute & Spinning, weaving industry. 11. Visit to Textile chemical processing industry. 12. Visit to Apparel manufacture unit.

Total L: 24 + P: 36 = 60 REFERENCE: 1. Laboratory Manual Prepared by Textile Technology Department, PSG College of Technology, 2015.

SEMESTER III

15T301 NUMERICAL METHODS 2 2 0 3 ERRORS: Approximations and round-off errors - truncation errors. (2+1)

LINEAR ALGEBRAIC EQUATIONS: Direct methods - Naïve Gauss elimination, Gauss- Jordan method, crout‟s method, Iterative methods - Gauss-Jacobi method, Gauss–Seidel method, eigenvalues and eigenvectors - power method, Jacobi method. (5+5) NONLINEAR EQUATIONS: False-position method, Newton-Raphson method, Bairstow‟s method, Graeffe‟s root squaring method. (4+4) INTERPOLATION AND CURVE FITTING:: Newton‟s forward and backward interpolating polynomials, Newton‟s divided-difference interpolating polynomials, Lagrange interpolating polynomials, coefficients of an interpolating polynomial. Curve fitting - least- squares regression. (4+4)

DIFFERENTIATION AND INTEGRATION: Numerical differentiation equally spaced and unequally spaced data, numerical integration, Newton-Cotes formulae, Trapezoidal rule, Simpson‟s1/3 rule. (4+4)

ORDINARY DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS: Taylor-series method, Euler method, Heun‟s method, 4th order Runge-Kutta method, multi step method – Adam Bashforth method. (6+6)

PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS: Finite difference: Elliptic equations - Laplace equation, Poisson equation – Liebmann method, parabolic equations – heat conduction equation – Crank Nicolson‟s method, hyperbolic equations – vibrating string. (5+6)

Total L:30+T:30=60 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Steven C Chapra and Raymond P Canale, Numerical Methods for Engineers, McGraw Hill Education, New Delhi, 2012. 2. Curtis F Gerald and Patrick O Wheatly, Applied Numerical Analysis, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2013.

REFERENCES: 1. Rizwan Butt, Introduction to Numerical Analysis Using Matlab, Infinity Science Press, Hingham, 2008. 2. Richard L Burden and Douglas J Faires, Numerical Analysis, Thomas Learning, NewYork, 2005

15T302 THEORY OF MACHINES 3 2 0 4

DEFINITIONS AND BASIC CONCEPTS: Definitions and basic concepts of link, pair, chain, mechanism, Machine and structure – degree & freedom, inversions, applications of mechanisms . (6+4)

VELOCITY AND ACCELERATION: Diagrams for four bar and slider crank mechanisms. Analytical method and KLEIN‟S constructions for single slider crank mechanism. (6+4) FRICTION: Pivot and collar friction – Uniform pressure, wear assumptions, torque power loss. Theory of lubrication – Types of bearings and selection of bearings. (6+4)

STATIC FORCE ANALYSIS: Force analysis in simple mechanisms. (6+4)

INERTIA FORCE ANALYSIS: D‟Alemberts principle to solve dynamic problems – inertia force in a connecting rod, given weight of reciprocating parts, force acting on it, weight of connecting rod and radius of gyration, determinaionof torque on the crank shaft of a reciprocating engine mechanism graphically. Calculation of torque required at crank shaft in a loom. (6+4)

32

FLYWHEEL: Torque Vs crank angle diagram – excess energy to be stored in a fly wheel, fluctuation of speed within a cycle. Co- efficient of fluctuations of speed, flywheel weight required for a loom. (5+4)

BALANCING: Principle & balancing – balancing of rotating and reciprocating masses in the same plane and several planes, dynamic balancing of carding cylinder, spindles, tin roller and split pulleys. (6+4)

VIBRATION: Basics of vibration – measurements, reduction techniques. (4+2)

Total L: 45 + T: 30 = 75 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Shrigley J. E. and Vicker J. J., “Theory of Machines and Mechanisms”, Mc Graw Hill, New Delhi, 2005. 2. Ballaney P. L., “Theory of Machines”, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 2002.

REFERENCES: 1. Ratan S. S., “Theory of Machines”, Tata Mc Graw Hill Pulisher, New Delhi, 2005. 2. Khurmi R. S. and Gupta J. K., “Theory of Machines”, Eurasia Publishing House (P) Ld., New Delhi, 2005. 3. Thomas Bevan, “Theory of Machines”, CBS Publishers, New Delhi, 2000.

15T303 MEASUREMENTS AND INSTRUMENTATION 3 2 0 4

INSTRUMENTATION PRINCIPLES: Generalized configuration and functional elements of measuring system - Null and deflection methods-Static characteristics: error, accuracy, precision, resolution, Hysteresis, modeling and error reduction. (6+3) TRANSDUCERS AND MEASUREMENT OF NON ELECTRICAL VARIABLES: Active & Passive Transducer, Transducer types, Resistive potentiometer, strain gauge, Linear Variable Differential transformer - Inductive Transducer - Capacitance and Piezo electric transducers - schemes for measurement of displacement, force, and pressure using the above transducers - measurement of thickness and humidity, temperature measurement using resistance thermometer, thermocouple and thermistor. (9+2) ELECTRONIC AND TEXTILE INSTRUMENTS: Digital voltmeter-DMM- Digital counters and timers. Recorders: X-Y recorder, digital data acquisition systems - Magnetic tape recorders, Digital recording techniques, High volume fibre tester- Evenness tester - Single yarn strength tester, hairiness meter. (9+3)

CONCEPT OF IMAGE PROCESSING: Elements of Digital Image Processing - Principle of Human eye, CCD camera - Image formation and measures. Pre-processing techniques, image transforms - enhancement - restoration – encoding. Image analysis and feature extraction methods – Application of image processing to textile process/product feature extraction. (9+3)

CONTROL SYSTEM COMPONENTS: Basics of control system – Control system examples - Stepper motors - Hydraulic valves - Pneumatic switches, proximity switches and flapper valves - Hydraulic and Pneumatic automation in textile machines -Simple sequential logic circuit design. (6+2)

PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLERS (PLC): Block diagram – programming methods – programs – applications - material handling system. Data acquisition system for spinning preparatory, ring spinning - rotor spinning. (6+2)

Total L: 45 + T:15 =60

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Sawhney A K, "A course in Electrical and Electronics Measurements and Instrumentation, Dhanpat Rai and Sons, New Delhi, 2011. 2. Rangan C S, Sharma G R, Mani V S, „Instrumentation Devices and Systems‟, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2001.

REFERENCES: 1. Albert D Helfrick and William D Cooper, “Modern Electronic Instrumentation and Measurements techniques”, Prentice Hall of India, 2007. 2. Doebelin E O, “Measurement System : Application and Design", Mc.Graw Hill Pub., New York, 1995. 3. Muhammad Ali Mazidi & Janice Gillispie Mazidi, “8051 Microcontrollers and Embedded systems”, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2008. 4. Berkstresser G A. Grady P and Buchanan.D R, “Automation in the Textile Industry from Fibres to Apparel”, the Textile Institute, Manchester, 1995.

15T304 FIBRE PHYSICS 3 0 0 3

STUDY OF FIBRE STRUCTURE: Requirements of fibre forming polymers, Analysis of fibre structure models – fringed micelle, fringed fibrillar and lamellar. Parameters for characterization of fibres structure.Basic concept of crystalline regions, and orientation - their effects on fibre properties. Morphological and chemical structure - Cotton, wool, silk, viscose rayon, acetate rayon, polyamides (nylon 6, nylon 6 6), polyester, acrylic fibres. Sources of elucidation of fibre structure. (7)

MOISTURE PROPERTIES: Definitions - humidity, regain, moisture content. Equilibrium absorption of moisture- Hygroscopic nature and moisture absorption behaviour of textile fibres, relation between regain and relative humidity. Effect of temperature, stresses and hydrophilic groups, crystalline and non-crystalline regions on moisture regain. Heats of sorption. - integral and differential, their

33 relation.Rate of absorption of moisture - interaction of moisture and heat, conditioning process, factors influencing the rate of conditioning. (8)

THERMAL PROPERTIES AND THERMO-MECHANICAL RESPONSES: Specific heat - thermal conductivity, thermal expansion and contraction of fibres. Structural changes in fibres on heating – first order transition, second-order transition, irreversible shrinkage, mechanical properties. Heat-setting of fibres. (7)

TENSILE PROPERTIES: Significance of testing of mechanical properties, Factors influencing the results of tensile testing and parameters for expression of tensile test results, stress strain relationsvarious natural and synthetic fibres. Effect of moisture and temperature on stress, strain behavior of fibres.Elasticity and elastic recovery properties of fibres – elastic recovery and its relation to stress and strain of fibres; mechanical conditioning of fibres and its influence on elastic recovery. Torsional and flexural rigidity of fibres – factors influencing the torsional and flexural rigidity. Reversible and non-reversible dimensional changes and their measurements with respect to moisture, heat and loading. (8)

RHEOLOGY: Creep - concept, primary and secondary creep and its influence.Basic concepts in dynamic tension testing and linear and non-linear and visco-elastic behaviour. FRICTIONAL PROPERTIES: General theory and its applications to fibres, directional friction effects of wool. (7)

OPTICAL PROPERTIES: Refractive index and birefringence - absorption, dichroism, reflection and lustre of fibres. ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES: Dielectric constant and electrical resistance – factors influencing the dielectric and electrical resistance properties of fibres, application of dielectric properties in textiles. STATIC ELECTRICITY: Problems and elimination in textile processes - electrostatic series. (8)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOK: 1. Morton W E., and Hearle J W S., “Physical Properties of Textile Fibres”, Fourth Edition,Woodhead Publishing Limited, Textile Institute, Manchester, UK, 2008.

REFERENCES: 1. Marcel Dekar.H B., “Handbook of Fibre Science & Technology”, Textile Institute, Manchester, UK, Vol.3, 1998. 2. Mukhopadhyay, “Advances in Fibre Science”, Textile Institute, Manchester, UK, 2000. 3. Carrr C &Suh M, “Fibre science”, JTI Special issue, Textile Institute, Manchester, UK, 1995. 4. Gupta V.B and Kothari, V.K, “Manufactured Fibre Technology”, Springer science, Netherlands,1997.

15T305 YARN MANUFACTURE I 2 2 0 3

GINNING: Objective, classification, importance. Fibre characteristics for yarn production. MIXING AND BLENDING: Definition of mixing and blending, compatibility requirements, perfect blend, Index of blend irregularity. Blending methods and techniques. Mixing and blending machines. (6+6)

BLOWROOM: Objectives, Opening and cleaning, Need for opening, intensity of opening. Opening and clearing machines – striking from a spike, beater and feed roller, use of air currents. Dust extraction and disposal, Automatic Waste Evacuation systems (AWES), contamination cleaner, auxillary blow room machines. Effectiveness of opening and cleaning systems. (5+5)

CARDING: Objectives, revolving flat card, roller and clearer card, card clothing, operating regions of the card. Forces acting on the fibres, carding disposition and doffing disposition, centrifugal forces. Action between feed roller and licker-in, Cylinder and Flats, Transfer zone at doffer. Production calculations. (5+5)

DRAWFRAME: Objectives, basic principles of doubling and drafting, perfect draft and actual draft. Operating devices. Production calculations. (5+5)

COMBER: Objectives, preparation for combing, lap forming machines, operating regions of the combing. Estimation of the effectiveness of combing. Factors influencing noil extraction, fractionating efficiency. Production calculations. (5+5)

SPEEDFRAME: Objectives, operating regions of the roving frame, winding principle in fly frame – flyer lead and bobbin lead, package formation, auto doffing. Production calculations. (4+4)

Total L:30 + T:30 =60 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Werner Klein,“The Rieter Manual of Spinning, Volume.2 – Bloow room& Carding”, Rieter Machine Works Limited, Switzerland,2008. 2. Werner Klein,“The Rieter Manual of Spinning, Volume.3 – Spinning Preparation”, Rieter Machine Works Limited, Switzerland, 2008.

REFERENCES : 1.Werner Klein , “The Rieter Manual of Spinning, Volume.1 – Technology of Short staple Spinning”, Rieter Machine Works Limited, Switzerland, 2008. 2. Lawrence G.A, “Fundamental of spun yarn technology”, CRC Press, New York, 2002. 3. Oxtoby E., “Spun Yarn Technology”, Butterworths, London, 2002. 4. Peter R Lord, “Hand book of Yarn Production, Technology Science and economics”, Wood head publishing Ltd., Newyork, 2003.

34

15T070 ECONOMICS FOR ENGINEERS 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION: Definition – Nature and Scope - Significance of Economics for Engineers. (4)

DEMAND AND SUPPLY: Demand – Types – Determinants – Law of Demand – Elasticity of Demand – Types – Significance –Supply – Determinants of Supply - Market price determination – Meaning – Methods – Consumer Survey – Trend Projections – Moving average -Case Study in Demand Forecasting. (6)

COST AND REVENUE: Concepts – Classifications – Short run and long run cost curves – Revenue – Concepts – Measurement of Profit – Break Even Analysis - Case Studies. (6)

MARKET STRUCTURE: Types of Market - Perfect Competition – Characteristics –Monopoly –Monopolistic Competition –Oligopoly and Duopoly - Price Discrimination and Product Differentiation under different markets – Price and output determination in short run and long run. (6)

MARKET FAILURE: Causes – Type of Goods – Rivalrous and Non-rivalrous goods – Excludable and Non-excludable goods – Solutions – Government Intervention. (6)

MONEY AND BANKING: Money – Functions – Quantity theory of money – Supply of Money – RBI measure of Money Supply Banking – Functions of Commercial Banks and Central Bank– Commercial Banks and Money Creation. (6)

FOREIGN EXCHANGE: Balance of Payments – Exchange rate determination – Fixed and Flexible Exchange Rates – Meaning and Methods of Exchange Control-Methods of Foreign Payments -International Institutions – IMF, IBRD, WTO – Agreements of WTO and its Impact on Indian Economy. (6)

BUSINESS CYCLE AND NATIONAL INCOME: Meaning – Phases of business cycle - Inflation – Causes – Control measures – Deflation – Stagflation - National Income – Concepts – Methods of calculating national income – Problems in calculating national income. (5)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Dewett. K.K., & Navalur M. H., “Modern Economic Theory”, S. Chand and Company Ltd, New Delhi, 2014. 2. Lipsey & Chrystal, “Economics”, Oxford University Press, 2010.

REFERENCES: 1. Paul A Samuelson & William, “Economics”, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2012. 2. Francis Cherinullem, “International Economics”, McGraw Hill Education, 2011. 3. William A McEachern and Simrit Kaur, “Micro ECON”, Cengage Learning, 2013. 4. William A McEachern and Indira A., “Macro ECON”, Cengage Learning, 2014.

15T310 ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING LABORATORY 0 0 4 2

1. Verification of Ohm's law and Kirchoff's laws. 2. Mechanical Characteristics of DC Shunt and Compound Motor 3. Load test on Three phase Induction Motor 4. Study of Halfwave and Fullwave rectifiers with and without filters 5. Applications of Operational Amplifier: Adder, Subtractor, Integrator and Differentiator 6. Study of logic gates and implementation of binary adder/subtractor 7. Characteristics of temperature sensors (thermocouple/ thermistor) 8. Study of optoelectronic devices (LDR, photodiode, phototransistor) 9. Study of PLC and Basic programming methods 10. Measurement of linear displacement using LVDT and measurement of strain using strain gauge Total P : 60

REFERENCE: 1. Laboratory Manual Prepared by the Department.of Electrical and Electronics Engineering, 2012.

15T311 YARN MANUFACTURE LABORATORY I 0 0 4 2 1. Determination of Beater speed and understanding its working mechanism & functions of Mixing Bale Opener. 2. Determination of wire clothing specifications and understanding its working mechanism & functions of Mono cylinder. 3. Determination of the intensity of beating of bladed beater, the openness of tufts & fibre rupture and study their influence on the quality of yarn.

35

4. Determination of speed of the various rotating elements and understanding its working mechanism & functions of blending machines 5. Determination of Lap weight variation and understanding its working mechanism & functions of Scutcher and Lap formingunit 6. Running of carding machine and Determination of speed of the various rotating elements and understanding its functions. 7. Analysis of various setting points in carding machine and its effect on sliver quality. 8. Determination of PPSI of different clothing profiles and study on the types of card wire clothing. 9. Determination of transfer coefficient and cleaning efficiency of a card and its influence on the production and quality. 10. Running of draw frame machine and understanding its working mechanism & functions. 11. Determination of total draft and its distribution in draw frame drafting system and Determination of CV% of input and output sliver with respect to law of doubling and drafting 12. Carry out the analysis of roller setting in draw frame drafting system and Determination of its effect on U%

Total P: 60 REFERENCE: 1. Spinning Laboratory Manual prepared by Department of Textile Technology, 2012.

SEMESTER IV

15T401 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS 2 2 0 3 PROBABILITY: Sample spaces and events, interpretations of probability, addition rule, conditional probability, multiplication and total probability rules, independence, Baye‟s theorem. (4+4)

RANDOM VARIABLES AND PROBABILITY DISTRIBUTIONS: Random variables - discrete random variables, probability distributions and probability mass functions, cumulative distribution functions, expectation, binomial, Poisson and geometric distributions - continuous random variables – probability distributions and probability density functions, cumulative distribution functions, expectation, uniform, normal, and exponential distributions. (6+6) JOINT PROBABILITY DISTRIBUTIONS: Two dimensional discrete and continuous random variables, marginal and conditional probability distributions, independence, covariance, correlation and linear regression. (8+6) ESTIMATION AND HYPOTHESIS TESTING: Point estimation - statistical hypothesis, tests of statistical hypothesis, one-sided and two-sided hypothesis, confidence intervals, large and small sample tests, inference concerning means, variances and proportions - Chi-square test for goodness of fit and independence of attributes. (6+6) ANALYSIS OF VARIANCE: Introduction, assumptions of analysis of variance, completely randomized design, randomized block design. (3+4) TIME SERIES ANALYSIS: Introduction, components of time series, the trend, seasonal variation, cyclical variation, irregular variation, forecasting. (3+4)

Total L:30+T:30=60

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Douglas C. Montgomery and George C. Runger, Applied Statistics and Probability for Engineers, Wiley India, Delhi, 2012. 2. Richard I Levin and David. S. Rubin, Statistics for Management, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2009.

REFERENCES: 1. Richard A. Johnson, Miller & Freund‟s, Probability and Statistics for Engineers, Prentice Hall, New Delhi, 2009. 2. Jay L. Devore, Probability and Statistics for Engineering and the Sciences, Brooks/Cole, USA, 2012. 3. Ronald E. Walpole, Raymond H. Myers, Sharon L. Myers and Keying Ye, Probability & Statistics for Engineers & Scientists, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2007.

15T402 TECHNOLOGY OF MAN MADE FIBRES 3 0 0 3 POLYMER RHEOLOGY: Spinnability of liquids, rheology of spinning, formation of fibre structure. (5)

POLYMER PRODUCTION: Brief note on synthesis of raw materials from petrochemicals. PET through TPA and DMT route, Nylon 66 and Nylon 6 - Acrylic - Polypropylene - Elastomeric - Polyvinyl and Aramid fibres. (8)

MELT SPINNING EQUIPMENTS: Melting device, Grid and extruder, Static mixer, Pre-filtration, Manifold, Spin pack, Spinneret, Quenching chamber, Spin finish application, Take-up winding. Staple fibre line production details, high speed spinning. (8)

SOLUTION SPINNING: Preparation of dope, extrusion and fibre formation. Comparison of wet and dry spinning processes. Dry-jet- wet spinning, Gel spinning. Viscose rayon and variants.POST SPINNING OPERATIONS: Drawing, Heat setting, Texturisation, Spin finish applications, Tow to Top conversion. (8)

36

MODIFIED SYNTHETIC FIBRES: Differentially dyeable fibres, Cationic dyeable polyester, Antistatic and Flame retardant fibres, Micro and Nanofibres, Bicomponent fibres, Polyblend fibres. Hollow fibres. Applications. (8)

QUALITY CONTROL: Methods for Molecular weight measurements, Thermal characteristic measurements. Measurement of orientation and crystalinity .Testing of filament yarns and staple fibres- denier, tenacity, elongation modulus. - draw force, shrinkage force. (8)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Gupta V B and Kothari V K, “Manufactured fibre Technology”, Chapman & Hall Pubilication, UK, 1997. 2. Mclntyre J E, “Synthetic Fibres”, Woodhead Publishing Limited, University of Leeds, UK, 2004.

REFERENCES: 1. Vaidya A A, “Production of Synthetic fibres”, Prentice-Hall of India Pvt. Limited., New Delhi, 1988. 2. Klein W, “Man Made Fibres and their processing”,Vol.6, The Textile Institute, Manchester,1996. 3. Mishra S P, “A Text Book of Fibre Science and Technology”, New Age International (P) Limited, New Delhi, 2000.

15T403 YARN MANUFACTURE II 3 2 0 4

RING SPINNING:Objectives, Principles of operation. Structural configuration of the machine – creel, drafting arrangement, spindle, yarn guiding devices, Balloon control ring (BCR), ring and travellers.Cop building - machine drives, cop shape, winding process, builder motion. Automation in ring spinning – doffing, cop transport, roving stop motion.Spinning Geometry and its influence – spinning triangle, spinning length and spinning angle.Calculations – Draft, Twist and twist contraction, Production and Traveller speed. (8+5)

MODIFICATIONS AND DEVELOPMENTS IN RING SPINNING: Modifications inring spinning system – condensed spinning systems, solo spinning and siro spinning.Developments in ring spinning machine. (6+4)

OPEN-END SPINNING: Rotor Spinning –mechanism of yarn formation, principles of operation. Requirements of the raw material.Spinbox - sliver feed, opening unit, rotor, rotor cleaning, navel, Package formation. Back doubling and production calculations.Automation, Yarn characteristics. Friction spinning: principle of operation, requirements of the raw material, classification, technical data, yarn characteristics. (9+6)

AIR-JET AND VORTEX SPINNING: Principle of false twisting, Airjet spinning-Principle: Requirements of the raw material, Yarn structure, Influence of process parameters on yarn properties. Air-vortex spinning – principle, raw material requirement, Yarn structure and characteristics. Comparison of ring, rotor, friction and air-vortex yarns. (6+4)

OTHER SPINNING SYSTEMS:Core yarn spinning – methods of yarn production and applications. Self-twist spinning – principle, yarn structure and applications. Twistless spinning – Tek-ja process, Twilo process, Bobtex process. (10+6)

YARN PLYING MACHINES: Doubling machine – Objectives, wet and dry doubling, operating regions. Uptwisters and Downtwisters.Ring doublers, assembly winders, Two for one twister.MELANGE & FANCY YARN PRODUCTION : Melange yarn – production, characteristics and end-uses. Fancy yarns– structure, classification, principles, plying and spinning techniques for the production of fancy yarns. (6+5) Total L:45 + T:30 = 75 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Herbert Stalder, The Rieter Manual of Spinning, Vol.4 – Ring spinning, Rieter Machine Works Limited, Switzerland ,2014. 2. Heinz Ernst, The Rieter Manual of Spinning, Vol.5 – Rotor spinning, Rieter Machine Works Limited, Switzerland,2014.

REFERENCES: 1. Herbert Stalder, The Rieter Manual of Spinning, Vol.6 – Alternative spinning systems, Rieter Machine Works Limited, Switzerland, 2014. 2. MahendraGowda, R.V New Spinning systems, NCUTE, New Delhi, 2004. 3. Lawrence, C.A, Advances in yarn spinning technology, The Textile Institute, Woodhead Publishing Limited,UK, 2010 4. Oxtoby E., “Spun Yarn Technology”, Butterworths, London, 2002.

15T404 FABRIC MANUFACTURE I 3 0 0 3

WINDING: Objects of winding; principles of random and precision winders; features – tension devices, waxing, drum types, anti- patterning devices, anti-ballooning devices. Classification of yarn faults and its removal; concepts in yarn clearing – mechanical, optical and electronic clearers; knotters and splicers. Calculations based on winding parameters. (8)

WARPING AND WEFT WINDING: Objectives and types of warping, principles of beam and sectional warping, features of warpers - creel, stop motion, tension devices, warper reed. Sectional Warpers – section building and traverse, leasing. Objects and principles of pirn winding, automatic pirn winders - parts and functions. Calculations in warping and pirn winding. (7)

SIZING & DRAWING-IN: Objectives of sizing; sizing materials and recipe for various fibre types; Sizing machine – creel, sow box, dryer, yarn splitting. Size preparation equipment; Single end sizing. Controls – temperature, level, moisture, stretch. Calculations in Sizing. Need for drawing-in operation; manual and automatic drawing- in, leasing, knotting and pinning machines. (8)

37

SHUTTLE WEAVING: Loom types. Primary motions: Shedding, Picking and Beat-up. Shedding motions - Tappet, Dobby and Jacquard. Shed geometry, Shed types. Reversing motions. (7)

PICKING & BEAT-UP: Picking motions – Overpick and Undepick. Shuttle flight and timing, Checking Devices. Kinematics of Sley, sley eccentricity. (8)

SECONDARY AND AUXILLARY MOTIONS: Objectives of of take-up and let-off motions; types and working. Cloth formation, weaving condition. Stop motions – warp, weft, warp protector. Pirn changing motions and Drop box motions. Loom Calculations. (7)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. P.K.Banerjee, “Principles of Fabric Formation”, CRC Press,New Delhi, 2014. 2. Mukesh Kumar Singh, “ Industrial Practices in Weaving Preparatory”, WPI Publishers,UK, 2014.

REFERENCES: 1. Lord P.R. and Mohamed M.H., “Weaving: Conversion of Yarn to Fabric”, Merrow, New Delhi, 1992,. 2. Marks R. and Robinson T.C., “Principles of Weaving”, The Textile Institute, Manchester, 1989. 3. Booth J.E., “Textile Mathematics Volume 3”, The Textile Institute, Manchester, 1977.

15T405 ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING 3 0 0 3

STRUCTURE AND COMPOSITION OF ATMOSPHERE: Environment - definition, scope and importance of environmental study - composition of atmosphere. ECOSYSTEM: Concept, Structure and Function, Energy flow. Biodiversity (7)

ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION: Definition. Causes, effects and control measures of air pollution, water pollution, soil pollution, and noise pollution with specific reference to textile industry. Solid waste management. Role of an individual in prevention of pollution. (8)

TEXTILE PROCESSES AND POLLUTIONS: Fibre, yarn and fabric production and processing. Garman ban on toxic dyes, chemicals and auxiliaries. Concept of Eco-Labeling (7)

EFFLUENT TREATMENT: Characteristics of textiles processing effluents. Flow chart of effluent treatment processes. Primary, Secondary and Tertiary treatments. Screening, Equalization, Neutralization, Coagulation & Clarification, Biological Treatments, Evaporation and Reverse osmosis, ultra filtration, membrane filtration, advanced oxidation techniques. (8)

ECOFRIENDLY PROCESSING: Brief note on dry processing techniques, low liquor applications, use of biodegradable auxiliaries, use of natural resources in textile preparatory, dyeing and finishing processes. (8)

SOCIAL ISSUES AND THE ENVIRONMENT: Sustainable textiles, role of non-governmental organizations. Social complaints - Human rights, value education, women, child welfare and human health. Process of EIA - ISO 14000 - Environment protection act – Air (prevention and control of pollution) act, Water (prevention and control of pollution) act. SA8000 certification process (7)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS 1. Deswal S and Deswal A, “A Basic Course in Environmental Studies”, Dhanpat Rai & Co Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi, 2012. 2. Tobler-Rohr M I, Handbook of sustainable textile production, Woodhead Publishing Ltd,UK, 2011.

REFERENCE BOOKS 1. Gilbert M Masters, “Introduction to Environmental Engineering and Science”, Printice Hall, India, 2004. 2. Benny Joseph, “Environmental Science and Engineering”, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2010. 3. Keith Slater, “Environmental Impact of Textiles”, Woodhead Pub. Ltd, Cambridge, 2003. 4. Koteswara Rao M V R, “Energy Resources: Conventional & Non-Conventional “, BSP Publications, India, 2006. 5. Cunningham W P, Cunningham M A, “Environmental Science: A Global Concern”, McGraw-Hill, Boston, 2008. 6. De A K, “Environmental Chemistry”, New Age International P Ltd, New Delhi, 2006.

15T410 YARN MANUFACTURE LABORATORY II 0 0 4 2

1. Study of constructiondetails of sliver lap and ribbon lap machine and understanding the effect of comber preparatory processes on comber 2. Running of comber machine, understanding its working mechanism & functions of different combing elements and determination of draft and production 3. Determination of the Fractionating efficiency of comber 4. Construction details of nipper assembly and detaching roller drives and determination of timings of various components with respect to index wheel.

38

5. Sample development in speedframe machine, understanding its working mechanism & functions of drafting elements and determination of draft and production 6. Analysis of flyers in speedframe &speed frame builder motion and determination of false twist, flyer speed&bobbin speed. 7. Sample development in ringframe machine, understanding its working mechanism & functions of twisting and winding elements and determination of draft and production 8. Examination of arrangement of ringframe drafting System & functions of various drafting elements and determination of roller setting &top roller pressure. 9. Examination of construction and working of a ring frame builder motion and determination of winding: binding coil ratio. 10. Analysis of spinning geometry in existing ringframe and determination of winding angle variation during winding of ring cop. 11. Sample development in rotor spinning machine, understanding its working mechanism & functions of various spinning elements and determination of draft and production 12. Sample development in TFO and Fancy doubler machine, understanding its working mechanism &analysis of TPI and fancy yarn structure. Total P: 60

REFERENCE: 1. Textile Laboratory Manual prepared by Department of Textile Technology (2012).

15T411 FABRIC MANUFACTURE LABORATORY I 0 0 4 2

1. Determination of Winding parameters in Random / Precision Winding Machine 2. Determination of Winding parameters in Pirn winder 3. Determination of Shed Depth in Tappet Shedding Motion 4. Creation of Dobby design and fabric production in Dobby loom 5. Creation of Jacquard design and preparation of Punched Card 6. Determination of Picking angle, Picking Velocity, Picking force and Power in Underpick loom. 7. Determination of Sley Eccentricity in shuttle loom. 8. Dismantling and assembly of Take-up Motion and calculation of loom dividend. 9. Determination of Rate of Let-off at various Beam Diameters in positive and negative let-off systems. 10. Study of Warp Stop and Weft Stop Motions 11. Study of Weft Feelers and Pirn Changing Motions. 12. Preparation of Pattern Card in Drop box loom. Total P: 60 REFERENCE: 1. Weaving Laboratory Manual prepared by Department of Textile Technology.

15T420 INNOVATION PRACTICES

0 0 4 2

The Innovation Practices involves the following:

Understanding of the concepts of innovation, creativity, patenting and Intellectual Property Rights (IPR).

Reengineering, development and analysis of yarn, fabric samples and selected textile products using DST- FIST Textile product development centre, COE Indutech and Textile CAD Laboratory.

Preparing a project report and a report highlighting the specifications of the product and standards.

Comparison with commercial products.

Consolidated project report preparation.

Total P: 60

39

SEMESTER V

15T501 FABRIC MANUFACTURE II 2 2 0 3

FUNCTIONAL FEATURES OF SHUTTLELESS LOOM: Limitations of shuttle loom. Shuttleless loom types – Development, models and features. Techno-Economics of Shuttleless looms. Shedding Motion, Beat-Up Motion, Fabric Take-Up, Warp let-off, Selvedge Motion, Yarn feeders and Weft Accumulators, Quick Style Change, Online control systems. (5+5)

JET WEAVING: Airjet Looms: Yarn Insertion configurations. Principles of Airjet filling insertion. Timing Diagram. Compressed air quality requirements. Performance of yarns in Air jet insertion – Effect of Yarn Structure, Count, Twist. (5+5)

WATERJET LOOMS: Technological Developments – Models & Features. Characteristics of Water jet looms. Timing diagram. Calculation. (5+5)

GRIPPER PROJECTILE WEAVING: Weft insertion sequence. Timing diagram. Picking mechanism. Projectile Circulation. Projectile Types and Dimensions, Projectile Guides, Projectile Brake. Calculations. Weaving of denim. (5+5)

RAPIER WEAVING: Technological Developments – Models & Features. Classification of Rapier – Rigid / Flexible, Single / Double, Tip / Loop transfer principles. Weft insertion sequence. Timing diagram. Calculation. (5+5)

MULTIPHASE WEAVING AND 3D WEAVING: Principles of multiphase weaving – circular and flat multiphase looms. Shed formation, filling insertion, beat-up. Narrow weaving, braiding. Concept of 3D Weaving - Multi-layer weaving, loom requirements. (5+5) Total L:30 + T:30 = 60 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Talukdar M.K., Sriramulu P.K. and Ajgaonkar D.B., “Weaving: Machines, Mechanisms, Management”, Mahajan Publishers, Ahmedabad, 1998. 2. Marks R. and Robinson T.C., “Principles of Weaving”, The Textile Institute, Manchester, 1989.

REFERENCES: 1. Vangheluwe L., “Air- Jet Weft Insertion”, Textile progress, Vol. 29, No. 4, Textile Institute Publication,UK, 1999. 2. Valeriy V. Choogin, Palitha Bandara and Elena V. Chepelyuk, “Mechanisms of Flat Weaving Technology”, Wood Head Publishing,UK, 2013. 3. Prabir Kumar Banerjee, “Principles of Fabric Formation” CRC Press, New Delhi,2014. 4. Sabit Adanur, “Handbook of Weaving”, Technomic Publishing Co. Inc., New Delhi, 2001.

15T502 KNITTING TECHNOLOGY 3 0 0 3

FUNDAMENTALS OF KNITTING AND STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS OF WEFT KNITTING: Comparison of weaving and knitting, weft knitting and warp knitting. Weft knitting classification - circular, flat, V-bed, single knit and double knit. Structure of weft knitting industry. Mechanical elements of weft knitting-needles, and their types, sinkers, jacks, cams, cylinder, feeder and take-up, their function and operation, knitting cycle and yarn path. Basic weft knitting machines- machine construction,. Needle selection in weft knitting-multicam tracks, pattern wheels, pattern drums, programmed and punched tapes.Knitting of technical textiles. (7)

WEFT KNIT STRUCTURES: Needle loop, sinker loop, technical face, technical back., open loop, closed loop, knit stitch, tuck stitch, purl stitch, miss stitch, course, wale, stitch density and loop length. Single jersey, rib, purl and interlock, their structures, fabric characteristics and derivatives, notations and needle gaiting. DOUBLE KNIT STRUCTURES: Single pique, double pique, pontediroma, Milano rib, ottoman rib, bourrelet, texipique, pin tuck, blister and ripple fabrics. SPECIALITY STRUCTURES IN WEFT KNITTING: Fleece, plush, knops, micromesh and striper backing. (8)

WEFT KNITTED FABRIC GEOMETRY :Yam quality requirements for weft knitting, faults in circular knitting, their causes – avoidance. Production calculation in weft knitting, calculation of optimum knitting conditions, weft knitted fabric geometry, dimensional states and dimensional parameters such as stitch length, WPI, CPI, stitch density, GSM, TF etc., (7)

WARP KNITTING AND STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS: Detailed classification. tricot, raschel, simplex and 2 needle bar raschel machines - their comparison. Mechanical elements of warp knitting. Needle bar, sinker bar, guide bar, warp beams, pattern wheel, chain links, knitting cycle for spring bearded and latch needles, yarn path in tricot and raschel machines, lapping diagrams and notations. Open lap, closed lap, overlap, underlap, swinging. shogging. tricot stitch, blind stitch, inlay stitch, pillar stitch, satin stitch, velvet stitch and atlas stitch. Threading in guide bars: full set, part set and half set, dimensional stability, causes of stitch variation in warp knitting. (8)

STRUCTURES OF 2 BAR FULL SET TRICOT MACHINES: Variations in two bar structures, full tricot, locknit, reverse Iocknit satin, loop raised, queen's cord, shark skin and double atlas 3 bar and 4 bar machines . production calculation in warp knitting. Warp Knit fabric geometry: study of dimensional parameters such as stitch length, WPl, CPI, rack, run in, quality, areal density and structural ratio. (8)

LET OFF MOTION IN WARP KNITTING: Positive and negative let-off mechanisms, beam preparation for warp knitting: direct and indirect warping methods. Specialty structures: laying-in, fall plate, weft insertion, cut presser, ketten raschel and co-we-knit. (7)

Total L: 45

40

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Anbumani N, “Knitting-Fundamentals, Machines, Structures and Developments”, New Age International (P) Ltd., New Delhi, 2007. 2. Spencer D J, “Knitting Technology”, Third Edition, Textile Institute Publication, Manchester, UK, 2001.

REFERENCES: 1. Raz E, "Warp Knitting Technology", Coloumbine Press, Buxton, I992. 2. Brackenbury.T, “Knitted Clothing Technology”, Blackwell Science, London, 1992. 3. Wilkens C, “Warp knit machine elements” Blackwell Science, London, 1997. 4. Aigaonkar D B, “Knitting Technology“, Universal Publication Corpn. Bombay, 1998.

15T503 PREPARATION AND DYEING 3 0 0 3 INTRODUCTION: Objectives of chemical processing of textile materials. Chemical processing sequence of Cotton, Silk, Wool, Polyester and Polyester / Cotton blend. SINGEING: Objectives. Methods, Risks Involved, Alternative Approach. DESIZING: Objectives. Methods and Mechanism of Hydrolytic and Oxidative Desizing. (8)

SCOURING, BLEACHING AND MERCERISATION: Scouring - Objectives. Mechanism of Alkaline and Enzymatic Scouring. Bleaching - Objectives. Mechanisms of Oxidative and Reduction Bleaching. Use of OBA in bleaching. Quality Assessment – Copper Number , Methylene Blue Absorption and Cupprammonium Fluidity. Mercerisation: Objectives, Mechanism and Methods. Mercerization of knitted fabric and Blends. Liquid Ammonia Treatment. Assessment of Mercerization efficiency. (10)

DYEING: Classification of Dyes and their properties, Dye selection, Theory of dyeing. Affinity and Substantivity of dyes. Dyeing mechanism of cellulosic materials with direct dyes, reactive dyes and vat dyes. (8)

DYEING OF PROTEIN FIBRES: Dyeing mechanism of wool and silk fabrics with Acid dyes. Importance of Dyeing auxiliaries. Dyeing machines- Continuous and batch processes. Dyeing machines for woven and knitted fabrics. (7)

DYEING OF SYNTHETIC FABRICS: Mass coloration of synthetic fibres. Dyeing of polyester with Disperse dyes - Carrier, HTHP and Thermosol dyeing. Dyeing of acrylic fabrics with cationic dyes. Dyeing of elastomeric fibres and blends. Dyeing of blends. Assessment of colour fastness of dyed textiles. (8)

WASHING AND DRYING: Importance. Washing ranges. Concurrent and counter current washing principle. Drying- Water extraction techniques - mangling, suction drying and centrifuging. Thermal drying – cylinder drying, stenter drying and radiation drying (4) Total L: 45

TEXT BOOKS: 1. M Clark M “Handbook of textile and industrial dyeing: Principles, processes and types of dyes” (Volume 1 and 2), Woodhead Publishing, Cambridge, 2011. 2. Charles Tomasino, “Chemistry & Technology of Fabric Preparation & Finishing, Department of Textile Engineering, Chemistry and Science”, College of Textiles, North Carolina State University, Raleigh, 1992

REFERENCES: 1. Chakraborty J N, “Fundamentals and practices in colouration of textiles”, Woodhead Publishing, UK, 2009. 2. Karmakar S R, “Chemical Technology in the Pre-Treatment Processes of Textiles”, Elsevier, Amsterdam, 1999. 3. Shenai V .A., “Technology of Bleaching and Mercerizing – Vol III”, Sevak Publications, Chennai, 1991. 4. Madaras G W, Parish G.J and Shore J., “Batch wise Dyeing of Woven Cellulosic Fabrics – A Practial Guide”, Society of Dyers and Colourists, Bradford, 1993. 5. Trotman E R, “Dyeing and Chemical Technology of Textile Fibres”, Charles Griffin and Co Ltd., London, 1990.

15T504 TEXTILE QUALITY EVALUATION

3 0 0 3

SAMPLING:Need for textile testing, elements of statistics. Sampling and conditioning: Sample preparation, random and biased samples, causes for bias. MOISTURE: Humidity-standard RH and temperature for testing and mechanical processing.Measurement of moisture.FIBRE LENGTH AND TRASH: Length characteristics, principle of measurement – methods for measuring length. Trash contentdetermination - trash analyser, trash and quality of yarn. (8)

FIBRE FINENESS AND MATURITY: Definition, importance and methods for measuring fineness. Maturity- importance, methods for measuring maturity.Nep measurement. FIBRE STRENGTH MEASUREMENT: Importance, principle of measurements, bundle and single fibre strength testers. Latest Instruments-High Volume Instruments and techniques, Advance Fibre Information Systems (AFIS). (7) YARN QUALITY- COUNT AND TWIST: Yarn Count: Direct and Indirect system, count determination. Yarn twist: Definition, twist multiplier, twist and strength, methods for measuring twist. (7) YARN QUALITY- STRENGTH AND EVENNESS: Strength: Principles of measurement -CRT, CRL and CRE. Single yarn strength testers, lea strength tester, lea CSP and corrected strength. EVENNESS: Definition -classification of variation, methods of measuring evenness and analysis of spectrogram diagram and V-L curve. Yarn faults classifications-classimate. Yarn appearance - ASTM standards. Yarn hairiness and its measurement. (10)

41

FABRIC SERVICEABILITY AND CONSTRUCTION PARAMETERS: Fabric-Thickness, EPI, PPI, yarn Crimp-Measurement and influence on other parameters. Fabric - tensile strength, ballistic strength, bursting strength, abrasion resistance, pilling, flammability-Importance, influencing factors and measurement. (6) AESTHETIC & COMFORT CHARACTERISTICS: Drape, stiffness, permeability (air and water)-importance, influencing factors and measurement. Subjective and Objective evaluation of fabric handle, measurement of fabric handle - KES-F, FAST, FTT(Fabric Touch Tester)- analysis of results. (7)

Total L: 45

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Booth J E, “Principles of textile testing", CBS Publishers & Distributors, New Delhi,1996 2. Saville B P, “Physical testing of Textiles”, Woodhead Publishing Limited, Cambridge, UK, 1999. 3. Kothari V K, “Progress in Textiles-Volume 1: Testing and Quality Management”, IAFL Publication, New Delhi 1999.

REFERENCES: 1. Harisson P W, “Physical Testing and Quality control”, Textile progress, Vol.23, No.1/213 Textile Institute,UK,1993. 2. Cassidy C and Bishop. D, “Characteristics and evaluation of Sensory and Mechanical properties of fabrics”, Textile progress, Vol. 26, No.4,, Textile Institute, UK,1995. 3. Steadman R G, “Cotton Testing”, Textile Progress, Vol.27, No.1, The Textile Institute, UK,1997. 4. Furter R, “Strength and elongation testing of single and ply yarns: experience with USTER tensile testing installations”, Manual of textile technology: Quality control and assessment series, Textile Institute, Manchester, UK, 1985. 5. Annual Book of ASTM Standards, Volume 7.01 and 7.02, 2007-2008.

15T505 PROCESS AND QUALITY CONTROL IN SPINNING 2 2 0 3 INTRODUCTION:Quality – definition, seven tools of qualityand scope of process and quality control in textiles.Quality management in spinning industry.RAWMATERIAL SELECTION AND CONTROL: Consequences of poor fibre quality.Fibre selection –Cotton fibre selection by hand stapling.Application of High volume instrument & Spinning consistency Index on fibre selection. Cotton fibre selection and bale management techniques – Bale Inventory Analysis System, Engineered Fibre Selection and Linear Programming Technique (LPT). (5+5)

CONTROL OF WASTE: Yarn realization –Method of yarn realization determination, effect of fibre parameters on yarn realization, norms. Control of invisible loss and hard waste in spinning. Waste control – Assessment of waste, norms for waste removal, Influence of machine and process parameters in blow room, card and comber on cleaning and waste removal. Contamination – classification, causes of contamination, effect of contamination in further process, contamination removal techniques. (5+5)

NEPS& FIBRE RUPTURE: Control of Nep generation and fibre rupture in blow room - Influence of raw material and machinery parameters in blowroom on nep generation, norms. Control of Nep generation and fibre rupture in card - influence of raw material and machinery parameters on nep removal efficiency and fibre rupture in card. Control of neps and short fibre in comber – Influencing factors, norms.Significance of modern developments in blowroom, card and comber on control of neps. (5+5)

EVENNESS AND IMPERFECTION:Unevenness and imperfections – types of variation and imperfection control measures. Short- term irregularity – principle of autolevellers in draw frame, control of yarn unevenness. Interpretation and analysis of diagram, spectrogram and V- L curve. (5+5)

YARN QUALITY:Control of count and its variation - within and between bobbin count variations, influence of preparatory machines on count variation. Strength variation – causes and control of strength variability in yarn. Control of yarn hairiness – influence of raw material, preparatory process and ringframe process parameters on yarn hairiness. (5+5)

PRODUCTIVITY ANALYSIS: Productivity indices. Control of end breaks in spinning – influencing factors, Snap study.Yarn quality requirements for shuttle and shuttleless weaving. Yarn faults and package faults- classification, assessment, causes and remedies. (5+5) Total L:30 + T:30 = 60

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Thilagavathi, G &Karthik, T, “Process control and yarn quality in spinning”, Woodhead Publishing India, NewDelhi, 2015 2. Garde A R and Subramanian T A, "Process Control in Spinning A TIRA., Ahmedabad, 1989.

REFERENCES: 1. Majumdar, Das, Alagirusamy, Kothari, “Process control in textile manufacturing”, Woodhead Publishing, UK, 2012 2. Ratnam T V. &Chellamani. K. P., Quality Control in Spinning, SITRA Coimbatore 1999. 3. Senthilkumar, R. “Process management in spinning”, CRC press, Taylor & Francis Group, U.S, 2014 4. “Norms for spinning Mills” by SITRA, Coimbatore, 2010.

15T510 FABRIC MANUFACTURE LABORATORY II 0 0 4 2

1. Production of toweling fabrics in Terry Loom. 2. Design and development of sample in Electronic Jacquard. 3. Design and development of sample in Electronic Dobby. 4. Observation of various operations in function panel and running of Rapier Loom

42

5. Observation of various operations in function panel and running of Airjet loom 6. Production of Tapes in Narrow width loom and study of braiding machine 7. Working of Single Jersey knitting machine and development of sample using various process parameters. 8. Working of Double Jersey knitting machine and development of sample using various process parameters. 9. Working of flat knitting machine and development of sample using various process parameters. 10. Working of Socks knitting machine and development of sample using various process parameters. 11. Sample production and analysis using Test Knitting machine and development of fabrics using various process parameters. 12. Preparation of report on Maintenance and Trouble shooting activities in Rapier & Air jet looms Total P: 60 REFERENCES: 1. Textile Laboratory Manual prepared by Department of Textile Technology. 2. Kudriavin L, Laboratory practice in Knitting Technology.

15T511 PREPARATION AND DYEING LABORATORY

0 0 4 2

1. Desizing of grey cotton fabric and evaluation of desizing efficiency 2. Scouring of cotton fabric using alkali and determination of absorbency and yellowness index 3. Bleaching of cotton yarn using Sodium hypochlorite and Hydrogen peroxide and evaluation of Whiteness Index 4. Mercerisation and evaluation of BAN on the fabric. 5. Dyeing of cotton fabric with direct dyes 6. Dyeing of cotton fabric with reactive dyes 7. Dyeing of cotton fabric with Vat dyes 8. Dyeing of Wool and Silk with acid dyes 9. Dyeing of acrylic with cationic dyes 10. Dyeing of Polyester fabric with disperse dyes 11. Determination of Colour parameters (K/S, L*, a*, b*, Chroma and Hue) of any two of the above Dyed Textiles 12. Evaluation of Fastness properties (Washing, Light, Rubbing and Perspiration) of any two of the above Dyed Textiles Total P: 60

REFERENCE: 1. Textile Chemical processing Laboratory Manual prepared by Department of Textile Technology, 2012.

15T512 FIBRE AND YARN QUALITY EVALUATION LABORATORY

0 0 4 2 1. Determination of Fibre Length 2. Determination of Fibre Fineness 3. Determination of Fibre Maturity 4. Determination of Fibre Bundle Strength 5. Determination of Fibre Trash and lint content. 6. Determination of Linear Density of Sliver, Roving, Yarn and Yarn from fabric 7. Determination of Single yarn and ply yarn twist. 8. Determination of Single yarn strength 9. Determination of Yarn impact strength 10. Determination of Lea strength & CSP 11. Determination of Yarn Evenness, its classification and assessment of Yarn appearance 12. Determination of Fibre Parameters using HVI

Total P : 60

REFERENCES: 1. Textile Testing Laboratory Manual prepared by Department of Textile Technology, 2015. 2. ASTM Standards, 7.01 and 7.02.

43

SEMESTER VI

15T601 MECHANICS OF TEXTILE MACHINES 3 2 0 4 POWER TRANSMISSION: Selection of drives. Flexible drives: Belts - Types, analysis of belt tension, optimum belt velocity for maximum power transmission, contact angles and belt length. Rigid Drives: Gear trains – Types, nomenclature, velocity ratio of normal and epicyclic gear trains, force analysis in gear drives. (8+5)

DIFFERENTIAL GEARING: Differential Gearing in Speed Frame and Comber. (7+5)

DESIGN OF CONE DRUMS AND CAMS: Design perspectives. Construction of cone drums – Feed regulation in scutcher and builder motion in Speed Frame. Construction of cams - Ring frame builder motion, tappet shedding motion. Design of winder drums. (8+5) MOMENTS, KINETIC / POTENTIAL ENERGY, POWER CONSUMPTION: Calendar roller loading, top arm loading, heald shaft lifting, shuttle movement, bale handling and lifting, power consumption by ring frame traveller, picking operation. (7+5)

STRESSES IN TRANSMISSION SHAFTS AND DRAFTING ROLLERS: Material properties, safety factor, tensile, compressive, shear, bending and torsional stresses. (8+5)

FRICTION: Laws of friction. Application of friction – Tension devices, negative let-off motions, brakes and clutches. Brakes – Band, block, pivoted double block, internal expanding brake. Clutches - Jaw / Toothed, Friction Clutches – Single Plane, Multi- Plane, Cone Clutches. Centrifugal clutch (7+5)

Total L:45 +T:30 =75

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Rengasamy R S, “Mechanics of Spinning Machines”, NCUTE, New Delhi, 2002. 2. Ganapathy Nagarajan, “Textile Mechanisms in Spinning and Weaving Machines”, Woodhead Publishing, India, 2014.

REFERENCES: 1. Slater K, “Textile Mechanics”, Vol. I, Textile Institute, Manchester, 1977. 2. Slater K, “Textile Mechanics”, Vol. II, Textile Institute, Manchester, 1987. 3. Gokarneshan N, “Mechanics and Calculations of Textile Machinery”, WPI Pvt. Ltd., 2014

15T602 PRINTING AND FINISHING 3 0 0 3 PRINTING: Introduction. Difference between dyeing and printing, steps involved in printing- preparation of printing paste, ingredients of printing paste. Methods of Printing. Block Printing. Roller printing machine, Flat bed and rotary screen printing machine. Preparation of printing screen. Printing of Cotton with direct, reactive, vat and pigments – process conditions. Methods of dye fixation after printing. (10)

STYLES OF PRINTING: Introduction. Direct, Resist and Discharge style. Batik printing. Khadi prining. Flock printing. Tie and Dye technique. Paper transfer printing. Methods of fixation of prints. Printed fabric defects. (8)

FINISHING: Introduction. Classification of finishes. Chemical and Mechanical finishing of textiles. Mechanical Finishing- Calendering. Shrink proofing of woven fabrics. Raising. Shearing. Dimensional stabilization of knitted goods. Properties of finished fabrics. (7)

CHEMICAL FINISHING: Introduction. Easy care and Durable finishing of cellulosics –Formaldehyde and non formaldehyde crossliking agents. Starching and softening. Water and Oil repellent finishes. Soil release finishing. Flame retardant finishing. Quality Evaluation of Finished Fabrics. Finished fabric realization. (8)

APPAREL AND DENIM PROCESSSING: Preparatory processes. Apparel dyeing, printing and finishing processes. Apparel dyeing machines. Biopolishing and stone washing of apparels. Denim Processing- Dyeing of denim materials. Fading of Denim fabrics. Finishing and washing of denim fabric. (6)

EFFLUENT TREATMENT: Introduction. Characteristics and treatment of cotton and Synthetic Textiles (woven and knitted) processing effluents. Zero discharge processing. Flow chart of effluent treatment processes. Primary, Secondary and Tertiary treatments. Reverse osmosis and Evaporation. (6)

Total L: 45

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Schindler W D and Hauser P J, “Chemical Finishing of Textiles”, Woodhead Publishing, Cambridge, 2004. 2. Miles L W C, “Textile Printing”, Society of Dyers and Colourists”, England, 1994.

REFERENCES: 1. Manivasakam N, “ Treatment of Textile Processing Effluents”, Sakthi Publication, Coimbatore, 1995. 2. Parmar M S., Satsangi S S and Jai Prakash, “Denim – A Fabric for All”, Northern India Textile Research Association,

44

Ghaziabad, 1996. 3. Nierstrasz V and A Cavaco-Paulo, “ Advances in textile biotechnology”, Woodhead Publishing, Cambridge, 2010. 4. Charles Tomasino, “Chemistry & Technology of Fabric Preparation & Finishing”, Department of Textile Engineering, Chemistry and Science, College of Textiles, North Carolina State University, Raleigh, 1992. 5. Heywood D, “Textile Finishing”, Woodhead Publishing, UK, 2003.

15T603 TECHNOLOGY OF BONDED FABRICS 2 2 0 3 INTRODUCTION: Nonwoven process, raw materials – web formation – web bonding. Classification. Raw materials preparation for the production of nonwovens, binders-requirements, properties. (5+5)

WEB FORMING: Classification, Dry lay process, Wet lay method. Extrusion nonwovens - spun bond and meltblown. Web drafting. (5+5) WEB BONDING: Mechanical bonding - Needle punching, Stitch bonding, Spun lacing. Chemical bonding. Thermal bonding. Process variables and their effect on nonwoven properties. (5+5)

FINISHING OF NONWOVENS: Mechanical finishing – shrinking, compacting and creping, calendering, pressing, perforating, slitting, breaking, splitting, suede finishing, shearing, raising, singeing and sewing. Chemical finishing-washing, dyeing, printing, finishing, softening, special effects, coating, laminating, flocking. (5+5)

TESTING AND CHARACTERISTICS OF NONWOVENS: : Testing of raw materials for nonwovens, testing of nonwovens, test processes related to end-use. Identification of nonwovens. Nonwoven fabric structure-property relations of nonwoven. (5+5)

APPLICATIONS OF NONWOVENS: Hygiene products, cleaning and household products, home textiles, apparels, technical applications. (5+5)

Total L:30 + P:30 = 60

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Wilhelm Albrecht, “Nonwoven Fabrics”, Wiley – VCH, Verlag Gmbh and Company, Germany,2003. 2. Russel.S, “Handbook of Nonwovens”, Textile Institute Publication, UK, 2004.

REFERENCES: 1. Krcma R, “Manual of Nonwovens”, Textile Trade Press,USA, 1993. 2. Irsak O, “Nonwoven Textiles", Textile Institute, UK, 1999. 3. Mrstina V and Feigl F, “Needle Punching Technology”, Elsevier Science Publishers, India, 1990.

15T604 GARMENT MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION:Overview of garment industry, classification of garments, fibre and fabric selection for garment manufacturing. Process sequence in garment manufacturing.PATTERN MAKING:Body anatomy – eight head and ten head theory, Body measurement -measurement chart. Pattern Making –pattern making terminologies, types of patterns, principles of pattern drafting, pattern making tools basic patterns.Pattern draping, Flat pattern technique.Pattern grading. (9)

SPREADING & CUTTING:Marker making – marker planning methods, types of markers, duplication of markers, marker efficiency. Spreading - types of spreading, basic requirements for spreading, spreading machines and equipments. Cutting –requirements of cutting, manual, semi-operated and computerized cutting machines. Preparation for sewing - Sorting, Bundling and Labelling. (9) SEWING: Stitches and seams classifications. Classification of sewing machines – based on application, based on bed type. Basic stitching machine - principle parts and their functions.Mechanism of stitch formation in lock stitch machine.Sewing machine feed mechanisms, Sewing machine attachments, Seam and stitch defects – causes and remedial measures. Seam engineering. (10) APPAREL ACCESSORIES: Needle – types and selection.Sewing thread–types and applications.Supporting materials & closures.PRESSING: Pressing - Need for pressing, influence of pressing, pressing equipments, conditions and types of pressing. (7) PACKAGING AND FOLDING: Criteria for packaging, packing and folding, specifications and standards for packaging, materials, and equipments used for packaging, considerations for packaging and folding. (5)

INSPECTION: Fabric inspection – requirements, various fabric inspection systems. Final Inspection of garments – 100% inspection, spot checking, arbitrary sampling, statistical sampling.MERCHANDISING: Roles and responsibilities of Merchandiser, Activities of Buying House and Buying Agencies. (5)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. David J Tyler, “Carr & Latham‟s Technology of Clothing Manufacture” – Fourth Edition, Blackwell Science, Oxford, 2008. 2. Solinger Jacob, “Apparel Manufacturing Analysis”, Columbia Boblin Media, USA, 2000.

REFERENCES: 1. Peggal.H, “Introduction to Dress Making”, Marshal Caverdish, London, 2001. 2. JelkaGersak, “ Design of clothing manufacturing process”, Woodhead publishing Limited, Oxford, 2013 3. Pradip V Mehta, “ An Introduction to Quality Control for the Apparel Industry”,CRC Press, Newyork,USA,1992. 4. Ruth E Glock, Grace I Kunz, “Apparel manufacturing – sewn product analysis”, Pearson, Newdelhi, 2009 ,

45

15T610 PRINTING AND FINISHING LABORATORY 0 0 4 2 1. Direct style printing of cotton fabric 2. Resist style printing of cotton fabric 3. Discharge style printing of cotton fabric 4. Identification of dyes 5. Flock printing on cotton fabric 6. Crease resistant finishing of cotton fabric 7. Flame retardant finishing of cotton fabric 8. Water repellent and proof finishing of cotton fabric 9. Soil release finishing on polyester fabric 10. Biopolishing of cotton fabric 11. Analysis of performance of finished fabrics 12. Analysis of textile processing effluents Total P : 60 REFERENCE:

1. Textile Chemical Processing Laboratory Manual prepared by Department of Textile Technology, 2012.

15T611 APPAREL DESIGN AND MANUFACTURING LABORATORY 0 0 4 2 1. Pattern making for round neckT-shirt 2. Pattern making for skirt 3. Pattern making for Trouser 4. Computerized Pattern Making and Marker planning for Round neck T-shirt. 5. Computerized Pattern Making and Marker planning for skirt and top 6. Computerized Pattern Making and Marker planning for Trouser 7. Working of basic sewing machines 8. Construction of garment panels 9. Assembling and construction of T-shirt 10. Assembling and construction of skirt 11. Assembling and construction of Trouser 12. Garments Quality testing Total P : 60 REFERENCE:

1. Apparel Manufacturing Laboratory Manual prepared by Department of Textile Technology, 2012

15T612 FABRIC QUALITY EVALUATION LABORATORY 0 0 2 1 1. Determination of Fabric Thickness, Stiffness and crease recovery 2. Determination of Fabric Tensile Strength 3. Determination of Fabric Bursting Strength 4. Determination of Fabric Drape 5. Determination of Fabric Abrasion Resistance 6. Determination of Tearing Strength of Fabric 7. Determination of Fabric Pilling 8. Determination of water repellency of fabrics : (a) By Spray test; (b) By Bundesmann rain-shower test 9. Determination of Air permeability of fabric 10. Determination of flammability of fabrics 11. Determination of Seam slippage and Button Pull Strength 12. Demonstration of KES-F Fabric Evaluation systems Total P : 30 REFERENCES: 1. Textile Testing Laboratory Manual prepared by Department of Textile Technology, 2015. 2. ASTM Standards, 7.01 and 7.02.

46

SEMESTER VII

15T701 FABRIC STRUCTURE 2 2 0 3 INTRODUCTION: Fabric types and their characteristics (Only review). Weave representations: linear and point paper. Weave plan components: weave repeat, drawing-in plan, denting plan, tie-up plan, warp and weft color order, warp and weft interlacement patterns. Color theory: Light, pigment, Lab, HSB – Color Management, Tint, Tone, Shade, Color Wheel, Harmonious and contrast, Colors. (5+5)

BASIC WEAVES: Plain, Twill, Satin, Sateen and their derivatives. Ordinary and Brighton honey comb. Huck-a-back and Crepe weaves. Color and weave effect patterns. (5+5)

SPECIALITY WEAVES:, Backed fabrics, Bed Ford Cords (BFC), Welts and Piques. Leno and Mock Leno (5+5)

JACQUARD DESIGNS, Introduction to Jacquard Design, Extra warp and Extra weft figuring, Spot figuring. (5+5)

WARP PILE AND WEFT PILE: Warp pile; wire pile, fast wire pile, terry weaves, terry stripe, and terry check. Weft Pile: plain back, twill back velveteen, Corduroy, Weft plush. Length, density and fastness of piles. (5+5)

DOUBLE CLOTH: Classification - self stitched face to back, back to face, combination of face to back and back to face stitched double cloth Wadded double cloth, weft and warp wadded double cloth , centre stitched double cloth. (5+5)

Total L:30 + T:30 = 60 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Grosicki Z J, "Watson's Textile Design and Colour: Elementary Weaves and Figured Fabrics", Woodhead Publishing Limited, India, 2004. 2. Gokarneshan N,” Fabric structure and design‟, New age international P. Ltd, New Delhi, 2011.

REFERENCES: 1. Groscik Z ,“Watson's Advanced Textile Design”,Universal Pub.Corp. Mumbai, 2004. 2. Shababane and Blinoue, “Design of woven fabrics”, Mir Publication, Moscow, 1988. 3. Lord & Mohammed, “Weaving conversion of yarn to fabric”, Merrow Publications, London, 2005. 4. Goerner D,” Woven Structure and Design”, part I & II, WIRA & BTRA, 1989.

15T702 TECHNICAL TEXTILES 3 0 0 3 INTRODUCTION: Definition Classification of Technical Textiles. Market growth and potential, Application of Technical textiles, fiber consumption, fiber requirements and properties.INDUSTRIAL TEXTILE: Tyres - Tire Cord Yarns and Fabrics - Quality requirements- Fibre properties - Manufacturing techniques. Belts - Conveyor and power transmission, Composition of belts, Carcass cords, fabrics. Hose fabrics - Definition and characteristics of hoses, reinforcement, Construction and types. (8)

FILTER FABRICS: Introduction, selection considerations - fiber, fabric, design. Principle, mechanism and types of filtration. Textiles in dry filtration, wet filtration, Filtration equipment- design consideration. Filter media for Paper Industry – design and manufacturing techniques, Cigarette filters. (7)

PROTECTIVE TEXTILES:Definition – basic requirements – Garment design and choice of materials in protection from hazards due to thermal, flame, chemical, mechanical, ballistic, nuclear and extreme climate.Footwear textiles. (8)

MEDICAL TEXTILES:Classification of Medical textiles - non-implantable materials, extracorporeal devices, Implantable materials, Healthcare and hygiene products. Design and characteristics required in textiles for medical and hygiene applications. (7)

COATED FABRICS: Textiles commonly used in coated fabrics, coating materials and polymers.Coating methods – direct coating, indirect coating.Lamination methods – flame bonding, Adhesive lamination – aqueous based and solvent based, heat lamination, film lamination.Applications of coating and laminated textiles. (7)

GEO-TEXTILES: Introduction- Geo textile, Geo synthetics. Property requirements.Fibres and fabrics for geo textiles Functions - Geotextile materials and manufacturing, Geotextile functions. Geotextile properties and testing.Application of geotextiles. (8) Total L:45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. SabitAdanur, “Wellington Sears Handbook of Industrial Textiles”, Technomic publishing company Inc., USA, 1995 2. Horrocks. A R &Anand S C, “Handbook of Technical Textiles”, Woodhead Publishing and Textile Institute, USA,2000

REFERENCES: 1. JarmilaSvedova ,” Industrial Textiles”, Elsevier Science Publishing Co in, ISBN – 0444- 98754-1, New york, 1990 2. David B. Wootton, “The Application ofTextiles in Rubber”, Rapra Technology Limited, UK, 2001. 3. Harrison, P.W., “The Design of Textiles for Industrial Applications", Textile Institute, Manchester, 1998. 4. Pushpa, B and Sengupta A K , "Industrial Application of Textiles for Filtration and Coated fabrics", Textile progress, Vol.14, UK,1992.

47

15T703 MANAGEMENT OF TEXTILE AND CLOTHING INDUSTRY 2 2 0 3

TEXTILE INDUSTRY: Indian Textile and clothing industry scenario, procedure to set up a new textile/apparel unit. Industry Layout, selection of site, working environment, SWOT analysis of Indian Textile Industry, WTO, Free Trade Agreement, Textile Policy, Five- year plan applicable to textile industry, promotional schemes announced by central and state Government. Service organizations- Role of EPC, TRA, SIMA, SICA, CII, CITI, Textile Committee, Ministry of Textiles, Commodity board and National Handloom Development Corporation. (5+5)

PRODUCTON MANAGEMENT: Spin plan, Weave plan, Processing Plan, Garmenting Plan, Productivity analysis and its control in spinning and weaving. PPC, Operational chart, PERT, Inventory control, ERP: Application of ERP in Textile Industry-SAP. (5+5)

INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING: Introduction to work study, techniques of work study-method study and work measurement with case studies. Principles of motion economy, ergonomics, Materials handling equipments. (5+5)

PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT: Functions of Personnel Management & time office, Human Resource Planning, performance appraisal, Training and Development. Job description, Job classification and Job evaluation. Grading the employee: Rating system, Psychological test, Predictive Index- Myer Bridge Type Indicator. Basics of Labour Legislation, Trade union and its function. Wage and Salary administration: Wage structure and its components. (5+5)

FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT AND TEXTILE COSTING: Financial Management-concept,scope,functions,financial management cycle, sources of finance, Accounting-branches,functions,rules of accounting , accounting process-book keeping, journal posting, ledger, trial balance, trading account, profit and loss account, balance sheet., Accounting standard-Indian accounting standards & International accounting standards. Balance sheet, profit & loss account and financial ratio. Textile Costing: Elements of costing- Material cost, Labour cost and expenses. Methods of textile costing. Cost system, costing of yarn, cloth and garment. (5+5)

MANAGEMENT TOOLS: Concept of Total quality Management-5 S, Business Process Reengineering, Quality circle, Quality Management System, environmental management system, Total Productive Maintenance. Kaizen, Management Information System, Supply Chain Management. (5+5)

Total L :30 + T:30 = 60 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Rattan JB,” Modern Textile Management”, Abhinav Publishers,Chandigarh, 2001. 2. Khanna OP, “Industrial Engineering and Management”, Dhanpat Rai & Sons, NewDelhi, 2013.

REFERENCES: 1. Purushothama B,”Training and development of technical staff in the textile industry”, Wood head publishing India Pvt Ltd, NewDelhi,2012 2. ILO Geneva, “Introduction to Workstudy”, Oxford Publishing corporation, NewDelhi, 2007. 3. Francis Cherunulam,”International trade and export management”, Himalaya publishing house, NewDelhi, 2006 4. Ormerod.A., “Management of Textile Production”, Buttorworth & Co LTD, London, 1979.

15T710 FABRIC STRUCTURE AND DESIGN LABORATORY 0 0 4 2

I. Collection of woven / knitted samples and their commercial names based on weave structure and application areas. II. Analysis of the given/ collected samples for fabric parameters (Any 8 samples) 1. Plain Weave 2. Twill Weave 3. Satin / Sateen Weave 4. Honey comb weave 5. Huck -a-back Weave 6. Terry pile weave 7.Corduroy structure 8. Single Knitted -Single Jersey structure 9. Double Knitted-Rib Structure 10.Double Knitted -Interlock Structure. 11. Warp knit structure IIIA. Art work development for Dobby / Jacquard design using computer and realization of production data III.B. Evaluation of a CAD woven software

Total P : 60

REFERENCE : 1. Fabric Structure and Design Laboratory Manual prepared by Department of Textile Technology, 2012

48

15T711 TEXTILE PRODUCT ENGINEERING AND DEVELOPMENT LABORATORY 0 0 2 1

Development of following products based on performance characteristics and related attributes 1. Fancy yarn 2. Towel 3. Socks

4. Electro active textiles 5. Technical textile product 6. Development of any one garments – Shirts, Trouser Total P : 30

REFERENCE : 1. Textile Product Development Laboratory Manual prepared by Department of Textile Technology, 2015.

15T712 INDUSTRIAL TRAINING 0 0 2 1 Industrial Lecture

Faculty will arrange for lectures by experts preferably from industries to highlight the recent technical and soft skill trends.

Visit to Industries

Study tour / Industrial visit. Reports are to represent the observations of the students after the visits with their personal comments / suggestions. Total P: 30

15T720 PROJECT WORK I 0 0 4 2 Identification of a real life problem in thrust areas Developing a mathematical model for solving the above problem Finalisation of system requirements and specification Proposing different solutions for the problem based on literature survey Future trends in providing alternate solutions Consolidated report preparation of the above

SEMESTER VIII 15T820 PROJECT WORK II 0 0 16 8 The project involves the following:

Preparing a project - brief proposal including

Problem Identification A statement of system / process specifications proposed to be developed (Block Diagram / Concept tree) List of possible solutions including alternatives and constraints Cost benefit analysis Time Line of activities

A report highlighting the design finalization [based on functional requirements & standards (if any) ]

A presentation including the following:

Implementation Phase (Hardware / Software / both) Testing & Validation of the developed system Learning in the Project

Consolidated report preparation

49

LANGUAGE ELECTIVES 15T080 COMMUNICATION SKILLS FOR ENGINEERS 3 0 0 3

COMMUNICATION CONCEPTS: Process of Communication – Inter and Intrapersonal Communication – Essentials for effectiveness. (4)

FOCUS ON SOFT SKILLS: Etiquette – Work Place etiquette – Telephone etiquette- Body Language – Persuasive Communication- Public Speaking – Critical Reasoning and Conflict Management based on Case Studies – Group Communication- Meetings- Interview Techniques. (14)

TECHNICAL WRITING: Technical Writing Principles - Style and Mechanics -Genres of Technical Writing – Technical Definitions – Physical, Functional and Process Descriptions -– Technical Report Writing – Preparing Instructions and Manuals– Interpretation of Technical Data. (10)

BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE: Writing Emails, Preparing Resumes, Memos, Technical and Business Proposals. (7) TECHNICAL COMMUNICATION: Seminars, Process Description and Group Discussions, Use of Visual Aids. (10)

Total L: 45

TEXTBOOK: 1. Monograph prepared by the Faculty, Department of English, 2015.

REFERENCES: 1. Jeff Butterfield, “Soft Skills for Everyone”, Cengage Learning, New Delhi, 2013. 2. Jean Naterop B. and Rod Revell, “Telephoning in English”, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2011. 3. David A. Mc Murrey and Joanne Buckley, “Handbook for Technical Writing”, Cengage Learning, New Delhi, 2011. 4. Simon Sweeney, “English for Business Communication”, Cambridge University Press, New Delhi, 2012.

15T081 BASIC GERMAN 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION: German Culture, Tradition, Universities and Companies , Alphabets, Greetings, Countries, Nationalities and Languages. (3)

VOCABULARY: Context related to School, University, Professions, Family, Supermarket, Food and Bevearages, Entertainment, Celebrations, Weather. (4)

GRAMMAR: Noun forms – Singular , Plural; Gender Introduction, Articles, Personal Pronouns and Possessive Pronouns in Nominative , Accusative and Dativ cases. Usage of Adjectives. Time related forms - Formal & informal expressions. Usage of adverbs, daily routines, related verbs and question words. Related vocabulary and grammar. Simple dialogues and exercises. Verbs –Verb conjugation, Helping verbs , subject – verb agreement ,Regular and Irregular verbs, Modal verbs.and their related grammatical structure. (16)

GENERAL USAGE: Number system, Question words, Statements and Questions, Negation: nicht/kein. Imperatives Simple dialogues, Exercises. (5)

SYNTAX: Word order and sentence formation. Practice with mini –dialogues. (4)

COMMUNICATION SKILLS: Conversing in formal and informal situations, Dialogue writing, Letter writing, Email writing,Invitations and Telephone conversations. (7)

PRACTICALS: Listening, Speaking, Reading and Writing. (6)

Total L: 45

TEXT BOOK: 1. Monograph prepared by the Faculty, Department of English, 2015.

REFERENCES: 1. Tangram Aktuell 1 (Deutsch als Fremdsprache) - Rosa-Maria Dallapiazza, Eduard von Jan, Til Schönherr - Max Hueber Verlag, 2004. 2. Grundkurs Deutsch - Roland Schäpers, Renate Luscher, Manfred Glück, 1980. 3. Lernziel Deutsch - Wolfgang Hieber - Max Hueber Verlag, 1983. 4. Hermann Funk, Christina Kuhn and Silke Demme, Studio d A1, Goyal Publishers & Distributors Pvt. Ltd., 2009.

15T082 BASIC FRENCH 3 0 0 3 INTRODUCTION (2)

UNITÉ-1: Faire connaissance – inviter et répondre à une invitation – décrire les personnes- articles définis et indéfinis – genre etnombre des noms et des adjectifs- interrogation et négation – conjugaison du présent. Paris monuments et lieux publics – la vie de quatre parisiens de professions différentes. (11)

50

UNITÉ-2: Exprimer l‟ ordre et l‟obligation demander et commander – evaluer et apprécier- féliciter et remercier – articles partitifs - adjectifs démonstratifs et possessifs prépositions et adverbes de quantité et de l‟imperatif verbes pronominaux – une région deFrance la Bourgogne – vie quotidienne à la compagne. (11)

UNITÉ-3: Raconter et rapporter – donner son avis – se plaindre et réprimander – expliquer et justifier – pronoms compléments – futur proche – passé composé et imparfait. Plusieurs régions de France – différents univers sociaux. (11)

UNITÉ-4: Demander l‟autorisation – interdire – formuler des projects – discuter et débattre. Pronoms < en > et < y > – pronoms relatifs et superlatifs – conjugaison du futur – présent continu et passé récent.La vie administrative et régionale – problems economiques et écologiques – traditions et modernité. (12)

Total L: 45

TEXT BOOK: 1. Christine Andant etal., “A propos (livre de l eleve)”, LANGERS, New Delhi, 2012.

REFERENCES: 1. Mathurin Dondo, “Dondo Modern French Course”, Oxford University Press, Great Britain, 1997. 2. Margaret Lang and Isabelle Perez, “ Modern French Grammar”, Paris, 1996.

15T083 BASIC JAPANESE 3 0 0 3 Orientation Session, Geographic & Socio, economic perspective to Japan, Japanese people and culture and Basic greetings and responses. (3)

Basic script, Method of writing hiragana and katakana, and Combination sounds and simple words. (3)

Topic marker “wa”, Desu / dewa arimasen cupolas, Interrogative particle “ka”, Grammar particles “mo”, “no”, „‟ Introducing some one: “Kochira wa ~“ and Self introductions: Hajimemashite” (3)

Demonstratives “Kore”, “Sore”, “Are”, Demonstrative “Kono”, “Sono”, “Ano” , Possessive noun particle “no” and Japanese apartments: Greeting your neighbour (2)

Place marakers “Koko”, “Soko”, “Asoko”, Direction markers “Kochira”, “Sochira”, “Achira” and Japanese department stores: Asking for and buying something (2)

Asking for and telling the time, Paticle “ni (at)” for time, kara (from) ~ made (until), Particle “to (and)”, Time periods: Days of the week, months, time of day, Verbs (Present / future and past tense) and Telephone enquiry: Asking for a phone no. And business hours (2)

Destination particle “e”, Particles “de (mode of transportation)” and “to (with) and Japanese train station: Asking for Fare and track no. / types of trains (2)

Direct object particle “o”, Particle “de (place of action)” , Verbs (“~masen ka”, “~mashou”) and “Ohanami” Cherry blossom viewing (2)

Particle “de (by means of)” , Particle “ni (to)”, ,Aaemasu (give) and Moraimasu (receive) and Visiting a Japanese house (2)

Adjectives (“i” and “na” type), Adjectives (Positive and negative useage), Particle “ga (however, but), “Dore which?)” and Leaving a room, thanking some one for hospitality (2)

Likes and dislikes, Potential verbs (wakarimasu and dekimasu), “Kara ( ~ because)”, Adverbs and Asking some one out over the phone (2)

Verbs denoting presence: “Imasu” and “arimasu”, Particle “ni (in)”, “Dare (who?)” , Adverbs (“Chikaku ni ~“), Particle “dare mo (negative ~ no one)” , Dare ka (anyone), dare ga (who) , Nani ka (anything) , nani ga (what) - ~ya (and) ~ nado (etc.) and Asking for directions (2)

Counters and Counting suffixes (2)

Introduction to Adjectives (na and ii type), Different usages of adjectives, Comparison, Likes and dislikes and Going to a trip (2)

Need and desire (ga hoshii), Wanting to … (Tabeti desu), Going for a certain purpose (mi –ni ikimasu) and Choosing from a menu (2) Verb groups, I, II and III and Exercises to group verbs (2)

Please do (te kudasai), Present continuous tenses (te imasu), Shall I? ( ~ mashou ka) and Describing a natural phenomenon (It is raining) (2)

To grant permission (~te mo ii desu), Asking for permission ( ~ te mo ii desu ka) and Should not do ( ~ te wa ikemasen) (2)

Describing a continuing state and Describing a habitual action (2)

Roleplays in Japanese (2)

51

A demonstration on usage of chopsticks and Japanese tea party (2)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOK: 1. Minna no nohongo – Romaji ban (first 10 lessons of this book), 3A Corporation, Tokyo, 2000.

REFERENCE: 1. Minna no Nihongo, Honsatsu Roma – ji ban (Main Textbook Romanized Version), International publisher , 3A Corporation, Tokyo, Indian distributor – Goyal Publishers & Distributors, New Delhi, 2007.

OPEN ELECTIVES

MATHEMATICS

15OH01 ADVANCED LINEAR ALGEBRA 3 0 0 3

VECTOR SPACES: General vector spaces, real vector spaces, Euclidean n-space, subspaces, linear independence, basis and dimension, row space, column space and null space. (8)

INNER PRODUCT SPACES: Inner products, length and angle in inner product spaces, orthonormal bases, Gram- Schmidt process, orthogonal matrices, QR decomposition, best approximation- least square. (12)

LINEAR TRANSFORMATIONS: General linear transformation - kernel and range, matrices of linear transformations, change of basis, rank and nullity. (12)

EIGENVALUES AND EIGENVECTORS: Eigenvalues and eigenvectors, diagonalization, orthogonal diagonalization, quadratic forms, application of conic sections, quadratic surfaces - discrete dynamical systems. (13)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Howard Anton and Chris Rorres, Elementary Linear Algebra John Wiley & Sons, New Delhi, 2011. 2. David C Lay , Linear Algebra and its Applications, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2012.

REFERENCES: 1. Gareth Williams, Linear Algebra with Applications, Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi, 2009. 2. Gilbert Strang, Linear Algebra and its Applications, Cengage, New Delhi, 2012.

15OH02 ALGEBRAIC STRUCTURES 3 0 0 3

GROUPS: Groups, subgroups, permutation groups, cosets and Lagranges‟s theorem, normal subgroups and quotient groups, homomorphisms, isomorphisms, Cayley‟s theorem. (15)

CODING THEORY: Group codes, the communication model and basic notions of error correction, generation of codes by using parity checks - error recovery in group codes. (5)

RINGS: Rings, sub-rings, properties of rings, integral domain, ideals and quotient rings, polynomial rings. (12)

FIELDS: Fields, roots of polynomials, construction of straightedge and compass. (13)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. I. N. Herstein, Topics in Algebra, John Wiley & Sons, New Delhi, 2006. 2. Kenneth H Rosen, Discrete Mathematics and its Applications, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2013.

REFERENCES: 1. Michael Artin, Algebra, Prentice Hall, New Delhi, 1996. 2. Joseph A. Gallian, Contemporary Abstract algebra, Cengage learning pvt ltd, New Delhi, 2014. 3. Bernard Kolman, Robert C Busby, Sharon Cutler Ross, Discrete Mathematical Structures, Prentice Hall, New Delhi, 2006.

15OH03 CALCULUS OF VARIATIONS AND TENSOR ANALYSIS 3 0 0 3

CALCULUS OF VARIATIONS: Basic concepts, method of variations in problems with fixed boundaries - variation and its properties, Euler equation. (12)

FUNCTIONALS: Functional involving first and higher order derivatives, functionals dependent on the functions of several independent variables, variational problems in parametric form – applications: vibrating string and membrane. (12) (12) VECTOR ANALYSIS : Basic concepts – gradient, directional derivative, divergence, curl, potential vector field, solenoidal vector field, Laplacian vector field. Green‟s theorem, Stoke‟s theorem and Gauss divergence theorem (statement and concepts only) ( 7)

52

TENSOR ANALYSIS: Concepts of a tensor field – Ostrogradski‟s theorem, field of tensor of rank 2 - flux, divergence and derivative in a direction of tensor field. Integral theorems - theorems related to Ostrogradski‟s theorem – applications: equation of motion of a liquid, Archimedes‟ law. (14)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Elsgolts .L, Differential Equations and Calculus of Variations, University Press of the Pacific, 2003. 2. Borisenko .A.I, Tarapov.I.E, Vector analysis and Tensor Calculus, Dover Publications, New York, 2012.

REFERENCES: 1. Krasnov.M.L, Makarenko.G.I, Kiselev. A.I, Problems and exercises in the calculus of variations, Mir Publishers, Moscow, 1984. 2. Pars.L.A., An introduction to the calculus of variations, Dover Publications, New York, 2009. 3. Robert Weinstock, Calculus of variations - with applications to Physics and Engineering, Dover Publisher, New York, 2012.

15OH04 GRAPH THEORY AND ITS APPLICATIONS 3 0 0 3

GRAPHS AND DIGRAPHS: Common families of graphs, degree sequence, handshaking lemma, Havel-Hakimi theorem (statement and concepts). Walk, trail and path, connected graph, distance, radius and diameter. Graph isomorphism. Representations of graphs – adjacency and incidence lists – adjacency and incidence matrices. (10)

SPANNING TREES: Cayley‟s formula: Prufer encoding-decoding algorithm. Matrix tree theorem (statement and problems only). Depth-first and breadth-first search algorithms, minimum spanning tree – Prim‟s and Kruskal‟s algorithms, shortest-path problem – Dijkstra‟s algorithm. (9)

EULERIAN AND HAMILTONIAN GRAPHS: Eulerian graphs – Konigsberg bridge problem; Eulerian tour algorithm, characterization of Eulerian graph, optimal postman tour. Hamiltonian graphs - non Hamiltonian graphs, sufficient conditions for Hamiltonian graphs (only statements and concepts).Travelling salesman problem - nearest neighbour algorithm. (10)

VERTEX-COLORING: Vertex-coloring - chromatic number of a graph, vertex coloring algorithms – sequential vertex coloring, largest degree first algorithm, applications - scheduling problem, assignment of radio frequencies, fast register allocation for computer programming. (8)

NETWORK FLOWS AND APPLICATIONS: Flows and cuts in networks, solving the maximum - flow problem – characterization of maximum flow (Max-flow Min-cut Theorem), algorithms – outline for maximum flow, finding an augmenting path, FFEK – maximum flow and examples. (8)

Total L: 45 TEXTBOOKS: 1. Jonathan L. Gross and Jay Yellen, Graph Theory and its Applications, CRC Press, New York, 2006. 2. Douglas B West, Graph Theory, Prentice Hall, New Delhi, 2009.

REFERENCES: 1. Bondy J.A. and Murty U.S.R., Graph Theory, Springer, London, 2008. 2. Narsingh Deo, Graph Theory with Applications to Engineering And Computer Science, Prentice Hall , New Delhi 2010. 3. Vago I, Graph Theory Application to the Calculation of Electrical Networks, Elsevier Science, New York 1985.

15OH05 MATHEMATICAL FINANCE 3 0 0 3

FINANCIAL MATHEMATICS: Basic terminology, assumptions, derivative securities. (6)

FORWARD AND FUTURES CONTRACTS: Forward contract, forward price formula, value of a forward contract, futures contract, futures pricing. (12)

OPTION PRICING: Definition and preliminaries, behavior of option prices with respect to variables, pay-off curves, single period and multi period binomial lattice models for option pricing, pricing American options: a binomial lattice model, Black-Scholes formula. (12)

RISK FREE ASSETS: Time value of money, Simple interest, periodic compounding, streams of payments, continuous compounding. Money market: zero coupon bonds, coupon bonds, money market account. (9)

PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT: Risk and return, expected return standard deviation as risk measure, two securities, risk and expected return on a portfolio. (6)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Chandra S, Dharmaraja S, Aparna Mehra and Khemchandani R, Financial Mathematics – An Introduction, Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi, 2013. 2. Marek Capinski and Tomasz Zastawniak, Mathematics for Finance – An Introduction to Financial Engineering, Springer, United Kingdom, 2011

REFERENCES: 1. John C Hull, Options, Futures and Other Derivatives, Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 2009.

53

2. Alhabeeb M J, Mathematical Finance, Wiley India Pvt Ltd, New Delhi, 2012. 3. Sheldon M Ross, An elementary introduction to Mathematical Finance, Cambridge University Press, New York, 2011.

15OH06 MATHEMATICAL MODELING AND SIMULATION 3 0 0 3

SYSTEM MODELS AND STUDIES: System- continuous and discrete system, system modeling, types of models - static physical, dynamic physical, static mathematical, dynamic mathematical models, principles in modeling, corporate model, environment, production, management segment, system analysis – corporate model, system design – message processing in a computer, system postulation – function of liver in the human body. (10)

SYSTEM SIMULATION: Technique of simulation, Monte Carlo Method – area under a curve, estimate of , comparison of simulation and analytical methods, distributed lag models – national economy, cobweb Models – supply and demand, exponential growth and decay models, logistic curves, simple system dynamics diagrams – population, multi-segment models – product sales, representation of time delays, feedback in socio-economic systems, host and parasite fluctuation. (12)

STATIC SIMULATION: Basics and components of the simulation study, simulation as an analysis tool, static simulations - model for profit on a sale promotion, a financial model for an office building. Random number generation - linear congruential generator, Blum-Blum generator, random variates generation - Bernoulli, uniform, triangular, normal, exponential random variates, a model for loss ratio for an insurance agency. (15)

DYNAMIC SYSTEMS SIMULATION: Financial models and @risk - a model for the price of a stock, dynamic financial models of stock prices, correlated asset values, fitting a distribution to date. (8)

Total L:45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Geoffrey Gordon, System Simulation, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 1998. 2. Andrew F.Seila, Vlatko Ceric, Pandu Tadikamalla, Applied simulation modelling, Thomson learning, New York 2003.

REFERENCES: 1. Brian Albright, Mathematical Modeling with Excel, JonesBartlett publishers, Singapore 2010 2. Douglas D. Mooney and Randall J. Swift, A course in Mathematical modeling, The Mathematical association of America, USA, 1999. 3. Alfred J Menezes Paul C Van Oorschot Scott A Vanstone, Handbook of Applied Cryptography, CRC Press, London,2010.

15OH07 NUMBER THEORY FOR COMPUTING 3 0 0 3

DIVISIBILITY AND DIOPHANTINE EQUATIONS: Theory of divisibility - Basic concepts and properties of divisibility, fundamental theorem of arithmetic, Euclid‟s algorithm, continued fractions. Diophantine equations - Linear Diophanitine equations (8)

ARITHMETICAL FUNCTIONS AND DISTRIBUTION OF PRIME NUMBERS: Multiplicative functions – functions ( ) ( ) and s(n) - functions (n), and (n). Prime distribution function  (x), prime number theorem, the nth prime. (10)

THEORY OF CONGRUENCES: Basic concepts and properties of congruences -– linear congruences – Fermat‟s Little theorem, Euler‟s theorem, Chinese remainder theorem, Legendre and Jacobi symbols, primitive roots. (7)

COMPUTATIONAL NUMBER THEORY: Primality testing: Fermat‟s pseudoprimality test, strong pseudoprimality test, integer factorization : trial division and Fermat method, quadratic and number field sieves. (10)

APPLICATIONS TO CRYPTOGRAPHY: Random number generation - linear congruential generator, basics of cryptography, public key cryptography: discrete logarithm based cryptosystems - RSA public-key cryptosystem. (10)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Song Y Yan, Number Theory for Computing, Springer Verlag, New York 2010. 2. Alfred J Menezes Paul C Van Oorschot Scott A Vanstone, Handbook of Applied Cryptography, CRC Press, London, 2010.

REFERENCES: 1. Tom M Apostol, Introduction to Analytic Number theory, Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi 1998. 2. Ivan Niven, Herbert S Zuckerman, Hugh L Montgomery, An Introduction to the Theory of Numbers, Wiley- India,New Delhi 2008. 3. . Thomas Koshy, Elementary Number theory and Applications, Academic Press, New York, 2005.

15OH08 OPERATIONS RESEARCH 3 0 0 3

LINEAR PROGRAMMING: Modeling with linear programming- graphical method - simplex method, two phase simplex method. Primal-dual relations, dual simplex method, transportation problem and its solution by MODI method, assignment problem and its solution by Hungarian method. (14)

54

GAME THEORY: Two person zero sum game, pure and mixed strategies, dominance principle, graphical solution, linear programming solution. (7)

NON-LINEAR PROGRAMMING: Constrained NLPP -Lagrange‟s multipliers method, convex NLPP- Kuhn-Tucker conditions, Quadratic programming-Wolfe‟s method. (8)

QUEUING THEORY: Elements of queueing model, relationship between exponential and Poisson queueing models, (M/M/1), (M/M/1/N), (M/M/c), (M/M/c/N) and self-service model. (9)

REPLACEMENT THEORY: Replacement of items that deteriorate, replacement of items that fail, group replacement. (7)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Hamdy A Taha, “Operations Research – An Introduction”, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2014. 2. Maurice Sasieni, Arthur Yaspan , “Operations Research: Methods and Problems”, Literary Licensing, LLC, United states, 2013.

REFERENCES: 1. Hillier F and Lieberman G J, “Introduction to Operations Research”, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2012. 2. Singiresu S Rao, “Engineering Optimization Theory and Practice”, New Age International, New Delhi, 2011. 3. Kambo N S, “Mathematical Programming Techniques”, East West Press, New Delhi, 2005.

15OH09 RELIABILITY AND QUALITY CONTROL 3 0 0 3

STATISTICAL PROCESS CONTROL: Chance and assignable causes of quality variation, statistical basis of the control charts - basic principles, choice of control limits, analysis of patterns on control charts. (7)

CONTROL CHARTS FOR VARIABLES AND ATTRIBUTES: ̅ chart, R chart, chart, p chart, np chart, c chart, and u chart. (10)

ACCEPTANCE SAMPLING: Types of sampling plans, lot formation, single sampling plans for attributes, double, multiple and sequential sampling plans, acceptance sampling by variables, chain sampling, continuous sampling, skip lot sampling plans. (10)

BASIC RELIABILITY MODELS: The failure distribution, the reliability function, mean time to failure, Hazard rate function, bathtub curve, conditional reliability. Constant failure rate model: Exponential reliability function. Time - dependent Weibull failure model, Time - dependent normal failure model. (10)

RELIABILITY OF SYSTEMS: Serial configuration, parallel configuration, combined series, parallel systems - k out of n: system - system structure function, minimal cuts, minimal paths, common mode failures, three state devices. (8)

Total L: 45

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Douglas C Montgomery , Introduction to Statistical Quality Control, Wiley India, New Delhi, 2008. 2. Charles E. Ebeling, Introduction to Reliability and Maintainability Engineering,Tata Mc –Graw Hill, New Delhi, 2010.

REFERENCES: 1. Eugene L Grant, Richard S Leavenworth, Statistical Quality Control, Tata Mc- Graw Hill, New Delhi, 2011. 2. Dale H Besterfield, Quality Control, Pearson Education , New Delhi, 2008. 3. Hoang Pham, Hand book of Reliability Engineering, Springer- Verlag, New York, 2006.

15OH10 SOFT COMPUTING 3 0 0 3 FUZZY SETS: Basic concepts, membership functions, basic operations on fuzzy sets, properties of fuzzy sets, fuzzy relations. Propositional logic and predicate logic, fuzzy If-then rules, fuzzy mapping rules and fuzzy implication functions. (15)

NEURAL NETWORKS: Basic concepts, neural network architectures - single layer, multilayer, recurrent networks, learning methods, back propagation network. (15)

GENETIC ALGORITHMS: Basic concepts, encoding, fitness function, reproduction, inheritance operators, cross over, inversion and deletion, mutation operator, bit-wise operators, generational cycle. (10)

HYBRID SYSTEMS: Genetic algorithm based backpropagation networks, fuzzy backpropagation networks. (5) Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Jang J.S.R, Sun C.T, Mizutani. E, Neuro-Fuzzy and Soft Computing, PHI New Delhi, 2012. 2. Rajasekaran.S, Vijayalakshmi Pai G.A, Neural networks, Fuzzy logic, and Genetic algorithms synthesis and applications, PHI New Delhi, 2011.

REFERENCES: 1. Timothy J Ross, Fuzzy logic with Engineering Applications - ED3, Wiley, India, New Delhi, 2011. 2. Laurence Fausett, Fundamentals of Neural Networks: Architecture Algorithms and Applications, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2004.

55

15OH11 STOCHASTIC MODELS 3 0 0 3 STOCHASTIC PROCESSES: Definition, Markov chains: Classifications of states, absorbtion probability, period, Chapman- Kolmogorov equations, steady state probabilities. (12)

CONTINUOUS TIME MARKOV CHAINS: Definition, Chapman-Kolmogorov equations, Kolmogorov forward and backward equations, steady-state probabilities, birth - death processes. (9)

BROWNIAN MOTION: First passage time distribution, maximum of a Brownian motion, zeros of Brownian motion, Brownian motion with drift, Geometric Brownian motion, applications to finance. (10)

QUEUEING MODELS: Basic definitions, steady-state solution: M/M/1, M/M/1/K, M/M/c, M/M/c/c, M/M/c/k Models, queues with unlimited service. (14) Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Saeed Ghahramani, Fundamentals of Probability with Stochastic Processes, Prentice Hall, New Jersy, 2014. 2. Kishor S. Trivedi, Probability & Statistics with reliability, queueing and computer science applications,PHI Learning Pvt Ltd, New Delhi, 2009.

REFERENCES: 1. Sheldon M. Ross, Stochastic Processes, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi, 2008. 2. Medhi J, Stochastic Processes, New Age International Publishers ,New Delhi, 2014. 3. Sheldon M. Ross, Introduction to Probability Models, Academic Press, New Delhi, 2014. 4. William J. Stewart, Probability, Markov chains, Queues, and Simulation – The Mathematical basis of performance modeling, Princeton University press, New Jersy, 2009.

PHYSICS

15OH20 ANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES FOR MATERIALS CHARACTERIZATION 3 0 0 3

X-RAY DIFFRACTION ANALYSIS: Crystal systems- Symmetry elements in crystals- combination of symmetry elements- Rotation- inversion axis- translation symmetry elements- space groups- Stereographic projection - Wulff net- Measurement of angle between poles - determination of Miller indices of an unknown pole. X -ray diffraction analysis (9)

ELECTRON AND ION SPECTROSCOPIC TECHNIQUES: Mass spectroscopy and X-ray emission spectroscopy (Principle and limitations) - Quadrapole mass spectrometer. Special surface techniques: X ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS or ESCA)- photoelectron process of spectrum- elemental analysis-Instrumentation and applications, Auger electron spectroscopy (AES)-Basic principles-Information in Auger spectra-methods for surface and thin film characterization, Secondary ion mass spectrometry(SIMS) – Dynamic and static SIMS-common modes of analysis, Rutherford Backscattering Spectrometry (RBS), Field Ion Microscopy (FIM). (10)

SURFACE STRUCTURE ANALYSIS: The need for surface study. Surface chemical composition: The extension of bulk techniques to surface studies - Unit meshes of five types of surface nets - diffraction from diperiodic structures. Surface methods using electron, low energy electron diffraction (LEED), reflection high energy electron diffraction (RHEED), (9)

IMAGING TECHNIQUES: Scanning electron microscope(SEM) – physical basis of operation – sample requirements –applications, Transmission electron Microscopy (TEM) – resolution – sensitivity- TEM operation- diffraction mode – specimen preparation, Scanning Transmission Electron Microscopy (STEM). – imaging – common analysis modes – sample requiremnets (9)

SANNING PROBE MICROSCOPY : Instrumentation, Scanning Tunnelling Microscopy,Tunneling current, probe tips and working environments, operational modes, typical applications, atomic force microscopy, near field forces, force sensors, operational modes, applications, image artifacts (8)

Total L:45 TEXTBOOKS: 1. Richard Brundle C, Charles A. Evans Jr, Shaun Wilson, “Encyclopedia of Materials Characterization” Manning Publications Co, 1992. 2. Yang leng ”Materials Caracterization- Introduction to Microscopic and Spectroscopic Methods” John Wiley & Sons, 2008.

REFERENCES: 1. Prutton M, "Surface Physics", Clarenden Press Oxford, 1975. 2. Cullity B D, "Elements of X-ray Diffraction", Addison Wesley Publishing Co., 1967. 3. Rodriquez F, "Principles of Polymer Systems", Tata McGraw Hill Co., 1974.

15OH21 LASER TECHNOLOGY 3 0 0 3

LASER CHARACTERISTICS: Einstein coefficients - negative absorption, shape and width of spectral lines, spontaneous and stimulated emission. Laser resonators, types of resonators, stability diagram. Spatial and temporal coherence. (9) + + GAS AND SOLID STATE LASERS: Gas lasers - He-Ne laser - Ar , He-Cd lasers - N2 and CO2 lasers - Fabrication and excitation mechanisms. Solid state lasers - Ruby, Nd:YAG, glass - semiconductor diode lasers, Excimer Laser , Erbium doped laser. (9)

56

DYE LASERS: Liquid lasers, dye lasers, fabrication and excitation mechanisms. Concept of Q-switching and mode-locking, second harmonic generation, theory and experiment, materials for optical SHG. (9)

INDUSTRIAL APPLICATIONS: Laser cutting, drilling & Piercing. Laser welding, operating characteristics and applications. medical. Spectroscopic (qualitative), laser Raman effect, stimulated Raman effect - Brillouin scattering. (9)

LASER SURFACE TREATMENT: Laser heat treatment, laser surface melting, laser surface alloying, laser cladding. Laser ablative processes. Macro and micromachining. (9)

Total L: 45 TEXTBOOKS: 1. Wlliam T. Silfast, “ Laser Fundamentals” Cambridge University Press, 2012 2. S.Nagabhushana, N.Sathyanarayana, “ Lasers and Optical Instrumentation,I.K.International Publishing House, 2010.

REFERENCES: 1. William M.Steen and Jyotirmoy Mazumder, “ Laser Material Processing” Springer, 2010. 2. Bloom A L, "Gas Lasers", John Wiley & Sons Inc., New York, 1968.

15OH22 MICRO ELECTROMECHANICAL SYSTEMS 3 0 0 3

MEMS AND MICROINTEGRATEDSYSTEMS: Introduction, history of MEMS development, intrinsic characteristics of MEMS. Devices: Sensors and Actuators. Overview of microfabrication, microelectronics fabrication process, silicon based MEMS processes, new materials and fabrication processes. Points of consideration for processing. (9)

SCALING LAWS AND MINIATURIZATION: Introduction. Scaling in geometry. Scaling in rigid body dynamics. The trimmer force scaling vector – scaling in electrostatic forces, electromagnetic forces, scaling in electricity and fluid dynamics, scaling in heat conducting and heatconvection. (9)

MEMS PROCESSING: Photolithography. Photoresist and applications. Light sources. X-ray and electron beam lithography. Ion implantation. Diffusion process. Oxidation, thermal oxidation. Silicon di oxide. Thermal oxidation rates. Oxide thickness by colour (9)

MICROMACHINING METHODS Bulk micromachining. Isotropic and anisotropic etching. Wet etchants, etch stops, dry etching comparison of wet and dry etching. Dry etching – physical etching – reactive ion etching, comparison of wet and dry etching. Surface micromachining – process in general, problems in surface micromachining. The LIGA process – description, materials for substrates and photoresists, electroplating, the SLIGA process. (9)

MICROSYSTEM PACKAGING:The three levels of microsystem packaging – die level, device level and system level. Essential packaging technologies – die preparation – surface bonding, wire bonding and sealing. Three dimensional packaging. Assembly of Microsystems – selection of packaging materials (9)

Total L :45 TEXTBOOKS: 1. Tai-Ran Hsu, “MEMS and Microsystems Design and Manufacture”, Tata Mcgraw Hill Publishing Co Ltd, New Delhi, 2002. 2. Chang Liu, Foundations of MEMS, Pearson International Edition, 2006.

REFERENCE: 1. Mark Madou, Fundamentals of microfabrication, CRC Press, New York, 1997.

15OH23 NANOMATERIALS AND APPLICATIONS 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION AND CLASSIFICATION: Atoms, Clusters and Nanomaterials-Classification of nanostructures, nanoscale architecture – Effects of the nanometre length scale – Changes to the system total energy, changes to the system structures, vacancies in nanocrystals, dislocations in nanocrystals – Effect of nanoscale dimensions on various properties – Structural, thermal, chemical, mechanical, magnetic, optical and electronic properties. (11)

NANOMATERIALS SYNTHESIS AND PROCESSING: Top-down processes: Ball Milling, lithography, machining process; Bottom- up processes: i) Wet chemical synthesis of nanomaterials- sol-gel, liquid solid reactions; ii) Gas phase synthesis of nanomaterials- Furnace, Flame assisted ultrasonic spray pyrolysis; iii) Gas condensation processing; iv) Chemical vapour deposition (CVD)- plasma-assisted deposition process, MBE and MOVPE-Preparation, safety and storage issues -STM and AFM Techniques. (11)

SEMICONDUCTOR NANOSTRUCTURES: Quantum confinement in semiconductor nanostructures - Quantum wells, quantum wires, quantum dots, superlattices, band offsets and electronic density of states – Fabrication techniques – Requirements, epitaxial growth, cleared edge overgrowth – Growth on vicinal substrates, strain-induced dots and wires, electrostatically induced dots and wires, quantum well width fluctuations, thermally annealed quantum wells and self-assembly techniques. (11)

GROWTH AND PROPERTIES OF INORGANIC NANOMATERIALS: Introduction and classification-Thermodynamics and kinetics of phase transformation: Thermodynamics, homogenous nucleation, heterogeneous nucleation, Growth–Microstructure: grain and matrix strain, particle size measurement, grain boundary structure-Microstructural stability: grain growth, zener pinning, solute drag – Power consolidation: compaction of nanopowders, sintering, role of impurities, porosity. (12)

Total L : 45 TEXTBOOKS: 1. Kelsall Robert W, Ian Hamley and Mark Geoghegan, “Nanoscale Science and Technology”, Wiley Eastern, 2004.

57

2. Michael Kohler, Wolfgang and Fritzsche, “Nanotechnology: Introduction to Nanostructuring Techniques”, Wiley –VcH, 2004.

REFERENCES: 1. Bharat Bhushan, “Springer Handbook of Nanotechnology”, 2004. 2. Charles P Poole, Frank J Owens, “Introduction to Nanotechnology”, John Wiley and Sons, 2003. 3. Dutta J. & Hofmann H., “Nanomaterials”, 2003.

15OH24 PHYSICS FOR SOLAR PV SYSTEMS AND SOLID-STATE LIGHTING SYSTEMS 3 0 0 3

SOLAR RADIATION: Photometry- photometric units and quantities. Cosine law. Black body radiation spectrum. Wien's displacement law. Solar spectrum. Solar motion - celestial sphere, astronomical co-ordinates. Need for solar tracking. Atmospheric absorption. Air mass. Diurnal and seasonal variations in solar radiation. Climatic and geographic factors. Terrestrial solar illumination (9)

TYPES OF SOLAR ENERGY CONVERTORS: Thermal and PV systems. Advantages of PV systems. Semiconductor PV systems. IV characteristics. Other electrical parameters. Conditions for maximum power transfer. Conversion efficiency. (8)

PHYSICS OF SEMICONDUCTOR JUNCTIONS: Elemental and compound semiconductors. Band structure of silicon p-n junctions and III-V compound semiconductor junctions. light emission and absorbtion. Creation and recombination of electron hole pairs. Lattice mediated recombination conservation of momentum. Direct and indirect band gap semiconductors. Structure of Solar PV devices and solid state lighting devices- LEDS. Factors limiting efficiency of conversion of light energy to electrical energy (PV) and vice versa (Lighting) High power LEDS (10)

SOLID STATE LIGHT SOURCES: IV characteristics of LEDS. Manufacturing spread in Cut-in voltage. Combination of LED units for higher power-special considerations. Series parallel combinations. Minimising thermal losses. Reflector surfaces for multiple sources. Uniformity of illumination. (9)

CHARACTERITICS OF LIGHT SOURCES: Absorbtion and emission spectra. Transmission and absorption characteristics of housings for electro-optical devices. Flourescence. Modification of spectra of LED sources. Flourescent materials for solid state lighting- White-light sources and near-white light sources. Degradation and life. (9)

Total L : 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. JaspritSingh ,”Electronic and Optoelectronic Properties of Semiconductor Structures”, Cambridge University Press, 2003. 2. Arturas Zukauskas, Michael S. Shur, Remis Gaska,” Introduction to Solid-State Lighting”, Wiley-Interscience, 2002.

REFERENCES: 1. Arthur Beiser “ Concepts of modern Physics” Tata Mcgraw Hill , 2002. 2. Rong-Jun Xie, Yuan Qiang Li, Naoto Hirosaki, Japan; Hajime Yamamoto,” Nitride Phosphors and Solid-State Lighting”, CRC Press,2011. 3. S.M.Sze,” Physics of semiconductor devices”, John Wiley and Sons, 2007.

15OH25 SENSORS FOR ENGINEERING APPLICATIONS 3 0 0 3

STRAIN AND PRESSURE MEASUREMENT: Resistance strain guage, piezoelectric pressure gauge, characteristics. Electronic circuits for strain gauge, load cells. Interferometer, Fibre-optic methods. Pressure gauges Aneroid capacitance pressure gauge, ionization gauge, Using the transducers for applications (9)

MOTION SENSORS: Capacitor plate sensor, Inductive sensors, LVDT Accelerometer systems, rotation sensors drag cup devices, piezoelectric devices. Rotary encoders. (9)

LIGHT RADIATION: Color temperature, light flux, photo sensors, photomultiplier, photo resistor and photoconductors, photodiodes, phototransistors, photovoltaic devices, fiber-optic applications, light transducer, solid-state ,transducers liquid crystal devices. (9) HEAT AND TEMPERATURE: Bimetallic strip, Bourdon temperature gauge, thermocouples, Resistance thermometers, thermistors, PTC thermistors, bolometer, Pyroelectric detector. (9)

ELECTRONIC SENSORS: Proximity detectors – Inductive and capacitive, ultrasonic, photo beam detectors Reed switch, magnet and Hall-effect units, Doppler detectors, liquid level detectors, flow sensors, smoke sensors. (9)

Total L: 45 TEXTBOOKS: 1. Doebelin E O, “Measurement Systems, Application and Design” , McGraw Hill, Fifth Edition, 2004 2. Ian R Sinclair, “Sensors and Transducers”, Third Edition, Newnes publishers, 2001.

REFERENCES: 1. Jack P Holman, “Experimental Methods for Engineers”, Seventh Edition, McGraw Hill, USA, 2001. 2. Robert G Seippel, “Transducers, Sensors and Detectors”, Reston Publishing Company, USA, 1983.

58

15OH26 THIN FILM TECHNOLOGY 3 0 0 3

PREPARATION OF THIN FILMS: Study of thin film vacuum coating unit - Construction and uses of vapour sources-wire, sublimation, crucible and electron bombardment heated sources. Physical vapour deposition – Thermal evaporation – electron beam evaporation – Sputtering - Study of glow Discharge - Physical nature of sputtering - Sputtering yield - Experimental set up for DC and RF magnetron sputtering, Pulsed laser deposition and Ion beam assisted deposition. Chemical vapour deposition – Thermodynamics of CVD - Atmospheric pressure CVD – MOCVD and PECVD processes. Chemical methods: Qualitative study of preparation of thin films by Electroplating, vapour phase growth and anodization. (9)

NUCLEATION AND GROWTH: Nucleation and growth of thin films – four stages of film growth - Directionality of evaporation molecules - Cosine law of emission. Emission from a point source. Mass of material condensing on the substrate. (6)

DEPOSITION MONITORING AND CONTROL: Microbalance, Crystal oscillator thickness monitor, optical monitor, Resistance Monitor. Thickness measurement: Multiple Beam Interferometer, Fizeau (Tolansky) technique - Fringes of equal chromatic order (FECO) method - Ellipsometry (qualitative only). (7)

ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES: Sheet resistance - size effect - Electrical conduction in thin metallic films. Effect of ageing and annealing - Oxidation - Agglomeration. (5)

DIELECTRIC PROPERTIES: DC conduction mechanism - Low field and high field conduction. Breakdown mechanism in dielectric films - AC conduction mechanism. Temperature dependence of conductivity. (5)

STRUCTURE AND OPTICAL PROPERTIES: Study of structure of thin films using x-ray diffraction method, Optical constants of thin films – spectrophotometer- Transmittance, absorption, determination of band gap (5)

APPLICATION OF THIN FILMS: Thin film resistors: Materials and Design of thin film resistors (Choice of resistor and shape and area) - Trimming of thin film resistors - sheet resistance control - Individual resistor trimming. Thin film capacitors: Materials - Capacitor structures - Capacitor yield and capacitor stability. Thin film field effect transistors: Fabrication and characteristics - Thin film solar cells – antireflection coatings. (8)

Total L:45 TEXTBOOKS: 1. Milton Ohring, “Materials Science of Thin Films”, Academic Press, 2002. 2. Goswami A, "Thin Film Fundamentals", New Age International (P) Ltd., 1996.

REFERENCES: 1. Donald Smith, “Thin Film Deposition ”, McGraw –Hill, 1995. 2. Maissel L I and Glang R, "Hand Book of Thin Film Technology", McGraw Hill, 1970. 3. Icha Elshabini-Riadaud Fred D. Barlow III "Thin Film Technology Hand book", Mc Graw Hill Company, 1997.

15OH27 NONLINEAR SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING APPLICATIONS 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION: Dynamical systems: Linear and Nonlinear Forces, Mathematical Implications of Nonlinearity- Linear waves- ordinary differential equations (ODEs)- Partial differential equations (PDEs)- Methods to solve ODEs and PDEs- Numerical methods – Linear and Nonlinear oscillations- Nonlinear waves- Quantitative features (9)

COHERENT STRUCTURES (QUALITATIVE): Linear and Nonlinear dispersive waves – Notion of Integrability, Painleve analysis, Soliton and its special collision properties – KdV equation – Basic theory of KdV equation – Ubiquitous soliton equations: magnetic spin systems, Optical fibers, – AKNS Method, Backlund transformation, Hirota bilinearization method, - Perturbation methods. (9)

BIFURCATIONS AND ONSET OF CHAOS: One dimensional flows – Two dimensional flows – Phase plane – Limit cycles – Simple bifurcations: Saddle –Node, Pitchfork, Transcritical and Hopf – Discrete Dynamical system – The Logistic Map Strange attractors Period doubling– Routes to chaos. (9)

CHAOS THEORY AND CHARACTERISTION: One dimensional maps – Duffing oscillators – Lorenz equations – BVP and DVP oscillators – Pendulum – Chaos in nonlinear circuits – Chaos in conservative system – characterization of chaos: Lyapunov Exponent, Poincare section –Fractals. (9)

APPLICATIONS: Soliton based communication systems – Solition based computation – Synchronization of chaos – Chaos based communication – Cryptography – Image processing – Stochastic – Resonance – Chaos based computation – Time Series analysis. Spin transfer torque, Spin valves, MRAM (9)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Lakshmanan M and Rajasekar S, “Nonlinear Dynamics: Integrability”, Chaos and Patterns, Springer, Berlin 2003 2. Drazin G and Johnson R.S, “Solitons: An Introduction”, Cambridge University Press,1989. 3. Strogatz S, “Nonlinear Dynamics and Chaos”, Addison Wesley, 1995.

REFERENCES: 1. Hasegawa A and Kodama Y, “Solitons in Optical Communications”, Oxford Press, 1995. 2. Lakshmanan M and Murali K, “Chaos in Nonlinear Oscillators”, World Scientific, Singapore, 1989. 3. Thompson J M T and Stewart H B, “Nonlinear Dynamics and Chaos”, Wiley 2002.

59

15OH28 NONLINEAR FIBER OPTICS 3 0 0 3

FIBER NONLINEARITIES: Introduction - Nonlinear Refraction - Maxwell's Equations – in free space and different Medium. Fiber Modes: single mode and multimode - Eigen value Equations Single Mode Condition - Nonlinear pulse Propagation - Higher Order Nonlinear Effects. (9)

GROUP VELOCITY DISPERSION AND PHASE MODULATION: Gaussian Pulse - Chirped Gaussian Pulse - Higher Order Dispersions - Changes in Pulse Shape – Self Phase Modulation (SPM) induced Spectral Broadening - Non-linear Phase Shift - Effect of Group Velocity Dispersion - Self Steepening - Application of SPM- Cross Phase Modulation (XPM) - Coupling between Waves of Different Frequencies - Non-linear Birefringence – Optical Kerr Effect - Pulse Shaping. (9)

OPTICAL SOLITONS AND DISPERSION MANAGEMENT: Soliton Characteristics - Soliton Stability - Bright and Dark Solitons – Other kinds of Solitons - Effect of Birefringence in Solitons - Solitons based Fiber Optic Communication System (Qualitative treatment) – Demerits - Dispersion Managed Solitons (DMS). (9)

SOLITON LASERS: Non-linear Fiber Loop Mirrors - Soliton Lasers - Fiber Raman Lasers – Mode locked Fiber Lasers, Fiber Raman Amplifiers - Fiber Raman Solitons - Erbium doped fiber amplifiers. (9)

APPLICATIONS OF SOLITONS: DMS for single channel transmission – WDM transmission - Fiber Gratings- Fiber Couplers – Fiber Interferometers – Pulse Compression – Soliton Switching – Soliton light wave systems. (9)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Govind P. Agrawal “Nonlinear Fiber Optics”, Academic Press, New York, 1995. 2. Murti Y V G S and Vijayan C “Essentials of Nonlinear Optics”, Wiley, 2014.

REFERENCES: 1. Hasegawa A and Matsumoto M “Optical Solitons in Fibers” Springer, Berlin, 2003. 2. Govind P. Agrawal, “Applications of Nonlinear Fiber Optics”. Academic Press, New York, 2001. 3. Lakshmanan M and Rajasekar S, “Nonlinear Dynamics: Integrability”, Chaos and Patterns, Springer, Berlin, 2003. 4. Kivshar Y S and Govind Agrawal, “Optical Solitons : From Fibers to Photonic Crystals”, Academic Press, New York, 2003.

15OH29 CHAOTRONICS 3 0 0 3

LINEAR AND NONLINEAR CIRCUITS: Linear circuit elements – nonlinear circuit elements – switches, reactive nonlinear energy storage devises-inductance and capacitance -circuits with linear elements – circuits with nonlinear elements – LC, RLC and forced RLC circuits - importance of nonlinearity – low and higher order electronic circuits with nonlinearity – Op-amp: Mathematical operations. (9)

BIFURCATION AND CHAOS: Introduction – periodic, quasi-periodic and chaotic behaviors – types of bifurcations: saddle node, Pitchfork, Transcritical and Hopf – routes to chaos– discrete and continuous dynamical systems – characterization of periodic and chaotic motions- strange attractors. (9)

DISCRETE MAP BASED CHAOTIC CIRCUITS: Introduction – logistic map dynamics and power electronics – Onset of chaos– circuit realization of logistic map – cob-web diagrams – Poincare-map construction - bifurcation diagram circuits – Henon map circuit – phase-portrait. (9)

CONTINUOUS TYPE CHAOTIC CIRCUITS: Introduction – autonomous chaotic circuits: Chua‟s diode, Chua‟s circuit, Chua‟s canonical circuit – Wien-bridge oscillator based chaotic circuit – Colpitts chaotic oscillator – negative resistance based chaotic circuits – LC oscillator based chaotic circuits. Non-autonomous chaotic circuits: RL-diode circuit, driven Chua‟s circuit, MLC circuit- stochastic resonance circuit. Analog simulation circuits: Duffing oscillator, van-der Pol oscillator – Lorenz system (9)

HIGHER-ORDER CHAOTIC CIRCUITS; Introduction – simple hyper-chaotic circuits with LCR elements – negative resistance based hyper-chaotic circuits – delay-chaotic circuits: autonomous and non-autonomous versions. Power-electronic circuits – CNN based chaotic circuits. (9)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Lakshmanan M and Murali K, “Chaotic oscillators: Controlling and synchronization”, World Scientific, Singapore, 1996. 2. Lakshmanan M and Rajasekar S, “Nonlinear dynamics: Integrability, chaos and patterns”, Springer, Berlin, 2001.

REFERENCES: 1. Strogatz S H, “Nonlinear dynamics and chaos”, Addison-Wesley, Manchester, 1995. 2 Chua L O , Desoer C A and Kuh E S, “Linear and nonlinear circuits”. McGraw-Hill, Singapore 1987. 3 Chua L O, “CNN: A paradigm for complexity”. World Scientific, Singapore, 1998. 4. Van Wyk M A and Steeb W H, “Chaos in electronics”. Springer, Berlin, 1997.

60

CHEMISTRY

15OH34 CHEMISTRY OF NANOMATERIALS

3 0 0 3 INTRODUCTION TO NANOMATERIALS: Colloids - concepts of nanomaterials, size and confinement effects. Size induced metal to insulator transition, surface to volume ratio. Size effect on the lattice parameter. Energy levels in nanocrystals. Properties - electronic, optical, magnetic, thermal, mechanical and electrochemical properties. (9)

TYPES OF NANOMATERIALS: Quantum dots, wells, wires, nano clusters, naorods, nanofibers. Metal, semiconductor,oxide nanoparticles, polymer nanoparticles, Organic-inorganic hybrids, porous materials (micro, meso, nano). Self Assmebled Monolayers. (9)

CHEMICAL SYNTHESES: Nucleation – mechanism of homogeneous and heterogeneous nucleation. Growth process – isotopic and anisotopic growth, seed mediated growth. Oswald ripening, Quenching process, Turkevich reduction, Electrochemical synthesis, Micelles synthesis. Sol-gel synthesis, nonaqueous sol-gel synthesis, Solvothermal, Microwave technique, Sonochemical synthesis, Biological synthesis - shape control with biomolecules, microbial synthesis. (9)

FUNCTIONALIZATION OF NANOMATERIALS: Stabilization methods - electrostatic stabilization, steric stabilization. Functionalization of nanoparticles. Monolayer protected clusters (MPCs), Ligand exchange reaction, Metal nanoparticles stabilization. (9)

CARBON NANOMATERIALS: Carbon nanotubes (CNTs)- structure and properties- single walled carbon nanotubes (SWNTs), multiwalled carbon nanotubes (MWNTs), synthesis of CNTs- arc discharge synthesis, laser ablation synthesis, thermal and chemical vapor deposition methods, functionalization of CNTs, fullerenes- synthesis, properties and functionalization of CNTs. (9)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Cao G., “Nanostructures and Nanomaterials: Synthesis, Properties and Applications”, ICP, London, 2004. 2. Pradeep T., “Nano: The Essentials”, Tata Mcgraw Hill, New delhi, 2007.

REFERENCES: 1. Brinker C. J., Scherer G.W., “Sol-Gel Science, The Physics and Chemistry of Sol-Gel Processing”, Academic press inc., CA, 1990. 2. Sergeev G. B., “Nanochemistry”, Elsevier, Netherlands, 2006. 3. Ozin G. A., Arsenault A.C., “Nanochemistry: A Chemical Approach to Nanomaterials”, RSC, 2009. 4. Niederberger M. and Pinna N., “Metal Oxide Nano Particles in Organic Solvents: Synthesis, Formation, Assembly and Application”, Springer-Velvag London, 2009.

15OH38 FIBRE CHEMISTRY 3 0 0 3 CHEMISTRY OF FIBRE FORMATION: Monomer, polymer, functionality, degree of polymerization. Classification of polymers, tacticity in polymer, homo and copolymers. Criteria for fibre formation -inter and intra molecular bonds, molecular weight (number and weight average), Principles of coagulation, solvent evaporation, melt solidification, gelation, reaction, and solid state polymerization in the process of regular and high performance fibre spinning. (9)

REGULAR SYNTHETIC FIBRES: Chemistry and mechanism of polymerization and fibre structure formation of Polyester (PET), nylon 6, nylon 66, acrylic, polypropylene, polyethylene. Structure dependant properties of these fibres. (8)

HIGH PERFORMANCE FIBRES: Chemistry and mechanism of polymerization and fibre structure formation of Aramids, Glass, UHMWPE, Segmented polyurethane, Aromatic Polyesters and Carbon. Structure dependant properties of these fibres. (8)

FUNCTIONAL FIBRES: Chemistry and mechanism of polymerization and fibre structure formation of pH sensitive polymers, shape memory polymers, FR polymers, Polymers with special additives. Structure dependant properties of these fibres. (7)

NATURAL FIBRES: Chemical composition and structure of cotton, jute, silk and wool. Factors influencing the chemical composition and chemical structure of natural fibres. (8)

REGENERATED FIBRES: Principle steps involved – Polymer solution preparation – processing – regeneration – Concept of reuse of chemicals for Processing and Regeneration. Brief note on polymer degradation. (5)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Menachem Lewin, “Handbook of Fiber Chemistry”, Taylor & Francis Group, London, 2007. 2. Gupta V B, Kothari V K. “Manufactured Fibre Technology”, Chapman & Hall, London, 1997.

REFERENCES: 1. Robert Wighton Moncrieff, “Man-made Fibres”, Butterworth-Heinemann Ltd, New York, 1975. 2. Lewin, M. and Sello, S.B., Eds., Marcel Dekker, “Handbook of Fiber Science and Technology”, Vol. 1, Part A, New York, 1983. 3. Billmeyar F W, “Text book of Polymer Science”, Wiley-Inter Science, New York, 2002. 4. Fan Q., “Chemical Testing of Textiles”, Woodhead Publishing, Cambridge, 2005.

61

15OH40 POLYMER CHEMISTRY AND TECHNOLOGY 3 0 0 3 INTRODUCTION TO POLYMERS: Classification, functionality of monomers, degree of polymerization, molecular weight of polymers. - number average and weight average, molecular weight distribution. Polymerisation reactions – chain – free radical, ionic, co-ordination polymerisations – condensation polymerisation, ring opening polymerisation. Polymerisation techniques - Addition polymerisation - bulk, solution, suspension and emulsion techniques. Condensation polymerisation - melt, solution and interfacial techniques. (9)

CHARACTERISATION OF POLYMER: Determination of molecular weight by gel permeation chromatography and viscometry. Amorphous and crystalline states – degree of crystallinity – factors affecting crystallizability. Glass transition temperature – determination by DSC and DTA and thermal stability by TGA, factors affecting Tg. Mechanical properties – Influence of structure. Requisite for polymers to form fibres, elastomers and plastics. (9)

POLYMER REACTIONS AND ADDITIVES: Polymer reactions - Hydrolysis – acidolysis – aminolysis – hydrogenation – cyclization – crosslinking – grafting. Reactions of cellulose, nylon and terylene. Fillers, plasticizers, anti aging additives, UV stabilizers, colouring agents, flame retardants, blowing agents, crosslinking agents and lubricants. (9)

COMMERCIAL POLYMERS AND PROCESSING: Regenerated fibers-synthetic fibers derived from cellulose-viscose process, acetate rayon process. Synthetic fibres- Polyamide- Nylon-6, Nylon 6,6, polyester-PET, vinyl fibres- PAN - monomer preparation, polymerization and application. Fibre formation-melt, dry and wet spinning. Synthesis, properties and applications of polyurethanes and silicones. (9)

POLYMER DEGRADATION AND WASTE MANAGEMENT: Degradation mechanisms – thermal, mechanical and photo degradations. Waste management: Environmental issues, recycling, depolymerisation, incineration. Biodegradable polymers- renewable resources, petrochemical sources. (9)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Gowarikar V. R., Viswanathan N. V. and Jayadev Sreedhar, “Polymer Science”, New Age International (P) Ltd, New Delhi, 2011. 2. Barbara H. Stuart, “Polymer Analysis”, John Wiley & Sons, UK, 2002.

REFERENCES: 1. Billmeyar F. W., “Text book of Polymer Science”, Wiley-Inter Science, New York, 2002. 2. Joel R. Fried, “Polymer Science and Technology”, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., India, 2003. 3. Arora M. G., Singh M. and Yadav M. S., “Polymer Chemistry”, Anmol Publications, New Delhi, 2003.

COMPUTER APPLICATIONS

15OH46 COMPUTER GRAPHICS AND VIRTUAL REALITY 3 0 0 3

BASICS OF COMPUTER GRAPHICS: Display Devices - Bitmap and Vector based graphics - Overview of Coordinate system - Scan Conversion of: point - line using Digital differential analyzer & Bresenham‟ s algorithm - circle using midpoint approach ; Curve Generation : Bezier and B-Spline curves. Introduction to fractals: generation procedure - classification dimension and Koch Curve. (11)

AREA FILLING, TRANSFORMATIONS AND VIEWING: Area filling: Inside/outside Test - scan line polygon fill algorithm - Boundary fill and flood fill algorithm. Basic geometrical 2D and 3D transformation. Viewing pipeline - view coordinate reference frame - window to viewport transformation. (9)

BASICS OF ANIMATION: Key frame animation - sequence - motion control methods - morphing - warping. (8)

VIRTUAL REALITY: Components of VR system - types of VR - position trackers - navigation - gesture interface – displays - Open GL rendering pipeline. (9)

VR PROGRAMMING: VRML, defining and using nodes and shapes - VRML browsers - Java 3D – visual object definition by shape 3D instances - ColorCube class - Geometric utility classes. (8)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Donald Hearn and M. Pauline Baker, “Computer Graphics”, Pearson Education, 2011. 2. R. K Maurya, “Computer Graphics with Virtual Reality Systems”, Wiley India, 2009.

REFERENCES: 1. Grigore Burdea, Philippe Coiffet, “Virtual Reality Technology”, Wiley, 2003. 2. F.S. Hill , Stephen M. Kelley , “Computer Graphics using Open GL” Prentice Hall, 2009.

15OH47 DATA AND FILE STRUCTURES 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION: Data structures - Abstract data Types - Primitive data structures - Algorithms: Structure, properties – analysis of time complexities. . (4)

ARRAYS: Representation of linear and multi dimensional arrays – Operations - Applications. (5)

STACKS : Representation - Operations - implementation - Applications: Recursion handling; Evaluation of expressions. (5)

62

QUEUES: Representation - Operations - sequential implementation – Circular Queues-Priority Queues - Deque – Applications: Job Scheduling systems. (7)

LISTS: Singly linked lists, Doubly linked lists, Circular lists, Multiply linked lists – Operations - Linked stacks - Linked queues- Applications: Addition of Polynomials; Sparse Matrix representation. (9)

FILES: File Types – Basic file operations – Heap Organization- Sequential file organization – Indexed Sequential File – Direct file organization (8)

SORTING: Insertion Sort - Shell Sort - Bubble Sort - Quick Sort - Merge Sort – Algorithms - Analysis. (7)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Sahni Sartaj, "Data Structures, Algorithms and Applications in C++", Silicon Press,2009. 2. Mark Allen Weiss ,“ Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C”, Pearson Education, 2012.

REFERENCES: 1. Aaron M Tanenbaum, Moshe J Augenstein and Yedidyah Langsam, "Data structures using C and C++ ", PHI Learning, 2012. 2. Vijayalakshmi Pai G.A, “Data Structures and Algorithms: Concepts Techniques and Applications”, Mc Graw Hill, 2009. 3. Thomas H. Cormen, Charles E. Leiserson, Ronald L. Rivest and Clifford Stein, “ Introduction to Algorithms ”, The MIT Press, 2009. 4. A. Chitra. P.T. Rajan “Data Structures," Tata McGraw Hill Education, 2008.

15OH48 DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION: Databases – Conventional file Processing – Data Modeling for a database – Three level architecture – Data Independence – Components of a Database Management System – characteristics - Advantages and disadvantages of a DBMS - Data base administrator-functions and responsibilities. (5)

DATAMODELING: Introduction to Hierarchical data model - Network data model- ER model: Entities, Attributes, relationships – Weak and strong entity types – Design of Entity Relationship data models. (7)

RELATIONAL MODEL: Relational data model basics - properties of Relations- Domains and Key concept – Enforcing data integrity constraints - Relational algebra operations. (8)

RELATIONAL DATABASE MANIPULATION: Introduction to Structured Query Language(SQL) – SQL commands for defining database – Manipulations on database – Basic data retrieval operations - aggregate function- order by/group by clause- sub queries-in-any-all-views in SQL. (13)

DATA BASE DESIGN THEORY: Functional dependencies - Normal forms – Normalization: 1NF to 5NF- Domain Key Normal Form – losses join and dependency preserving decomposition. (7)

DATABASE TRANSACTION & SECURITY: - Transaction processing – properties - Concurrency control mechanism - security and integrity threats - Defense Mechanism. (5) Total L : 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Elmasri R and Navathe S B, “Fundamentals of Database Systems”, Pearson Education, 2010. 2. Silberschatz A, Korth H and Sudarshan S, “Database System Concepts”, McGraw-Hill, 2010.

REFERENCES: 1. Raghu Ramakrishnan and Johannes Gehrke, “Database Management System”, McGraw Hill, 2006. 2. Thomas Condly, Carolyn Begg, “Database System” Pearson Education, 2009. 3. Date C J, “An Introduction to Database Systems”, Pearson Education 2008.

15OH49 HIGH PERFORMANCE COMPUTING 3 0 0 3

MODERN PROCESSORS: Stored-program computer architecture – General-purpose cache-based microprocessor architecture – Memory hierarchies - Multicore processors - Multithread processors - Vector processors - Optimization techniques for serial code - Common sense optimizations - Simple measures - large impact - Role of compilers. (7)

PARALLEL COMPUTERS: Parallel architectures -Trends in architectures, CMPs, GPUs, and Grids, Multiprocessors, Multicomputers, Multithreading, Pipelining- Data access optimization - Balance analysis and lightspeed estimates - Storage order - Taxonomy of parallel computing paradigms - Shared memory computers - Distributed memory computers - Hierarchical systems – Networks - Basics of parallelization- Parallelism – Parallel scalability. (11)

PARALLEL PROGRAMMING: Motivating parallelism - Scope of parallel computing - Parallel programming platforms: Implict parallelism trends in microprocessor architectures -Low Level Approaches –Threads –Message passing–Issues in scalability and portability –Transactional Memory -Parallel Programming: Higher Level Approaches –ZPL –Automatic Parallelization and HPF - Limitations - Dichotomy - Physical organizations - Communication costs – Routing mechanisms for interconnected networks- Impact of process. (11)

63

PRINCIPLES OF PARALLEL ALGORITHM DESIGN: Preliminaries - Decomposition techniques - Characteristics of tasks and interactions - Mapping techniques for load balancing - Methods for containing interaction overheads - Parallel algorithm models – Basic communication operations. (7)

SORTING AND GRAPH ALGORITHMS: Dense matrix Algorithm: Matrix-vector multiplication - Martix- matrix multiplication- Issues in sorting on parallel computing - Sorting networks - Bubble sorts and its variants - Quick sort - Graph algorithms - Definition and representation - Prims algorithm - Dijkstra's algorithm - All pairs shortest path - Transitive closure – Connected components. (9)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Georg Hager and Gerhard Wellein, Introduction to High Performance Computing for Scientists and Engineers, Chapman & Hall, 2010. 2. John Levesque and Gene Wagenbreth, High Performance Computing: Programming and Applications, Chapman & Hall, 2010.

REFERENCES: 1. Ananth Grama and George Karypis, Introduction to parallel computing, Addison-Wesley 2009. 2. John L. Hennessy and David Patterson, Computer Architecture- A Quantitative Approach, Elsevier, 2012.

15OH50 MAINFRAME SYSTEMS 3 0 0 3 EVOLUTION OF MAINFRAME: Overview of Computer Architecture -Classification of Computers -micro, mini, mainframes and super computer - key features – benefits. (6)

MAINFRAME SYSTEM- Attributes of Mainframes - Reasons for opting Mainframes - Users of Mainframes - Difference between Centralized and Distributed computing - Batch processing - Online/Interactive transactions. (9)

MAINFRAME WORKLOADS : Concept - strategy and benefits of the z/OS environment - Application enablement in z/OS - Overview of e-business support in z/OS - Connectivity to the z/OS environment - Security support provided by z/OS (9) SYSTEM MANAGEMENT- Scalability – availability - backup and recovery features in z/OS - z/OS system services - zSeries processor configurations. (6)

COBOL: Introduction to COBOL - Program Structure - Procedure Division - Table Handling - File Handling. (9)

CASE STUDY : z/VM – Linux – zVSE – zTPF. (6) Total L : 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Introduction to the New Mainframe: z/OS Basics, IBM Red Book, 2011. 2. M. K. Roy, D. Ghosh Dastidhar, “COBOL programming”, Tata-McGraw Hill,1989.

REFERENCE: 1. IBM Redbook, “COBOL - Language Reference”, 5th ed., Ver 3, Release 2, 2003.

15OH51 MOBILE APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION: Open Source Platform – Mobile Devices – Open Handset Alliance – Mobile Applications. (4)

ANDROID: Features of android – Development Framework – Android SDK – Native Libraries – Application framework – ADK – Android and Java. (5)

BASIC WIDGETS: Android Components – Android activity life cycle – Layouts and controls – Event Handling – creating and starting an activity - using controls. (6)

BUILDING USER INTERFACES: Fundamental Android UI design – Layouts – Fragments – Creating Views – List view – Grid View control – View pager control. (6)

USING RESOURCES AND MEDIA: Resources Types – Creating Resources – Using Drawable resources – Playing Audio – Playing Video – Displaying progress. (6)

BUILDING MENUS: Menus and types – Creating menus through XML – Creating menus through coding – Using the ActionBar – Drop-down List ActionBar. (6)

DATABASES: Android databases – SQLite – introduction – creating, opening, querying the database – Extracting values from a cursor - Creating content providers – Using Content providers. (6)

PUBLISHING ANDROID APPLICATIONS: Setting versioning information – Signing and publishing the applications – Distributing applications - Monetizing the applications. (6)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Reto Meier and Wrox Wiley, “Professional Android 4 Application Development”, 2012. 2. Zigurad Mednieks, Larid Dornin,G.Blake Meike,Masumi Nakamura, ”Programming Andriod”, O‟Reilly,2013.

64

REFERENCE: 1. B.M Harwani , “Android programming unleashed”, Pearson Education, New Delhi,2013..

15OH52 MULTICORE PROGRAMMING 3 0 0 3

BASICS OF MULTICORE : Definition - hybrid architectures - The software developer‟s viewpoint - single core - multicore – Types: multicore designs. (7)

CHALLENGES : Sequential model – Concurrency – software development - Processor architecture - Operating systems role.(10)

MULTIPROCESSING : Process creation - Working with process environment variables - Killing a process - Process resources - Synchronous and a asynchronous processes - Multithreading - Comparing threads to processes - Architecture - Creation and management of threads. (10)

COMMUNICATION AND SYNCHRONIZATION: Thread strategy approaches - Decomposition and encapsulation of work - Approaches to application design - PADL and PBS. (9)

UML : Modelling the structure of a system - UML and concurrent behavior - Basic testing types - Defect removal for parallel programs - Standard software engineering tests. (9)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOK: 1. Herlihy M. and N. Shavit, “The Art of Multiprocessor Programming”, Morgan Kaufmann, 2012.

REFERENCES: 1. D. B. Kirk and W. W. Hwu, “Programming Massively Parallel processors: A Hands-on approach”, Morgan Kaufmann, 2010. 2 C. Huges and T. Huges ,”Professional Multi-core programming: Design and Implementation for C++developers”, Wrox, 2008.

15OH53 OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING 3 0 0 3

PRINCIPLES OF OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING: Software crisis Software Evolution - Procedure Oriented Programming - Object Oriented Programming Paradigm - Basic Concepts and Benefits of OOP - Object Oriented Programming Language - Application of OOP - Structure of C++ - Types and Declarations - Pointers, Arrays, and Structures - Expressions and Statements - Manipulators. (10)

FUNCTIONS IN C++: Function Prototyping - Call by Reference - Return by reference - Inline functions – Default - Const Arguments (6) CLASSES AND OBJECTS: Data members - Member functions - Nesting of Member functions - Private member functions - Memory allocation for Objects - Static data members - Static Member Functions - Arrays of Objects - Objects as Function Arguments - Friend Functions - Returning Objects. . (7)

CONSTRUCTORS: Parameterized Constructors - Multiple Constructors in a Class - Constructors with Default Arguments – Dynamic Initialization of Objects - Copy and Dynamic Constructors – Destructors. (6)

INHERITANCE: Defining Derived Classes - Single Inheritance - Making a Private Member Inheritable - Multiple Inheritance – Hierarchical Inheritance - Hybrid Inheritance - Virtual Base Classes - Abstract Classes - Constructors in Derived Classes. (8)

POLYMORPHISM: Compile and Run Time Polymorphism – Operators Overloading - Unary and Binary Operators Overloading - Function Overloading. (8)

Total L : 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Bjarne Stroustrup, “The C++ Programming Language”, Pearson, 2013. 2. Stanley B Lippman, Josee Lajoie, Barbara E Moo “C++ Primer”, Pearson, 2012.

REFERENCE: 1. Harvey M Deitel and Paul J Deitel, “C++ How to Program”, Prentice Hall, 2011.

15OH54 PROGRAMMING IN PYTHON 3 0 0 3

BASICS : Python - Variables - Executing Python from the Command Line - Editing Python Files - Python Reserved Words - Basic Syntax-Comments - Strings and Numeric Data Types - Simple Input and Output. (8)

CONTROL STATEMENTS: Control Flow and Syntax - Indenting - if Statement - Relational Operators - Logical Operators - Bit Wise Operators - while Loop - break and continue - for Loop - Lists – Tuples - Sets - Dictionaries. (8)

FUNCTIONS: Definition - Passing parameters to a Function - Variable Number of Arguments - Scope - Passing Functions to a Function - Mapping Functions in a Dictionary – Lambda - Modules - Standard Modules – sys – math – time - dir Function. (9)

65

ERROR HANDLING: Run Time Errors - Exception Model - Exception Hierarchy - Handling Multiple Exceptions - Data Streams - Access Modes Writing - Data to a File Reading - Data From a File - Additional File Methods - Using Pipes as Data Streams - Handling IO Exceptions - Working with Directories. (10)

OBJECT ORIENTED FEATURES: Classes Principles of Object Orientation - Creating Classes - Instance Methods - File Organization - Special Methods - Class Variables – Inheritance – Polymorphism - Type Identification - Simple Character Matches - Special Characters - Character Classes – Quantifiers - Dot Character - Greedy Matches – Grouping - Matching at Beginning or End - Match Objects – Substituting - Splitting a String - Compiling Regular Expressions. (10)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Mark Summerfield. “Programming in Python 3: A Complete introduction to the Python Language”, Addison-Wesley Professional, 2009. 2. Martin C. Brown, “PYTHON: The Complete Reference”, McGraw-Hill, 2001.

REFERENCES: 1. Wesley J Chun, “Core Python Applications Programming”, Prentice Hall, 2012. 2. Allen B Downey, “Think Python”, O‟Reilly, 2012.

15OH55 RESPONSIVE WEB DESIGN 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION TO HTML AND XHTML: Origins and Evolution of HTML - Basic Syntax - Standard HTML Document Structure - Basic Text Formatting - Images - Hypertext Links – Lists - Tables - Frames and Forms. (6)

CASCADING STYLE SHEETS: Introduction - Levels of Style Sheets - Style Specification Formats – Style Classes - Properties and Property Values - Color - The span and div Tags. (7)

HTML5: Media Queries supporting different viewports – Syntax - Fluid Layouts- Fluid Images- Serving Different Images for different screen sizes - HTML 5 for responsive designs - semantic elements in HTML5 – Embedding Media in HTML5. (10)

CSS3: Selectors - Typography and Color Modes – Aesthetics with CSS3 – Text shadows - Box shadows - Background Gradients – patterns - Multiple Background images Transitions - Transformations and Animations Forms with HTML5 and CSS3. (12)

BASICS OF JAVASCRIPT: Object Orientation and JavaScript - General Syntactic Characteristics – Primitives - Operations and Expressions - Screen Output - Control Statements - Object Creation and Modification - Arrays - Functions - Constructors - Errors in Scripts. (10)

Total L : 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Ben Frain, “Responsive Web Design using HTML5 and CSS3”, PACKT Publishing, 2012. 2. Thomas Powell and Fritz Schneider,”Javascript 2.0 : The Complete reference”, Tata McGraw Hill,2012.

REFERENCE: 1. Thomas Powell, “ HTML and CSS: The Complete Reference”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2010.

15OH56 SOCIAL WEB MINING 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION: Data mining and web mining – web community and social network analysis – Characteristics of web data – web community – The evolution of social networks – basic concept in social networks . (9)

SOCIAL NETWORK DATA AND REPRESENTATION: Structural – composition-affiliation variables-modes-boundary specification and sampling- type of networks- measurement and collection - Review of graph theory- Data set- Tools-Pajek, Netdraw, UCInet (10)

STRUCTURAL PROPERTIES OF SOCIAL NETWORKS: Notions of centrality - cohesiveness of subgroups - roles and positions - structural equivalence - equitable partitions. (12)

WEB CONTENT MINING: Boolean model - vector space model - web search – feature enrichment of short texts- - automatic topic extraction from web document – opinion search and opinion spam. (5)

WEB LINKAGE MINING : Hyperlinks- co-citation and bibliographic coupling- page rank and HITS algorithm – web community discovery – web graph measurement and modelling - using link information for webpage classification. (9)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Stanley Wasserman, Katherine Faust, “Social network analysis: methods and applications”, Cambridge University Press, 2009. 2. John Scott, “Social Network Analysis: A Handbook”, SAGE Publications, 2000.

REFERENCES: 1. Guandong xu, yanchun zhang , “Web mining and social networking: techniques”, Springer science and business media, 2011. 2. Charles Kadushin, “Understanding Social Network: Theories, Concepts, and Findings”, Oxford Press, 2011.

66

15OH57 SOFTWARE ENGINEERING 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION: Software Characteristics-Comparison with other Engineering disciplines-Software Crisis and Myths-Software life cycle models-Selection of process models for projects- Agile methods- Software Engineering paradigms. (8)

REQUIREMENTS GATHERING: Requirements gathering tasks – Requirements Engineering Process - Qualities of good requirements-Types of Requirements-Requirements elicitation- Requirements documentation- Analysis Documentation. (7)

DESIGN: Functional Decomposition-Context diagram-Data flow diagrams-Data Dictionary-Functional Independence-Modular Design-Coupling-Cohesion- Design tools – Structured Chart, HIPO Diagram, Decision Tree, Decision Table, Pseudo code – User Interface Design - Software Design Documentation. (12)

PROGRAMMING STANDARDS: Structured programming coding standards-Maintainability of code. (5)

SOFTWARE TESTING FUNDAMENTALS – Black-Box and White-Box testing – Basis Path testing – Requirements phase testing - Design phase testing - Program phase testing - Desk debugging and program peer view test tools - Evaluating test results - Installation phase testing - Acceptance testing – Testing GUI – Testing Web Applications (8)

DEBUGGING : The art of Debugging – Debugging Process – Debugging Strategies. (5)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Roger Pressman S, “Software Engineering: A Practitioner‟s Approach”, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2015. 2. Ian Sommerville, “Software Engineering”, Pearson Education, 2011.

REFERENCES: 1. James Peter and Pedrycz W, “Software Engineering: An Engineering Approach”, John Wiley & Sons, 2007. 2. James Rumbaugh, Ivar Jacobson and Grady Booch, “The Unified Modeling Language Reference Manual”, Pearson, India, 2009. 3. Glenford J Myers, Tom Badgelt, Todd M Thomas and Corey Sandler, “The art of Software Testing”, John Wiley, 2004.

15OH58 JAVA PROGRAMMING 2 2 0 3

INTRODUCTION: Features of Java – Java Development Environment – Java Virtual Machine- byte codes in java - Naming conventions and Data Types - Operators - Control Structures - Arrays and Strings. (3+3)

OBJECT ORIENTED CONCEPTS: Classes and objects- creation- access specifiers- constructors – Methods - static- Inheritance - Composition-polymorphism -nested classes–wrapper classes- Abstract classes. (5+6)

PACKAGES AND INTERFACES: - Packages - Access protection - Importing packages - Interface - Defining and Implementing Interface. (3+3)

EXCEPTION HANDLING: Exception types - Uncaught Exception - Using Try and Catch - Multiple catch clauses - Nested try statements - throw - throws - Java Built-in Exception - Creating user defined exceptions- Assertions. (4+4)

INPUT/OUTPUT: Files – Stream classes – Byte Streams – Character Streams – Serialization. (3+3)

MULTI THREADED PROGRAMMING: Java thread model - Priorities - Synchronization - Messaging - Thread class and runnable Interface - Synchronization - Interthread Communication. (4+4)

GUI PROGRAMMING- AWT-Swing classes - Components - Labels, Buttons, Check Boxes, combo box- Controls Menus – Frames Event delegation model –listener and listener methods –Event classes- Applets. (5+4)

DATABASE CONNECTIVITY: Architecture – connect RDBMS – Exploring java.sql package. (3+3)

Total L: 30+T:30 = 60 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Cay S Horstmann and Gary Cornell, “Core Java Volume I & 2”, Pearson Education, 2013. 2. Herbert Schildt, “JAVA - The Complete Reference”, Tata Mc-Graw Hill, 2013.

REFERENCES: 1. Deitel and Deitel, “JAVA - How to Program”, Prentice Hall International Inc., 2011. 2. Walter Slavic, “Absolute Java”, Pearson Education, 2013.

15OH59 GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEM 2 2 0 3 BASICS: GIS - Basic spatial concepts - Coordinate Systems - GIS and Information Systems – Definitions – History - Components – Hardware, Software, Data, People, Methods – Proprietary and Open Source Software - Types of data – Types of attributes – scales/ levels of measurements. Database Structures – Relational, Object Oriented – Spatial data models – Raster Data Structures – Raster Data – Vector Data Structures -Raster and Vector Models- TIN and GRID data models. (8+8)

67

DATA INPUT AND TOPOLOGY: Scanner - Raster Data Input – Raster Data File Formats – Geo referencing – Vector Data Input – Digitizer – Datum Projection and reprojection -Coordinate Transformation – Topology - Adjacency, connectivity and containment – Topological Consistency – Non topological file formats - Attribute Data linking – Linking External Databases – GPS Data Integration- Geodatabases (8+8)

DATA QUALITY AND STANDARDS: Data quality - Basic aspects - completeness, logical consistency, accuracy - positional, temporal, thematic - Lineage – Metadata – GIS Standards – Interoperability – Open Geospatial Consortium - Spatial Data Infrastructure – application in public information service. (5+4)

DATA MANAGEMENT AND OUTPUT: Import / Export – Data Management functions - Raster to Vector - Vector to Raster Conversion - Data Output - Map Compilation – Chart/Graphs – Multimedia – Enterprise Vs Desktop GIS - Distributed GIS. (5+5)

GIS MODELLING AND APPLICATIONS: Spatial modelling – External, Conceptual, Logical, Internal –GIS Modeling with case study-spatial data mining – Digital Elevation Model – applications:e-government : operation and decision support – e-business : advertisement , customer service, business analysis and decision support and in e-health science. (4+5)

Total L: 30 + T: 30 = 60 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Paul A. Longley, Mike Goodchild, David J. Maguire, “Geographic Information Systems and Science”, John Wiley & Sons Inc, 2011. 2. Pinde Fu, Jiulin Sun, “Web GIS: Principles and Applications”, ESRI Press, 2011.

REFERENCES: 1. Kang-Tsung Chang, “Introduction to Geographic Information Systems”, McGraw Hill Publishing, 2011. 2. Rene Rubalcava, “ArcGIS web Development”, Manning Publications , 2014. 3. Silas Tomas, “ArcPy and ArcGIS – Geospatial Analysis with Python”, Packt Publishing Ltd., 2015.

15OH60 PROGRAMMING FOR ROBOTICS 2 2 0 3 BASICS OF ROBOTICS: History – Definition – Components – Building a robot – The Robot drive mechanism. (3+2) ROBOT SIMULATION: Mathematical modeling of the robot - Robot kinematics – Concepts of ROS and Gazebo. (4+4) DESIGNING CHEFBOT HARDWARE: Specifications - Block diagram - Working with Robotic Actuators and Wheel Encoders - Interfacing DC geared motor with Tiva C LaunchPad - Interfacing quadrature encoder with Tiva C Launchpad - Working with Dynamixel actuators. (5+5) WORKING WITH ROBOTIC SENSORS: Working with ultrasonic distance sensors - Working with the IR proximity sensor - Working with Inertial Measurement Unit. (4+4) PYTHON AND ROS: Introduction to OpenCV, OpenNI, and PCL - Programming Kinect with Python using ROS, OpenCV, and OpenNI - Working with Point Clouds using Kinect, ROS, OpenNI, and PCL. (6+6) INTERFACING IT INTO ROS, USING PYTHON: Building ChefBot hardware - Writing a ROS Python driver for ChefBot - Understanding ChefBot ROS launch files - Working with ChefBot Python nodes and launch files - The Calibration and Testing of ChefBot - The Calibration of Xbox Kinect using ROS - Wheel odometry calibration - Testing of the robot using GUI. (8+9) Total L: 30 + T: 30 = 60 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Lentin Joseph, “Learning Robotics using Python”, PACKT Publishing, 2015. 2. Aaron Martinez and Enrique Fernandez, “Learning ROS for Robotics Programming”, PACKT Publishing, 2013.

REFERENCES: 1. Bill Smart, Brian Gerkey, Morgan Quigley, “Programming Robots with ROS: A Practical Introduction to the Robot Operating System”, O‟Reilly Publishers, 2015.

HUMANITIES

15OH61 AN INTRODUCTION TO INDIAN CONSTITUTION 3 0 0 3 PREAMBLE AND ITS PHILOSOPHY: Introduction and Evolution of Indian Constitution preamble and its Philosophy. (4)

CENTRE-STATE RELATIONS: Directive Principles of State Policy, Fundamental Rights and Duties, Centre-State Relations. (6)

UNION GOVERNMENT: Powers, Functions and Position of President, Vice-President and Council of Ministers . (6)

COMPOSITION OF PARLIAMENT: Constitution Amendment Procedure, Financial Legislation in Parliament. Case Study. (5)

FEDERAL SYSTEM: Features of Federal System, Administrative Relationship between Union and States, Powers, Functions and Position of Governors, Function of Chief Ministers, Council of Ministers. Composition and powers of the State Legislature. (8)

JUDICIARY: The Union Judiciary - Supreme Court and High Court. (6)

68

PUBLIC SERVICES: All India Services, Central Civil Services, State Services, Local Services and Training of Civil Services. (5)

INTERNATIONAL POLITICS: Foreign Policy of India, Foreign Policy of USA, International Institutions like UNO, WTO, SAARC and Environmentalism. (5) Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Basu D.D., “Introduction to the Constitution of India”, Prentice Hall of India, 2001. 2. Briji Kishore Sharma, “Introduction to the Constitution of India”, Prentice Hall of India, 2005.

REFERENCES: 1. Pandey J. N., “Constitutional Law of India”, Central Law Agency, 1998. 2. Hoshiar Singh, “Indian Administration” - Kitab Mahal, 2003. 3. Jain. M. C., “The Constitution of India”, Law House, New Delhi, 2001. 4. Shukla. V. N., “Constitution of India”, Eastern Book Company Ltd., New Delhi, 2011.

15OH62 ENTREPRENEURSHIP 3 0 0 3 INTRODUCTION TO ENTREPRENEURSHIP: Definition – Characteristics and Functions of an Entrepreneur – Common myths about entrepreneurs – Importance or Entrepreneurship. Seminar in R5 & R6. (5)

CREATIVITY AND INNOVATION: The role of creativity – The innovation Process – Sources of New Ideas – Methods of Generating Ideas – Creative Problem Solving – Entrepreneurial Process. (6)

DEVELOPING AN EFFECTIVE BUSINESS MODEL: The Importance of a Business Model – Starting a small scale industry - Components of an Effective Business Model. (5)

APPRAISAL OF PROJECTS: Importance of Evaluating Various options and future investments- Entrepreneurship incentives and subsidies – Appraisal Techniques. (8)

FORMS OF BUSINESS ORGANIZATION: Sole Proprietorship – Partnership – Limited liability partnership - Joint Stock Companies and Cooperatives. (4)

FINANCING THE NEW VENTURE: Determining Financial Needs – Sources of Financing – Equity and Debt Funding – Case studies in Evaluating Financial Performance. (8)

THE MARKETING FUNCTION: Industry Analysis – Competitor Analysis – Marketing Research for the New Venture – Defining the Purpose or Objectives – Gathering Data from Secondary Sources – Gathering Information from Primary Sources – Analyzing and Interpreting the Results – The Marketing Process. (5)

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY PROTECTION AND ETH ICS: Patents – Copyright - Trademark- Geographical indications – Ethical and social responsibility and challenges. (4)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Donald F.Kuratko and Richard M. Hodgetts, “Entrepreneurship”, South-Western. 2. Vasant Desai, “The Dynamics of Entrepreneurial Development and Management”, Himalaya Publishing House, 2010.

REFERENCES: 1. Gupta S.L., Arun Mittal, “Entrepreneurship Development”, International Book House, 2012. 2. Sudha G. S., “Management and Entrepreneurship Development”, Indus Valley Publication, 2009. 3. Badi V., Badi N. V., “Business Ethics”, R. Vrinda Publication (P) Ltd., 2012. 4. Prasanna Chandra, “Projects- Planning, Analysis, Financing, Implementation and review”, TATA McGraw Hill, 2012.

15OH63 HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT 3 0 0 3 NATURE AND SCOPE OF HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT: Meaning and Definition of HRM, Objectives and Functions of HRM, Models of HRM, HRM in a changing Environment, Human Resource Management in the wake of Globalization. (6)

TRAINING AND DEVELOPMENT: Principles of Learning, Objectives, Types and Training Methods, Management Development: Its Meaning, Scope and Objectives. (6)

WAGE AND SALARY ADMINISTRATION: Principles and Techniques of Wage Fixation, Job Evaluation, Incentive Schemes. (5)

PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL: Process, Methods, Factors that distort appraisal, Case studies in Methods to Improve Performance, Role of Performance in the Performance Management Process, Performance Appraisal Vs. Potential Appraisal. (6)

MORALE AND MOTIVATION OF EMPLOYEES: Morale-importance of Moral and Motivation Methods of Employees, Empowerment – Factors Affecting Empowerment – Process – Benefits. (6)

WORK ENVIRONMENT AND TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF EMPLOYMENT: Fatigue – Safety – Accident Prevention Accident Records – Factories Act of 1948 and pollution legislations. (4)

INTERNATIONAL HRM: Model, Variables that outline difference between local and International HRM approaches to IHRM, Linking HRM to International Expansion Strategies. (6)

69

TRENDS IN HR: HR Outsourcing – HRIS – Management of Turnover and retention – Workforce Rationalization – Managing Separation and Rightsizing – Case studies in Trends in Employee Engagement and Retention. (6)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Gary Dessler & Biju Varkkey, “Human Resource Management”, Pearson Publications, New Delhi, 2012. 2. Rao VSP., “Human Resources Management Text and Cases”, Excel Books, 2010.

REFERENCES: 1. Aswathappa K, “Human Resource and Personnel Management – Text and Cases”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2011. 2. Bernardin H John., “Human Resource Management – An experiential Approach”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2007. 3. Cascio H, Wayne, “Managing Human Resources – Productivity, Quality of Work Life and Profits”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2004. 4. Dezenzo A David and Robbins P Robbins, “Human Resource Management”, John Wiley and Sons, Inc, MA., 2002.

15OH64 INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY 3 0 0 3 INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY: Introduction – Concept and Meaning – Characteristics and Scope. (3)

GROUP DYNAMICS: Individual behaviour – Group behavior – Features of Group – Formation and Development – Types of Groups – Group Structure and Cohesiveness. (6)

PERCEPTION AND ATTITUDE: Importance of Perception – Need for Shaping Perception – Workplace Attitude. (3)

MOTIVATION AND LEADERSHIP: Meaning – Types - Motivation Theories - Implications of Motivational Theories in Workplace – Ways for Improving Employee Motivation – Leadership Styles Theories – Ethical Leadership. (6)

INTERPERSONAL RELATIONSHIP: Managing emotions – Emotional Intelligence – Building Interpersonal Relations– Managing the Boss – Dealing with Subordinates. (6)

STRESS: Dynamics – Types – Signs – Causes – Workplace Stress and Coping Strategies. (4)

ORGANISATION CULTURE: Meaning – Types – Importance – Changing Organizational Culture and Matching People with Organizational Culture – Working Environment. (5)

INDUSTRIAL FATIGUE BOREDOM: Types of Industrial Fatigue – Symptoms – Causes and Remedies of Industrial Fatigue Industrial Boredom – Causes – Effective Ways to Reduce Boredom. (6)

JOB SATISFACTION: Job Satisfaction – Consequences – Tips for Reducing Job Dissatisfaction. (3)

PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT: Concept – Objectives – Process – Methods of Performance Evaluation. (3)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Vikram Bisen & Priya, “Industrial Psychology”, New Age International (P) Ltd., Publishers, 2010. 2. Michael G Aamodt, “Industrial / Organizational Psychology-An Applied Approach”, Wadsworth Cengage Learning, 2012.

REFERENCES: 1. Harold Koontz, Heinz Weihrich and Ramachandra Aryasri, “Principles of Management”, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2004. 2. Ronald Riggio, “Introduction to Industrial and Organizational Psychology”, Pearson Publication, 2012.

15OH65 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT 3 0 0 3 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT: Meaning, Definition and Significance of Management, Basic Functions of Management – Planning, Organizing, Staffing, Directing and Controlling. (5)

ENGINEERS AND ORGANIZATIONAL ENVIRONMENT: Social, Economic, Technological and Political. Social Responsibility of Engineers. (3)

MANAGEMENT CONCEPTS: MBO, Theory Z, Kaizen, Six Sigma, Quality Circles and TQM. (Case Study) (5)

BUSINESS PROCESS REENGINEERING: Need for BPR, Various phases of BPR, Production and Productivity in six sigma and TQM – Factors Influencing Productivity. (7)

ORGANISATIONAL BEHAVIOUR: Significance of OB, Role of Leadership, Personality and Motivation, Stress, Attitudes, Values and Perceptions at work. (7)

INDUSTRIAL AND BUSINESS ORGANIZATION: Growth of Industries (Small Scale, Medium Scale and Large Scale Industries). Forms of Business Organizations. Resource Management – Internal and External Sources. (6)

MANAGING INFORMATION: Why Information Matters – Strategic Importance of Information – Cost of Useful Information – Getting and Sharing Information. (6)

WELFARE IN INDUSTRY: Working condition, service facilities, legal legislation – Factories Act, 1948 and Workmen‟s Compensation Act. (6) Total L: 45

70

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Harold Koontz, Heinz Weihrich and Ramachandra Aryasri, “Principles of Management”, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2004. 2. Chuck Williams & Manas Ranjan Tripathy, “Principles of Management”, Cengage Learning India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2013.

REFERENCES: 1. Gupta C.B., “Management Theory and Practice”, Sultan Chand and Sons, New Delhi, 2009. 2. Rao V.S.P., “Management Text and Cases”, Excel books, New Delhi, 2009. 3. Fred Luthans, “Organisational Behaviour”, Mc-Graw Hill, New York, 2005. 4. Robert Kreitner, “Management Theory and Application”, Cengage Learning India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2010.

15OH66 BUSINESS STATISTICS 3 0 0 3 STATISTICS INTRODUCTION: Definition, Types of Statistics, Types of Variables, Descriptive Measures, Basic Definition and Rules of Probability, Independence of Events. (9)

DESCRIPTIVES MEASURES: Measures of central tendency, dispersion, Probability Distributions. (6)

SAMPLING: Definition, Selection of Statistical tools, Sampling Methods, Sampling Frame determining the sample size. (6)

HYPOTHESIS TESTING: ANOVA- Independent sample t test, Paired t test. (4)

PARAMETRIC TEST: Concept, Chi square tests for Association and homogeneity, One sample t test. (4)

CORRELATION AND REGRESSION: Karl Pearson Correlation, Linear regression (Both manual and software applications), Components, Trend-Method of least squares and moving averages, seasonal variation-Simple average method only. (10)

STATISTICAL DECISION THEORY: Uncertainty and risk and Decision tree analysis (6)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Nandagopal, Arulrajan and Vivek., “Research Methods”, Excel Books, 2007. 2. Levin R.I. and Rubin D., “Quantitative Approaches to Management”, McGraw Hill, 2012.

REFERENCES: 1. Viswanathan P.K., “Business Statistics”, Pearson Education, 2007. 2. Anderson Sweeney Williams., “Quantitative Methods for Business”, Thomson South Western, 2011. 3. Naval Bajpai., “Business Statistics”, Pearson Education, 2013.

15OH67 DISASTER MANAGEMENT 3 0 0 3 INTRODUCTION: Disaster – Definition, Factors and Significance, Difference between Hazard and Disaster, History of Disasters and Types, Disaster Aids. (4)

NATURAL DISASTERS: Cyclones, Floods, Drought and Desertification - Earthquake, Tsunami, Landslides and Avalanche. (5) MAN MADE DISASTERS: Chemical industrial hazards, major power breakdowns, traffic accidents, Fire, War, Atom bombs, Nuclear disaster.- Forest Fire-Oil fire –accident in Mines. (8)

GEOSPATIAL TECHNOLOGY: Remote sensing, GIS and GPS applications in real time disaster monitoring, prevention and rehabilitation- disaster mapping. (8)

RISK ASSESSMENT AND MITIGATION: Hazards, Risks and Vulnerabilities. -Disasters in and India ,Assessment of Disaster Vulnerability of a location and vulnerable groups- Preparedness and Mitigation measures for various Disasters- Mitigation through capacity building -Preparation of Disaster Management Plans. (8)

DISASTER MANAGEMENT: Legislative responsibilities of disaster management- Disaster management act 2005- post disaster recovery & rehabilitation, Relief & Logistics Management; disaster related infrastructure development- Post Disaster, Emergency Support Functions and their coordination mechanism. (8)

GLOBAL PERSPECTIVE: Study of Environmental Impacts Induced by Human Activity, Industrial Accidents, Outbreaks of Disease and Epidemics, War and Conflicts. (4)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Ramana Murthy., “Disaster Management”, Dominant, New Delhi, 2004. 2. Rajdeep Dasgupta., “Disaster Management and Rehabilitation”, Mittal Publishers, New Delhi, 2007.

REFERENCES: 1. “Disaster Management in India - A Status Report- Published by the National Disaster Management Institute”, Ministry of Home Affairs, Govt. of India, 2004. 2. Murthy D B N., “Disaster Management: Text and Case Studies”, Deep and Deep Publications (P) Ltd., New Delhi, 2007.

71

3. Sundar I and Sezhiyan T., “Disaster Management”, Sarup and Sons, New Delhi, 2007.Khanna B K., “All You Wanted To Know About Disasters”, New India Publishing Agency, New Delhi, 2005.

15OH68 FINANCIAL AND MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING 3 0 0 3 INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING: Meaning, Definition and significance of Accounting, Accounting Principles, Concepts and Conventions, Classifications of Accounts. (9)

BASIC ACCOUNTING: Journal Entry, Ledger, and Trial Balance Sheet, preparation of final accounts: Trading, Profit & Loss Account, Balance sheet. (9)

BASIC FINANCIAL STATEMENTS: Meaning – Types of Financial Analysis Income Statement, common analysis, trend analysis, ratio analysis, corporate cash flow, DuPont Model. (9)

COST ACCOUNTING: Accounting for overheads, Cost sheet, Marginal and Absorption costing, Break even analysis, Effect on profits, Activity Based Costing system. (6)

ACCOUNTING FOR DECISION MAKING: CVP Analysis -Relevant Costs and Revenue for Decision Making, Pricing Decisions, Operational Decisions, Exploring New markets, Make or buy decisions. (6)

ACCOUNTING FOR PLANNING AND CONTROLLING: Budgets, Budgetary Control -Variance Analysis - Cost and Financial Variances. (6)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Ambrish Gupta., “Financial Accounting for Management - An Analytical Perspective”, Pearson, 2012. 2. Charles T. Horngren, Gary L. Sundem, William O. Stratton, Dave Burgstahler and Jeff O. Schatzberg., “Introduction to Management Accounting”, Global Edition, Pearson, 2013.

REFERENCES: 1. Colin Drury., “Cost and Management Accounting - An Introduction”, Cengage Learning EMEA, 2011. 2. Khan M.Y. and Jain P.K., “Management Accounting”, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2010. 3. Sanjay Dhamija., “Financial Accounting for Managers”, Pearson, 2012.

15OH69 MARKETING MANAGEMENT 3 0 0 3

FUNDAMENTALS OF MARKETING: Meaning & Definition, The Perspectives on Marketing, Selling Vs Marketing, Marketing Environment- Internal & External, prospects & Challenges of marketing in Global Environment. (9)

MARKETING STRATEGY: Formulating Marketing Strategy, Key Drivers of Marketing Strategy, Marketing Strategies- Marketing Mix Components. (7)

COMPETITOR ANALYSIS: Analysis of Consumer & Industrial Markets, Building Competitive Advantage. (6)

MARKETING MIX DECISIONS: Product Planning &Development, Product Cycle, New Product Development, Market Segmentation, Targeting and Positioning, Advertising & Sales Promotion, Pricing objectives, Pricing policies & Methods. (10)

BUYER BEHAVIOUR: Understanding Industrial and Individual Buyer Behavior, Influencing Factors, Online Buying Behavior, Building Customer Satisfaction. (6)

MARKETING RESEARCH & TRENDS IN MARKETING: Marketing Information System, Marketing Research Process & Purpose, Ethics in Marketing, Online Marketing Trends. (7)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Philip Kortler and Kevin Lane Keller., “Marketing Management”, PH, 2012. 2. Ramaswamy V S and Namakumari S., “Marketing Management”, Global Perspective Indian Context, Macmillian Publishers India Ltd, 2009.

REFERENCES: 1. Baines et al., “Marketing”, Oxford, 2014. 2. Lamb and Hara., “MKTG”, Cengage Publications, 2013. 3. Chandrasekar K. S., “Marketing Management Text and Cases”, Tata McGraw Hill Vijaynicole, 2010.

15OH70 DEFENCE PRACTICES AND DISASTER MANAGEMENT 3 0 0 3

HISTORY & ENVIRONMENTAL AWARENESS: NCC- Army, Navy, Air force; Aim and Motto; Ranks and Equivalent Ranks; Honors and Awards; Organization; Training – Nation Building; Civil affairs; Social Service & Needs; Environment & Ecology; Pollution; Rain Water Harvesting; Law and Order; Corruption. (7) WEAPONS: Introduction; Types of Weapons; Armed Forces Fighting Arms; Service Corps; Section Formation & Types; Firing

72

Order; Judging Distance; Types of Land; Working Principle of Rifle, Tank, Missiles; Characteristics of supporting Rifle and its ammunitions; Field Craft and Battle Craft; Fighting - Role of Fighting Arms and map reading. (7)

DISASTER MANAGEMENT: Definition; Types of Disaster; Elements of Disaster Management, Foundations of Disaster Studies- Review of Concepts, Organizations – NDMA, NIDM, NDMRT, NEC, Disaster Mitigation, Disaster Preparedness, Disaster Relief, Reconstruction Planning, Economic and Social Rehabilitation, Globalization and Disaster Studies, Social Science and Domains Approach. (7)

LIFE SKILL MANAGEMENT: Introduction; Concept of Life Skills; Internalizing of Life Skills; Self awareness and Empathy; Knowing Myself; Self care; Empathizing with others; Creative Thinking & Critical Thinking; Practicing Decision making & Problem Solving; Effective Communication – Inter Personal Relationship; Coping with Emotions & Stress; Facilitation skills – Verbal & Non verbal; Training Methodologies. (7)

HEALTH AND HYGIENE: Anatomy, Physiology, Microbiology – Personal and Mental Health ; Infectious and Contagious Diseases, its prevention; First Aid in common Medical Emergencies; Basics of Home Nursing; Treatment and care of Wounds and Fractures. (7)

FIELD TRAINING: Foot Drill; Handling-Inspection Training; MapReading; Physical Proficiency Training; Introduction to Yoga. (10)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. “Cadets Hand Book for Senior Division”, OTA, Kamptee. 2. Schneid T and Collins L, “Disaster Management and Preparedness”, Lewis Publishers, Washington, D.C, 1998.

REFERENCES: 1. “Facilitator's Manual on Enhancing Life Skills” Rajiv Gandhi National Institute of Youth Development, 2009. 2. Manoj J.S., “Health and Hygiene”, Agra University Publication. 3. United States. War Dept. Military Intelligence Division “Japanese infantry weapons”, The Division, 1943. 4. http://nccindia.nic.in/.

ENGLISH

15OH75 ENGLISH AND SOFT SKILLS FOR EMPLOYABILITY 3 0 0 3 SELF MANAGEMENT AND ATTITUDES: Self Concept, Stress management, Positive attitude, Influential Skills, Initiative, Empathy, Social Etiquette (5)

COMMUNICATION STYLES : Presentation Skills, Interpersonal Communication Skills, Interviewing Skills, Verbal and Nonverbal (body language) skills, Active Listening, Professional Writing, Effective email writing (16)

TEAM WORK: Inter team cooperation, Intra team cooperation, Diversity, Productivity, Goal Setting and action (4)

LEADERSHIP SKILLS : Empowerment, Planning, Establishing Credibility, Vision & direction, Supervision, Mentoring, Decision- making, Creativity, Flexibility, Team problem solving (5)

MANAGING TIME AND PRESSURES: Managing Change, Time management, Effective meetings (5)

EFFECTIVE AND EXCELLENT CUSTOMER SERVICE: Communication with the customer- telephonic and online services, Managing conflicts or Challenging communication, Setting and resetting customer expectations, Building customer confidence, Growing customer relationship, Opportunity management, Developing team approach to meet customer needs. (10) Total L: 45 TEXTBOOK: Monograph prepared by the Faculty, Department of English, 2015.

REFERENCES: 1. Charles J and Stewart William B Cash, “Interviewing: Principles and Practices”, Tata Mc-Graw Hill, New Delhi, 2010. 2. Rao M S, “Soft Skills –Enhancing Employability- Connecting Campus with Corporate”, IK International Publishing House, New Delhi, 2010. 3. Simon Sweeney, “English for Business Communication”, Cambridge University Press, New Delhi, 2012.

15OH76 ENGLISH FOR COMPETITIVE EXAMINATIONS 3 0 0 3 READING COMPREHENSION: Focus on different levels of Comprehension- Literal, Inferential, Analytical and Critical reasoning (7) Identifying key words and signal words, decoding the building blocks of a passage, understanding jargons and double distractors (2)

LISTENING COMPREHENSION: Micro skills and Macro skills of Listening (4) Identifying tone and purpose, eliminating distracters in objective type questions (2) SPEAKING : Sub skills of speaking- Genre-specific oral communication (4) VERBAL ABILITY: Word formation and expansion, Selecting and ordering words - Identifying and correlating synonyms and antonyms - Collocations (5) Sentence Completion (5)

73

Verbal analogies (3) Spotting and correcting errors (4) WRITING : Mapping ideas, developing points and employing Variety in sentence types (3) Referencing, Ellipsis and substitution in writing – Skillful paragraphing (unity, coherence and cohesion) (3) Register and Tone in Critical, Analytical writing -Useful Language for describing graphs -Expressing strong opinions (3) Total L: 45 TEXTBOOK: Monograph prepared by the Faculty, Department of English, 2015

REFERENCES: 1. Kaplan, “GRE Complete 2016: The Ultimate in Comprehensive Self-Study for GRE” Kaplan Publishing, 2015. 2. Bruce Stirling, “Speaking and Writing Strategies for the TOEFL IBT”, Nova Press, 2009. 3. Lin Lougheed, “ Barron's IELTS: International English Language Testing System” , Barron's Educational Series, 2013. 4. Sujit Kumar, “Verbal Ability for the CAT” , Pearson Education India, South India, 2011.

15OH77 GERMAN LANGUAGE – INTERNATIONAL LEVEL A1.1

3 0 0 3

GUTEN TAG! - LEARNING: To greet, learn numbers till 20, practice telephone numbers & e mail address, learn alphabet, speak about countries & languages ; Vocabulary: related to the topic; Grammar: W – Questions, Verbs & Personal nouns I. (7.5)

FREUNDE, KOLLEGEN UND ICH - LEARNING: To speak about hobbies, jobs, learn numbers from 20; Vocabulary: related to the topic; Grammar: Articles, Verbs & Personal pronouns II, sein & haben verbs, ja/nein Frage, singular/plural. (7.5)

IN DER STADT – LEARNING: To know places, buildings, question, know transport systems, understand international words; Vocabulary: related to the topic; Grammar: Definite & indefinite articles, Negotiation, Imperative with Sie. (7.5)

GUTEN APPETIT! – LEARNING: To speak about food, shop, converse; Vocabulary: related to the topic; Grammar: Sentence position, Accusative, Accusative with verbs. (7.5)

TAG FΫR TAG – LEARNING: To learn time related expressions, speak about family, ask excuse, fix appointments on phone; Vocabulary: related to the topic; Grammar: Preposition – am, im, um, von…bis, Possessive articles, Modalverbs. (7.5)

ZEIT MIT FREUNDEN – LEARNING: To speak about birthdays, understand & write invitations, converse in the restaurant; Vocabulary: related to the topic; Grammar: Accusative personal pronouns and prepositions. (7.5)

Total L: 45 TEXTBOOK: 1. Stefanie Dengler, “Netzwerk A1.1”, Goyal Publishers & Distributors Pvt. Ltd., Delhi, 2015.

REFERENCES: 1. Johannes Gerbes, “Fit fϋrs Goethe-Zertifikat A1”, Goyal Publishers & Distributors Pvt. Ltd., Delhi, 2010. 2. Paul Rusch, “Einfach Grammatik”, Goyal Publishers & Distributors Pvt. Ltd., Delhi, 2012. 3. Hermann Funk, “studio d A1”, Goyal Publishers & Distributors Pvt. Ltd., Delhi, 2009.

15OH78 GERMAN LANGUAGE – INTERNATIONAL LEVEL A1.2

3 0 0 3

KONTAKTE - LEARNING: To arrange appointments, understand and give instructions, understand and reply letters, find information in the text, identify the situations and understand the conversation ; Vocabulary: related to the topic; Grammar: Dative Preposition & Article , Accusative Possessive Article. (7.5)

MEINE WOHNUNG - LEARNING: To understand the advertisements related to flats/ho uses, describe a flat, write a text about a flat; Vocabulary: related to the topic; Grammar: Adjective with sein ( sehr/zu), wechselpreposition with Dat. (7.5)

ALLES ARBEIT? – LEARNING: To describe daily routine, talk about the past, speake about jobs, position, advertisements, prepare telephone conversation; Vocabulary: related to the topic; Grammar: Conjunctions, Perfect tense ( regular & irregular verbs ). (7.5)

KLEIDUNG UND MODE – LEARNING: To speak about clothes, understand the conversation at shopping centers, about Berlin. Vocabulary: related to the topic; Grammar: Perfect tense (trennbare & nicht trennbare verbs), personal pronomen & verbs with Dat. (7.5)

74

GESUND UND MUNTER – LEARNING: To make personal statements, name body parts, understand sport activities, conversation with the doctor, get & give tips to healthy life, e mail writing; Vocabulary: related to the topic; Grammar: Imperative, Modalverbs. (7.5)

AB IN DEN URLAUB! – LEARNING: To suggest a city tour, describe the directions, write a postcard, describe the weather, make a complain in the hotel, speak about the trips, letter writing ; Vocabulary: related to the topic; Grammar: Adverbs (time). (7.5)

Total L : 45 TEXTBOOK: 1. Stefanie Dengler, “„Netzwerk A1.2”, Goyal Publishers & Distributors Pvt. Ltd., Delhi, 2015.

REFERENCES: 1. Johannes Gerbes,”„Fit fϋrs Goethe-Zertifikat A1”, Goyal Publishers & Distributors Pvt. Ltd., Delhi, 2010. 2. Paul Rusch, “Einfach Grammatik”, Goyal Publishers & Distributors Pvt. Ltd., Delhi, 2012. 3. Hermann Funk, “studio d A1”, Goyal Publishers & Distributors Pvt. Ltd., Delhi, 2009.

APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTATIONAL SCIENCES

15OH81 DATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS 2 2 0 3

INTRODUCTION: Data structures - Abstract Data Types - Basic data structures –Arrays, stacks, queues and linked lists-Operations and applications (5)

ALGORITHMS: Introduction-Analysis of algorithms - Best, worst and average case time complexities - notations. (2)

TREES: Terminologies – Binary tree- Sequential and linked representation -operations - Traversals - Expression trees - Infix, Postfix and Prefix expressions – Heaps- Max heap-Min heap. (4)

SORTING AND SEARCHING: Insertion sort, selection sort, heap sort, count sort and radix sort - searching, Linear Search. (4)

BINARY SEARCH TREES: Searching – Insertion and deletion of elements-Balanced BST- AVL trees-Definition – searching – insertion and deletion of elements, AVL rotations (4) MULTIWAY SEARCH TREES: Indexed Sequential Access – m-way search trees – B-Tree – searching, insertion and deletion. (3)

GRAPHS: Definition – representations (Adjacency matrix, packed adjacency list and linked adjacency list) – Graph search methods (Breadth first and depth first traversals) . (2)

DIVIDE AND CONQUER: Method – Merge sort, Quick sort, Binary Search. (3) GREEDY METHOD: Optimization problems – method – examples – Minimum cost spanning tree (Kruskal‟s and prim‟s algorithms), Knapsack problem (3) TUTORIAL PRACTICE: Implementation of the following problems: 1. Sparse and dense Matrix operations using arrays. 2. Linked Lists: Singly linked, Doubly linked and Circular lists. 3. Problems using Stacks. 4. Problems using Queues. 5. Binary trees 6. Problems related to sorting and searching algorithms. 7. Binary search tree 8. Minimum cost spanning tree Total L: 30+T:30 = 60 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Michael T. Goodrich, Roberto Tamassia and David Mount, “Data Structures and Algorithms in C++”, John Wiley, 2011. 2. Mark Allen Weiss, “Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C++”, Addison-Wesley, 2013.

REFERENCES: 1. Aaron M Tanenbaum, Moshe J Augenstein and Yedidyah Langsam, "Data structures using C and C++", Prentice Hall, New Delhi, 2005. 2. Robert L Kruse and Clovis L Tondo, “Data Structures and Program design in C”, Pearson Education, 2013. 3. SahniSartaj, "Data Structures, Algorithms and Applications in C++", Silicon Press, 2011.

75

15OH82 OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES 2 2 0 3

LINEAR PROGRAMMING: Graphical method for two dimensional problems – Central problems of Linear Programming – Definitions – Simplex Algorithm – Phase I and Phase II of Simplex Method. (8)

CONVEX OPTIMIZATION: Convex sets and cones- Convex functions- Convex optimization problems- linear and quadratic programs; second-order cone and semi-definite programs; quasi-convex optimization problems; vector and multi-criterion optimization. (5)

SIMPLEX MULTIPLIERS: Dual and Primal – Dual Simplex Method – Revised Simplex Method - Sensitivity Analysis – Transportation problem and its solution – Assignment problem and its solution by Hungarian method – Karmakar‟s method – Statement, Conversion of the Linear Programming problem into the required form, Algorithm. (7)

INTEGER PROGRAMMING: Gomory cutting plane methods for all integer and mixed integer programming problems - Branch and Bound method (Land – Dolg and Dakin algorithms) – Zero-One Implicit enumeration Algorithm. (5)

DYNAMIC PROGRAMMING: Principle of Optimality – Backward and forward induction methods- Calculus method of solution- Tabular method of solution – Shortest path network problems – Applications in production. (5)

TUTORIAL PRACTICE: 1. Solving inequalities using Simplex, Two-phase, Dual simplex methods, Revised simplex method. 2. Finding initial basic feasible solution using (i) North-West corner rule(ii) Matrix minimum and (iii) Vogel‟s approximation method and also perform optimalitytest using MODI method. 3. Solving Assignment problem using Hungarian method. 4. Gomory;s cutting plane methods for all IPP and mixed IPP. 5. Solving Dynamic Programming problems. 6. Critical path for the given PERT and CPM networks. Total L: 30+T:30 = 60 TEXT BOOK: 1. Hamdy A Taha, “Operations Research – An Introduction”, Prentice Hall, 2011. 2. Slephen Boyd and Lieven Vandenberghe “ Convex Optimization” Cambridge University Press, 2009.

REFERENCES: 1. Hillier F and Liberman G J, “Introduction to Operations Research”, McGraw Hill, 2014. 2. Kambo N S, “Mathematical Programming Techniques”, East-West Press, 2012. 3. Singiresu S Rao, “Engineering optimization theory and Practice”, John Wiley, 2014.

15OH83 DATA SCIENCE 2 2 0 3

INTRODUCTION TO DATA SCIENCE : Data wrangling, cleaning, and sampling to get a suitable data set - Mathematics for understanding the data – Descriptive statistics : Visualizing Data - Central Tendency –Variability –Standardizing -Normal Distribution -Sampling Distributions. (6)

DATA MANIPULATION AT SCALE: Parallel databases, parallel query processing, in-database analytics, MapReduce, Hadoop, Key-value stores and NoSQL; tradeoffs of SQL and NoSQL. (5)

DATA ANALYTICS USING STATISTICAL TECHNIQUES : Review of univariate regression, multiple regression - Linear regression and related methods - splines and regularization - Kernel methods - Generalized additive models - Kernel smoothing - Gaussian mixtures and EM algorithm - Geometry, subspaces, orthogonality, projections, normal equations, rank deficiency, estimable functions and Gauss-Markov theorem - Computation via QR decomposition, Gramm-Schmidt orthogonalization and the SVD - Multivariate normal distribution. (11)

COMMUNICATING RESULTS : Visualization - descriptive statistics and visualization, privacy, ethics – multivariate visualization.

(3) SPECIAL TOPICS : Graph Analytics: structure, traversals, analytics, PageRank, community detection, recursive queries, Semantic web. (3)

CASE STUDY: Community Detection – Collaborative Network – Opinion mining – Co-citation network (2)

TUTORIAL PRACTICE: 1. Introduction to R and problems using R. 2. Collect datasets from Kaggle and Data Analysis. 3. Implementation of various predictive models. 4. Generate the results using Confidence levels. 5. Implementation of SVD. Total L: 30+T:30 = 60 TEXT BOOK: 1. AnandRajaraman and Jeffrey David Ullman, “Mining of Massive Datasets”, Cambridge University Press, 2011. 2. Ravi Kannan and John Hopcroft, “Foundations of Data Science”, 2013.

76

REFERENCES: 1. Johannes Ledolter, „Data Mining and Business Analytics with R‟, John Wiley & Sons, 2013 2. Gareth James and Daniel Witten, Trevor Hastie, Robert Tibshirani, “An Introduction to Statistical Learning with Applications in R”, Springer, 2013. 3. Michael T. Longnecker, R. Lyman Ott,” An Introduction to Statistical Methods and Data Analysis”, Cengage Learning 2008. 4. T. Hastie, R. Tibshirani, and J. Friedman, “The elements of statistical learning: data mining, inference, and prediction”, Springer, 2009. 5. Matthew A. Russell,”Mining the Social Web: Analyzing Data from Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, and Other Social Media Sites”, O'Reilly Media, 2013. 6. Philipp K. Janert, “Data Analysis with Open Source Tools”, O'Reilly Media, 2010.

15OH84 DATA VISUALIZATION 2 2 0 3

INTRODUCTION: Information visualization – Theoretical foundations – Information visualization types – Design principles - A framework for producing data visualization (5)

STATIC DATA VISUALIZATION – tools – working with various data formats (3)

DYNAMIC DATA DISPLAYS: Introduction to web based visual displays – deep visualization – collecting sensor data – visualization – D3 framework - Introduction to Many eyes and bubble charts (6)

MAPS – Introduction to building choropleth maps (3)

TREES – Network visualizations – Displaying behavior through network graphs (6)

BIG DATA VISUALIZATION – Visualizations to present and explore big data – visualization of text data and Protein sequences (7) TUTORIAL PRACTICE: Note: Explore software like R, Python, Google Vision, Google Refine, and ManyEyes ; Data sets are available on Gap minder, Flowing data

1. Visualization of static data. 2. Visualization of web data. 3. Visualization of sensor data. 4. Visualization of protein data. Total L: 30 + T: 30 = 60

TEXT BOOK: 1. Ware C and Kaufman M,”Visual thinking for design”, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, 2008.

REFERENCES: 1. Chakrabarti, S, “Mining the web: Discovering knowledge from hypertext data “,Morgan Kaufman Publishers, 2003. 2. Fry,”Visualizing data”, Sebastopo”,O‟Reily, 2007.

15OH85 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE 2 2 0 3

INTRODUCTION: The foundations of AI - The History of AI- Intelligent agents- Agent based system. (2)

PROBLEM SOLVING: State Space models- Searching for solution- Uninformed/Blind search - Informed/ Heuristic search - A* search - Hill-climbing search- Genetic Algorithm– Markovian Decision Process (MDP) – Maximum value policies, Adversarial games– value/policy iteration – Minimax – Alpha-beta pruning – Temporal difference (TD) - Constraint satisfaction problem - factor graphs - Backtracking search. (8)

KNOWLEDGE REPRESENTATION AND REASONING: Knowledge representation - Logics – First order logic- Inference in first order logic – Higher order logic - Markov logic. (5)

UNCERTAIN KNOWLEDGE AND PROBABILISTIC REASONING: Uncertainty-Probabilistic reasoning - Semantics of Bayesian network -, Exact inference in Bayesian network- Approximate inference in Bayesian network- Direct sampling methods, Inference by Markov chain simulation - Probabilistic reasoning over time – Hidden Markov Models. (5)

DECISION-MAKING: basics of utility theory, sequential decision problems - decision network– policy -Decision process in infinite horizon: Optimal policy, Value iteration - policy iteration- Partially observable decision process – Decisions in Multi agent system: elementary game theory, (6)

LEARNING: Learning from observation - Knowledge in learning – Supervised Learning - Unsupervised and Reinforcement learning. (2)

ROBOTICS: Introduction. (2)

TUTORIAL PRACTICE: Lab assignments will be provided for all the topics given below. 1. A* algorithm for 8 –puzzle and Missionaries and Cannibals problem.

77

2. Hill climbing and genetic algorithm 3. Constraint satisfaction techniques, 4. Simple games – minimax and expectimax 5. Logic based exercises. 6. Implementing HMM models 7. Applications of sequential decision making and multi agent decision making 8. Implementing decision network and dynamic networks. Total L: 30+T: 30 = 60

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Stuart Russell and Peter Norvig, “Artificial Intelligence: A Modern Approach”, Pearson Education, 2014. 2. David Pool and Alan Mackworth, “Artificial Intelligence: Foundations of Computational agents”, Cambridge University,2011. 3. Daphne Koller and N Friedman, “Probabilistic Graphical Models - Principles and Techniques”, MIT, 2009. 4. Tsang and Edward, “Foundations of Constraint Satisfaction: The Classic Text”, BoD–Books on Demand, 2014.

REFERENCES: 1. Christopher M.Bishop, “Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning”, Springer, 2013. 2. Nils J. Nilsson, “The Quest for Artificial Intelligence: A History of Ideas and achievements”, Cambridge University Press, 2010.

15OH86 PERVASIVE COMPUTING 2 2 0 3

INTRODUCTION: Past, present, future; the pervasive computing market, m-Business, challenges and future of pervasive computing - modelling key for pervasive computing - pervasive system environment interaction - architectural design for pervasive system, application examples of pervasive computing: Healthcare, Tracking, emergency information systems, home networking appliances and entertainment. (4)

DEVICE TECHNOLOGY FOR PERVASIVE COMPUTING: Hardware,computing devices and their characteristics - pervasive information access devices-smart identification, smart card, labels, tokens - embedded controls, smart sensors, actuators -Human- machine interfaces, Biometrics - Various operating systems for pervasive devices. (4)

COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES FOR PERVASIVE COMPUTING: Connecting the world – WWAN, SRWC, DECT, Bluetooth, IrDA – mobile internet – internet protocols. Audio networks, data networks - wireless data networks - pervasive networks - service oriented networks - network design issues - Managing smart devices in virtual environments, human user-centered and physical environments - pervasive computing issues and outlook. (6)

APPROACHES FOR DEVELOPING PERVASIVE APPLICATIONS: Categorization - smart services for pervasive application development - developing mobile applications – presentation transcoding – device independent view component – heterogeneity of device platforms - Context Awareness and Mobility to build pervasive applications. (6)

CONTEXT AWARE SYSTEMS: Modelling - mobility awareness - spatial awareness - temporal awareness - ICT system awareness - Intelligent Systems - basic concepts- autonomous systems - reflective and self-aware systems - self management and autonomic computing - complex systems. (6)

LOCATION AWARE SYSTEMS: Basic concepts - location modelling - Introduction to location management – DNS Server, server process, client process – location update – location inquiry-location management cost – network topology – mobility pattern, memory less movement model, Markovian Model, Shortest distance model, Gauss-Markov model, Activity Based Model, Mobility Trace. (4)

TUTORIAL PRACTICE: 1. Create application with onClick, onKeyDown, onFocusChanged Event Handlers. 2. Create application with Toast Notifications. 3. Create application with Android's Advanced User Interface Functions. 4. Create Android Audio/Video Application. 5. Create application to Create, Modify and Query an SQLite Database. 6. Create application that Works with an Android Content Provider. 7. Create application that performs Data Storage and Retrieval from Android External Storage. 8. Create Location-Aware application that uses Proximity Alerts and Google Maps API. 9. Implementation of small packages to demonstrate all APIs. Note: All implementations using android. Total L: 30+T:30=60

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Stefan Poslad, “Ubiquitous Computing - Smart Devices, Environment and Interactions”, John Wiley, 2011. 2. Adelstein F and Gupta S K S, “Fundamentals of Mobile and Pervasive Computing”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2008.

REFERENCES: 1. Guruduth Banavar, Norman Cohen, Chandra Narayanaswami, “Pervasive Computing: An Application-Based Approach”, Wiley Inter Science, 2012. 2. Mohammed Ilyas and ImadMahgoub, “Mobile Computing Handbook”, Auerbach Publications, 2005. 3. Burkhardt, Henn, Hepper and Rintdorff, Schaeck. “Pervasive Computing”, Pearson Education, 2009. 4. AshokeTalukdar and RoopaYavagal, “Mobile Computing”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2010.

78

15OH87 PARALLEL AND DISTRIBUTED COMPUTING 2 2 0 3

INTRODUCTION: Concepts and Terminology – Generic Processor / ASIC Processor Architecture – Pipeline Architecture – Instruction Set Architecture - Types of Parallelism - Flynn's Classical Taxonomy – Terminology . (4)

PARALLEL COMPUTER MEMORY ARCHITECTURES: Shared Memory - Distributed Memory -Hybrid Distributed-Shared Memory Multiprocessors: Communication and Memory issues - Message Passing Architectures - Vector Processing and SIMD Architectures. (4)

PARALLEL PROGRAMMING MODELS: Overview -Shared Memory Model - Threads Model - Message Passing Model - Data Parallel Model - Other Models. (4)

DESIGNING PARALLEL PROGRAMS: Automatic vs. Manual Parallelization - Understand the Problem and the Program - Partitioning -Communications - Synchronization -Data Dependencies - Load Balancing -Granularity -I/O -Limits and Costs of Parallel Programming - Performance Analysis and Tuning - Parallel Examples -Array Processing - Compiler Transformation techniques for High performance computing: - Transformations for parallel Machines. (5)

PRAM ALGORITHMS& BSP: PRAM model of computation- Work-Time formalism and Brent‟s Theorem; algorithm design techniques-parallel prefix, pointer jumping, (3)

HIGH PERFORMANCE COMPUTING ARCHITECTURES - Latency Hiding Architectures -Multithreading Architectures -Dataflow Architectures. (3)

DISTRIBUTED COMPUTING: Introduction -- Definitions, motivation - Communication Mechanisms - Communication protocols,- RPC- RMI. HadoopArchitecture: History of HadoopHadoop Background-Architecture-Hadoop and RDBMS-Subprojects- Distributions-Documentation. Hadoop Distributed File System (HDFS): HDFS Clusters – NameNodes, Data Nodes & Clients. MapReduce:-Processing & Generating large data sets, Map functions, Programming MapReduce using SQL / Bash / Python, Parallel Processing, Failover. (7)

TUTORIAL PRACTICE: 1. Basic Master – Worker program and send messages. 2. Write a program to find the summation of largest number in a very larger array of integers. ( The contents of the array should be equally distributed to all processes ). 3. Write a parallel program in SPMD to calculate the PI value using integral approximation method. 4. Simple Matrix multiplication, Transpose, using parallel algorithm. 5. Select your own choice of very dense computational problem having divide and conquer method and implement it in parallel algorithm. And produce the performance chart with 2, 4, 6 and 8 nodes. 6. Hadoop setup – Map reduce – Programming models – Text mining. Total L:30+T:30=60

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Michael J Quinn, “ Parallel Computing : Theory And Practice”, Tata Mcgraw-Hill,2004. 2. Joel M.Crichlow,” Distributed And Parallel Computing” , Prentice Hall, 2007. 3. Andrew S. Tanenbaum and Maarten van Steen, “ Distributed Systems, Principles and Paradigm”, Prentice Hall, 2013. 4. Jason Sanders, Edward Kandrot, “CUDA by Example: An Introduction to General-Purpose GPU Programming”, Pearson Education, 2011.

REFERENCES: 1. Lynch N.N., “Distributed Algorithms”, Morgan Kaufmann, 2010. 2. Vijay K Garg, “Elements of Distributed Computing”, Wiley 2014. 3. Shane Cook, “CUDA Programming: A Developer's Guide to Parallel Computing with GPUs (Applications of GPU Computing)”, Elsevier, 2013. 4. Tom White, “Hadoop Definitive Guide”, O‟Reily, 2012. 5. Srinath Perera, Thilina Gunarathne, “Mapreduce Cook book”, Packy Publishing, 2013. 6. David F. Bacon, Susan L. Graham and Oliver J. Sharp, “Compiler Transformations for High Performance Computing”, Technical report, 1994.

15OH88 CYBER SECURITY 2 2 0 3

INTRODUCTION: Security Goals, Attacks, Services and Mechanisms – Techniques – Understanding Threats. (2)

CRYPTOGRAPHY: Basic encryption and decryption – Substitution, Transposition – AES- Public key cryptosystem: RSA cryptosystem –Data Integrity- Cryptography hash functions- Digital Signatures-Digital signature standard(DSS)- Authentication- Passwords- Biometrics-Interactive protocol- Key management – Diffie –Hellman Key exchange- Digital certificates. (8)

PROGRAM SECURITY: Secure Programs – Buffer overflows – Malware – viruses and other malicious code – Targeted Malicious code –Defense Mechanism. (6)

NETWORK SECURITY: Security at application layer: email security – SMIME- Security at transport layer: SSL protocol. Security at network layer: firewalls – intrusion detection system – IPsec (5)

79

WEB SECURITY: Overview, various types of web application vulnerabilities, Reconnaissance, Authentication, Authorization (Fuzzing and Privilege Escalation), Session Management, Cross Site Scripting (XSS),Cross Site Request Forgery (CSRF), SQL Injection and Blind SQL Injection. (5)

OS SECURITY: Memory and Address protection – Access Control –file protection mechanisms –User authentication –models of security –Trusted OS design. (4)

TUTORIAL PRACTICE: 1. Design of a Client server application for a basic cryptosystem. 2. Detection of a Buffer overflow attack. 3. Packet Sniffing using Wireshark Tool to perform the traffic analysis attack. 4. Key distribution using RSA (KDC) – Key hacking. 5. Key exchange using Diffie- Hellman technique – MITM attack. 6. Password authentication. 7. Transaction security using SQL Injection attacks. 8. Port scanning tools. 9. Performing attacks and testing with attack tools. 10. Security testing for Web applications. Total L:30+TP:30 = 60

TEXT BOOKS: 1. James Graham, Richard Howard and Ryan Olson, “Cyber Security Essentials”, CRC Press, USA, 2011 2. Behrouz A Forouzan, Debdeep Mukhopadhyay, “Cryptography and Network Security”, Tata Mc-Graw Hill, 2010.

REFERENCES: 1. William Stallings, “Cryptography and Network Security”, Prentice Hall, 2006. 2. Roberta Bragg, Mark Rhodes, Keith Strass Berg J, “Network Security- The Complete Reference”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2006. 3. Brian Sullivan, Vincent Liu, “Web Application security: A beginners guide, Tata McGraw Hill, 2012. 4. Charles P Fleeger, Shari Lawrence P Fleeger, “Security in Computing”, Pearson Education, 2004.

15OH89 RANDOMIZED ALGORITHMS 2 2 0 3

INTRODUCTION: Randomized algorithms, randomized quick sort, Karger‟s min-cut algorithm Las Vegas and Monte Carlo algorithms, computational models and complexity classes. (4)

MOMENT, DEVIATION AND TAIL INEQUALITIES: Occupancy problem, Markov and Chebyshev inequalities- randomized selection- coupon collector‟s problem, the Chernoff bound- routing in a parallel computer- a wiring problem. (4)

PROBABILISTIC METHODS: Overview of the method – maximum satisfiability - finding a large cut, Expander graphs. (4) MARKOV CHAINS AND RANDOMWALKS: Markov chains, Random walk on graphs - connectivity in undirected graphs – Expanders and rapidly mixing random walks. (4)

DATA STRUCTURES AND GRAPH ALGORITHMS: Random Treaps, hashing – hash tables – perfect hashing, skip lists - Fast min-cut. (4)

ONLINE ALGORITHMS: Paging problem-adversary models- paging against an oblivious adversary-relating the adversaries-the adaptive online adversary, k-server problem. (4)

PARALLEL AND DISTRIBUTED ALGORITHMS: Sorting on a PRAM – Maximal Independent sets. (3)

DERANDOMIZATION: The method of Conditional Probabilities – Derandomizing max-cut algorithm – Constructing pairwise independent values modulo a prime - Pairwise independent – large cut. (3)

TUTORIAL PRACTICE: 1. Implementation of randomized quick sort and solve real time problems using it. 2. Find solution for s-t min-cut problem adapting min cut algorithm. 3. Implementation of randomized selection and problems related to it. 4. Implementation of treap data structure. 5. Problems using randomized hash table. 6. Implement the shortest path and fast min-cut algorithms. 7. Implementation of randomized primality testing. Total L: 30+TP:30 = 60

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Motwani R and Raghavan P “Randomized Algorithms”, Cambridge University Press, 2010. 2. Michael Mitzenmacher and Eli Upfal, “Probability & Computing: Randomized Algorithms and Probabilistic Analysis”, Cambridge University Press, 2009.

REFERENCES: 1. Thomas H Cormen, Charles E Leiserson and Ronald L Rivest, “Introduction toAlgorithms”, MIT Press, 2009. 2. Jon Kleinberg and Eve Tardos, “Algorithm Design”, Pearson Education, 2012.

80

15OH90 APPROXIMATION ALGORITHMS 2 2 0 3

INTRODUCTION: Definition-performance ratios, vertex-cover problem. (3)

COMBINATORIAL ALGORITHMS: lower bounding techniques and Metric TSP, multiway cut problem, the minimum k-cut problem, FPTAS for knapsack, greedy algorithms for Makespan-PTAS for minimum Makespan, Euclidean TSP. (7)

LINEAR PROGRAMMING RELAXATIONS: LP-duality, min-max relations and LP-duality, rounding applied to vertex cover-simple rounding algorithm-randomized rounding, primal dual method and vertex cover. (5)

CUTS, METRICAL RELAXATIONS AND EMBEDDINGS: multiway cut, sum multi-commodity flow, some applications of multicut, rounding for Sparsest Cut via L1 Embeddings. (5)

SEMIDEFINITE PROGRAMMING: Strict quadratic programs and vector programs, properties of positive semidefinite matrices, the semidefinite programming problem, randomized rounding algorithm, improving the guarantee for MAX-2SAT. (5)

HARDNESS OF APPROXIMATION: reduction, graphs, and hardness factors, the PCP theorem, hardness of MAX-3SAT. (5)

TUTORIAL PRACTICE: 1. Implementation of vertex-cover algorithm. 2. Implementation of Greedy algorithm for makespan. 3. Problems related to Euclidean TSP. 4. Implementation of different algorithms with rounding. 5. Implementation of applications of multicut. Total L:30+T:30 = 60 TEXT BOOKS: 1. David P. Williamson, David B. Shmoys, “the design of approximation algorithms”, Cambridge university press, 2011 2. Vijay V. Vazirani, “Approximation Algorithms”, Springer Verlag, 2003.

REFERENCES: 1. Thomas H Cormen, Charles E Leiserson and Ronald L Rivest, “Introduction to Algorithms”, MIT Press, 2009. 2. Anany Levitin, “Introduction to design and analysis of algorithm”, Pearson Education, 2011.

15OH91 NETWORK SCIENCE 2 2 0 3 INTRODUCTION: Basics of networks and graphs, random network model - degree distribution, evolution, small world property, six degrees of separation, Watts-Strogatz model, local clustering coefficient, random networks and network science. (6)

BARABÁSI-ALBERT MODEL: Growth and preferential attachment, Barabási-Albert model, degree dynamics, degree distribution, diameter and the clustering coefficient, preferential attachment - absence of growth, measure, non-linearity, the origins. (6)

SCALE-FREE PROPERTY: Power laws and scale-free networks, Hubs, Universality, Ultra-small property, role of the degree exponent, Generating networks with a pre-defined degree distribution. (6)

EVOLVING NETWORKS: Bianconi-Barabási model, measuring fitness, Bose-Einstein condensation, evolving networks. (5)

DEGREE CORRELATIONS: Assortativity and disassortativity, Measuring degree correlations, Structural cutoffs, Degree correlations in real networks, Generating correlated networks, impact of degree correlations. (7)

TUTORIAL PRACTICE: 1. Implementation of Barabási-Albert model. 2. Implementation of Watts-Strogatz model. 3. Implementation of Bianconi-Barabási model. 4. Obtaining Degree correlations in real networks. 5. Case studies of the theory concepts on real networks. Total L:30+T:30 = 60

TEXT BOOK: 1. Ted G. Lewis, “Network Science: Theory and Practice”, Wiley, 2013.

REFERENCES: 1. Estrada, E., Fox, M., Higham, D.J. and Oppo, G.L., “Network Science - Complexity in Nature and Technology”, Springer, 2010. 2. Laszlo Barabasi, Network Science, http://barabasilab.neu.edu/networksciencebook/downlPDF.html

15OH92 APPLIED STOCHASTIC PROCESSES 2 2 0 3

STOCHASTIC PROCESSES: Introduction – Classification of Stochastic Processes – Markov Chain (2)

81

DISCRETE TIME MARKOV CHAINS: Introduction -Transition Probability Matrices – Chapman Kolmogorov Equations - Classification of States – Transient Distributions –Limiting Behaviour – Cost Models – First Passage times – Markov Decision process. (7)

RANDOM WALK MODELS: Symmetric random walk – Random walk on graphs – Gambler‟s Ruin model (3)

CONTINUOUS TIME MARKOV CHAINS: Introduction – Poisson Process - Birth and Death Processes – Kolmogorov Differential Equations – Pure Birth Process - Pure Death Process – Applications (8)

GENERALIZED MARKOV MODELS: Introduction – Distribution - Renewal Theorems - Residual and Excess Life Times -Alternating Renewal Process - Renewal Reward Processes – Semi Markov Process (5) GENERAL QUEUEING MODELS: Single and Multi server Poisson Queues - Single Server Queue with Poisson input and general service– General input and exponential service Queueing models. (5)

TUTORIALS PRACTICE: 1. Case Study for Markov Chain: Passport Credit Card Company, Manufacturing, Telecommunication 2. Case Study for generalized Markov Process: Healthy Heart Coronary Care Facility 3. Modeling Network Protocols using Queueing Models 4. Performance Evaluation of Communication Systems 5. Page Ranking Algorithms

Total L: 30+T: 30= 60 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Kulkarni, V.G., “Introduction to Modeling and Analysis of Stochastic Systems”, Springer, 2011. 2. Sheldon M. Ross, “Introduction to Probability Models”, Academic Press, 2014.

REFERENCES: 1. Roy D.Yates and David J. Goodman, “Probability and Stochastic Processes – A friendly Introduction for Electrical and Computer Engineers”, John Wiley & Sons, 2014. 2. SaeedGhahramani, “Fundamentals of Probability with Stochastic Processes”, Pearson, 2014. 3. Dimitri Bertsekas, Robert Gallager, “Data Networks”, Pearson , 2003. 4. Samuel Karlin Howard E.Taylor, “A First course in Stochastic Processes”, Academic Press, 2011. 5. Gross.D and Harris C.M, “Fundamentals of Queueing theory”, John Wiley & Sons, 2013.

15OH93 MODELLING AND SIMULATION

2 2 0 3 PRINCIPLE OF COMPUTER MODELLING AND SIMULATION: Monte Carlo simulation. Nature of computer modeling and simulation.Limitations of simulation, areas of application. (3)

SYSTEM AND ENVIRONMENT:Components of a system - discrete and continuous systems. Models of a system - A variety of modelling approaches. (3)

DATA-DRIVEN MODELS: Empirical Models-Introduction - Linear Empirical Model- Predictions-Linear Regression - Nonlinear One- Term Model - Multiterm Models - Advanced Fitting with Computational Tools (3)

RANDOM VARIABLE GENERATION: Inverse transform technique - Exponential distribution - Uniform distribution - Weibull distribution. Empirical continuous distribution - generating approximate normal variates - Erlang distribution. Empirical Discrete distribution - Discrete Uniform distribution - Poisson distribution - Geometric distribution - Acceptance - Rejection technique for Poisson distribution - Gamma distribution. (4)

DESIGN AND EVALUATION OF SIMULATION EXPERIMENTS: Input - Output analysis - variance reduction techniques - Antithetic variables - verification and validation of simulation models. (4)

DISCRETE EVENT SIMULATION: Concepts in discrete-event simulation, manual simulation using event scheduling, single channel queue, two server queue, simulation of inventory problem. (5)

SIMULATION LANGUAGES - GPSS - SIMSCRIPT - SIMULA - SIMPLE_1, Programming for Discrete event systems in GPSS, SIMPLE_1 and C. (4)

CASE STUDIES: Simulation of LAN - Manufacturing system - Hospital system. (4)

TUTORIAL PRACTICE: 1. Implement variance reduction. 2. Implement event scheduling. 3. Simulate inventory problem. 4. Simulate a manufacturing system. Total L: 30+T: 30=60 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Jerry Banks and John S. Carson, "Discrete Event System Simulation", Prentice Hall, 2013. 2. AngelaB.Shiflet andGeorge W. Shiflet, “ Introduction to Computational Science: Modeling and Simulation for theSciences”, Princeton University Press, 2014

82

REFERENCES: 1. Mohsen Guizani, Ammar Rayes, Bilal Khan, Ala Al-Fugaha, “Network Modelling and Simulation A Practical Perspective”, John Wiley, 2010. 2. Averil M Law , "Simulation Modelling and Analysis", Tata McGraw Hill,2014.

15OH94 GRAPH ALGORITHMS 2 2 0 3

INTRODUCTION: Graphs, subgraphs, matrix representations, degree sequence, connected graphs, vertex and edge connectivity, distance in graphs, weighted graphs, graph classes, interval graphs, clique, independent set, vertex cover. Trees – characterizations, rooted, unrooted, spanning tree, matrix tree theorem, Cayley‟s formula. Graph operations – union, intersection, product. Digraphs – connectivity, tournament, transitive closure, topological order. Algorithms – time and space complexities. (4)

PATH AND TREE ALGORITHMS: Shortest path problem, Dijkstra‟s algorithm, Floyd‟s algorithm for all pair shortest path, Bellman- Ford-Moore shortest path algorithm for graphs with negative length edges. Minimum weight spanning tree – fundamental cycles, cotrees and bonds, Prim‟s and Kruskals‟s algorithms, Cheriton-Tarjan algorithm. Depth-first and breadth-first algorithms for finding blocks. (4)

MATCHING: Maximum and perfect matchings, augmenting path, Berge‟s, Konig‟s and Tutte‟s theorems, Hall‟s theorem, Hungarian algorithm, Edmond-Blossom algorithm. Kuhn-Munker‟s algorithm for optimal assignment. (4)

NETWORK FLOW: Maximum flow in a network, minimum cut, Ford-Fulkerson algorithm, Max-flow min-cut theorem. Similarity between matching and flow theories. (3)

EULERIAN AND HAMILTONIAN GRAPHS: Eulerian trails and tours. Optimal Chinese Postman Tour – Edmond‟s and Johnson algorithm, Eulerian trail - Fleury‟s algorithm. Hamiltonian cycles – Ore‟s and Dirac‟s conditions. Gray codes, Traveling Salesman problem – Christofide‟s algorithm. (5)

VERTEX COLORING: Vertex coloring and bounds. Sequential coloring, largest degree first algorithms. Maximum clique and vertex coloring. Mycielski‟s construction for large chromatic number. (3)

GRAPH ISOMORPHISM: Isomorphism, subgraph isomorphism, László Babai‟s quasi-polynomial time solution for graph isomorphism problem. (4)

PLANAR GRAPHS: Euler‟s formula, dual graph, Kuratowski‟s theorem, 4-color problem, Wagner‟s theorem. Planarity testing – Hopcraft-Tarjan algorithm. (3)

TUTORIAL PRACTICE: 1. VLSI Physical design – maximum Independent set, maximum clique and minimum coloring for interval graphs, Steiner minimum tree in routing. 2. Isomorphism/subgraph isomorphism problem in Data mining - common subgraph pattern in networks, chemical compound within a chemical database. 3. Link verification using Eulerian trails. 4. Network flow – finding maximum flow in network 5. Register allocation, frequency assignment using vertex coloring 6. Traveling salesman problem using Hamiltonian concept 7. Planar graph embedding 8. Solving optimal assignment problem Total L: 30+T: 30=60 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Willian Kocay, Donald L. Kreher, Graphs, Algorithms, and Optimization, CRC Press, 2013. 2. Jonathan Gross and Jay Yellen, Graph Theory and its Applications, CRC Press, 2006.

REFERENCES: 1. Douglas B West, Introduction to Graph Theory, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., 2012. 2. Naveed Sherwani, Algorithms for VLSI Physical Design Automation, Springer, 2013. 3. Bang-Jensen, Jørgen, Gutin, Gregory Z., Diagraphs: Theory, Algorithms and Applications, Springer-Verlag, 2010.

83

OPEN ELECTIVES OFFERED BY ENGINEERING DEPARTMENTS

DEPARTMENT OF AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING

15AH02 OFF HIGHWAY VEHICLES 3 0 0 3

TRACTORS: General description, specification and functions, light, medium and heavy duty wheeled tractors, crawler tractors. Bull dozers, tilt dozers and angle dozers, front end loaders, factors affecting efficiency of output of tractors, simple problems, merits and demerits. (4)

CRANES AND EXCAVATORS: General description, specifications and functions, of cranes, mobile cranes with strut and cantilever type jibs, tractor towed and tractor mounted cranes. General description, specification and functions of excavators classification based on attachments, face shovel, drag shovel, hoe, drag-line and grab or clam shell, advantages and limitations. (10)

GRADERS: Description, specification of tractor towed graders and motor graders, classification and functions of graders, functional details of spreading, mixing, ditching, bank sloping, snow removal, stripping, scarifying, and finishing, elementary details of transmission system (coupling, clutches, gear box, driving axles, propeller shafts), running gear and operating equipment air braking system; hydraulic system and its components, merits and limitations of graders. (8)

HAULAGE VEHICLES AND LIFT TRUCKS: General description, specification and functions, self-propelled and tractor towed haulage vehicles, dumpers – front tipping; trucks – rear tipping, tractor towed semi-trailers and trailers (rear and side tipping, bottom dumping). General description, specification and functions, fork lift trucks, alternative front end equipment (attachments) – Jib arm, shovel bucket, squeeze clamp, boom, fork extensions, barrel forks. Scissors lift trucks - Applications in industry, advantages and disadvantages. (7)

ROOTERS, SCARIFIERS AND SCRAPERS: General description, specification and functions, tractor towed rooters and scarifiers - Heavy duty, light duty. General description, specification and functions, tractor towed and motorized scrapers, scraper work in cutting, cambering, side hill cutting, spreading on embankments, compaction of fill merits and demerits. (8)

COMPACTION VEHICLES AND OTHER SPECIAL PURPOSE VEHICLES: General description, specification and functions, smooth wheeled rollers, pneumatic tired rollers, agricultural Rollers, sheep‟s foot rollers, vibrating compactors. General description, specification and functions, Ambulance, oil tankers, surveillance vehicle, television recording mobile unit, reefer vehicle, double decker bus, vestibule bus, fire fighting vehicle. (8)

Total L: 45

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Peurifoy R.L “Construction planning, equipment and methods”, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company, New Delhi, 2002. 2. Ian Graham, “Off-Road vehicles”, Heinemann Library, 2008

REFERENCES: 1. Wong J, “Terramechanics and Off-Road Vehicle Engineering”, Butterworth-Heinemann, 2009 2. RoviraMás, Francisco, Zhang, Qin, Hansen, Alan C, “Mechatronics and Intelligent Systems for Off-road Vehicles”, Springer, 2011 3. Roninson E.G, “Motor Graders”, MIR Publications, Moscow, 1985. 4. Rodhiev and Rodhiev, “Tractors and Automobiles”, MIR Publishers, Moscow, 1984.

DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

15MH03 INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING AND MANAGEMENT 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION : Principles of management - Definition and Significance of Management, Basic Functions of Management – Planning, Organizing, Staffing, Directing and Controlling. Social Responsibility of Engineers. (5)

ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR: Significance of OB, HR - Importance, Objectives and Functions, Job Analysis and Recruitment, Selection and Placement, (6)

HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT: Training and Development – Forms of Business organization. Objectives of job evaluation, Methods of job evaluation, Characteristics of a good wage and incentive systems, Methods of wage payments. Labour welfare schemes - Factories Act 1948. (7)

METHOD STUDY: Evolution of Industrial Engineering, Productivity definition, means of increasing productivity, Productivity and work study. work study - Definition, aims, procedure for method study, selection of jobs, recording techniques, micro motion study, therbligs, cyclograph and chronocycle graph, principles of motion economy, design of work place layout, analysis in the form of chart, operation chart, flow process chart, flow diagram, string diagram, man machine chart, two handed chart, SIMO chart (8)

84

TIME STUDY : Time study equipment, performance rating, allowances, number of cycles to be studied, determination of standard time. Work place design - Ergonomics. (5)

LAYOUT DESIGN: Manufacturing facility layouts – product, process, fixed position and cellular layouts. Group technology- Introduction, part classification and coding, assigning machines to groups- binary ordering algorithm. (7)

DESIGN OF AUTOMATED ASSEMBLY LINES: Assembly lines, Approaches to line balancing – largest candidate rule, Kilbridge and wester method, Ranked positional weight heuristic , COMSOAL. (7)

Total: L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. ILO, “Introduction to work study”, Universal Publishing Corporation, Bombay, 1986. 2. Harold Koontz, Heinz Weihrich and Ramachandra Aryasri, “Principles of Management” - Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi,2004.

REFERENCES: 1. Ronald G Askin, “Modeling and Analysis of Manufacturing Systems”, John Wiley and Sons, Inc, 1993. 2. Mundel, “Motion and Time Study”, Prentice Hall of India, 1995. 3. Ralph M. Barnes, “Motion and Time study”, John Wiley and sons, 1990. 4. Chandler Allen Phillips, “Human Factors Engineering”, John Wiley and Sons, New York, 2000

15MH05 SIX SIGMA PROJECT METHODOLOGY 3 0 0 3 INTRODUCTION: Overview , six sigma defined – background, Methodology: DMAIC, DMADV phases, common terms, transactional vs. Manufacturing six sigma projects, Five laws of lean-six sigma. (6)

PREPARATION PHASE: Assessing organizational readiness – Pre-requisites for Six sigma implementation, internal communication strategy and tactics, Formal launch, organizational structure, six sigma training plan, team stages, characteristics of effective teams. (6) DEFINE PHASE: Project selection, voice of the customer, CTQ – high level process map – Cost of quality – Cost of poor quality – Sigma level calculation - Project charter. (8)

MEASURE AND ANALYSE PHASES: Overview – types of measures – introduction to statistical methods – data collection and analysis using 7QC tools – Introduction to other measure tools QFD– measurement system analysis – process capability analysis. Analyze phase – overview – Selection and application of hypothesis testing (12)

IMPROVE PHASE: Overview – Creativity techniques - Brainstorming - generation & selection of improvement alternatives – TRIZ – PUGH Matrix. Introduction to failure mode and effects analysis - ROI analysis. – Process redesign principles (8) CONTROL PHASE: Control phase overview – selection of control charts – Visual controls - control plan. Challenges in Six sigma Implementation, Common Pitfalls. (5) Total: L: 45 TEXT BOOK: 1. Betsiharris Ehrlich, “Transactional Six Sigma and Lean Servicing”, St. Lucia Press, 2002. 2. Donald W Benbow and Kubiak T M, “Certified Six Sigma Black Belt Handbook”, Pearson Education, 2007.

REFERENCES: 1. Jay Arthur, “Lean Six Sigma – Demystified”, Tata McGraw Hill Companies Inc, 2007. 2. James Evans and William Lindsay, “An Introduction to Six Sigma and Process Improvement”, South-Western College, 2014 3. Paul Keller, “Six Sigma Demystified”, McGraw-Hill Education, 2011. 4. Howard S. Gitlow, Richard Melnyck and David M. Levine “A Guide to Six Sigma and Process Improvement for Practitioners and Students”, Pearson FT Press, 2015.

DEPARTMENT OF PRODUCTION ENGINEERING

15PH08 FOUNDATION SKILLS IN INTEGRATED PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT 3 0 0 3

FUNDAMENTALS OF PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT: Global Trends Analysis and Product decision - Social Trends - Technical Trends- Economical Trends - Environmental Trends - Political/Policy Trends - Introduction to Product Development Methodologies and Management - Overview of Products and Services - Types of Product Development - Overview of Product Development methodologies - Product Life Cycle - Product Development Planning and Management. (9)

REQUIREMENTS AND SYSTEM DESIGN: Requirement Engineering - Types of Requirements - Requirement Engineering - Traceability Matrix and Analysis - Requirement Management - System Design & Modeling - Introduction to System Modeling - System Optimization - System Specification - Sub-System Design - Interface Design (9)

DESIGN AND TESTING: Conceptualization - Industrial Design and User Interface Design - Introduction to Concept generation Techniques – Challenges in Integration of Engineering Disciplines - Concept Screening & Evaluation - Detailed Design - Component Design and Verification – Mechanical, Electronics and Software Subsystems - High Level Design/Low Level Design of S/W Program - Types of Prototypes, S/W Testing - Hardware Schematic, Component design, Layout and Hardware Testing – Prototyping - Introduction to Rapid Prototyping and Rapid Manufacturing - System Integration, Testing, Certification and Documentation. (9)

SUSTENANCE ENGINEERING AND END-OF-LIFE (EOL) SUPPORT: Introduction to Product verification processes and stages - Introduction to Product validation processes and stages - Product Testing standards and Certification - Product Documentation -

85

Sustenance - Maintenance and Repair – Enhancements - Product EoL - Obsolescence Management - Configuration Management - EoL Disposal (9)

BUSINESS DYNAMICS – ENGINEERING SERVICES INDUSTRY: The Industry - Engineering Services Industry - Product development in Industry versus Academia - The IPD Essentials - Introduction to vertical specific product development processes - Manufacturing/Purchase and Assembly of Systems - Integration of Mechanical, Embedded and S/W systems – Product development Trade-offs - Intellectual Property Rights and Confidentiality - Security and configuration management. (9)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Karl T Ulrich and Stephen D Eppinger, “Product Design and Development”, Tata McGraw Hill, Fifth Edition, New Delhi, 2011. 2. John W Newstorm and Keith Davis, "Organizational Behavior", Tata McGraw Hill, Eleventh Edition, New Delhi, 2005.

REFERENCES: 1. Book specially prepared by NASSCOM as per the MoU. 2. Peter F Drucker, “People and Performance”, Butterworth – Heinemann [Elsevier], Oxford, UK, 2004. 3. Vinod Kumar Garg and Venkitakrishnan N K, “Enterprise Resource Planning – Concepts and Practice”, Prentice Hall India, New Delhi, 2003. 4. Mark S Sanders and Ernest J McCormick, “Human Factors in Engineering and Design”, McGraw Hill Education, Seventh Edition, New Delhi, 2013.

PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES (Six courses to be opted)

FIBRES

15T001 HIGH PERFORMANCE FIBRES 3 0 0 3 INTRODUCTION: Classification, Growth Patterns - Major attributes and advantages, Product development areas.ARAMIDS & CO POLYESTERS: Fibres formation – Fibre & structure properties, performance and applications- Bullet proof vest and cut resistant gloves (8)

POLY ETHELENE FIBRES: Types - UHMWPE, HDPE, Manufacturing process and properties, UHMWPE products in marine application. POLYURETHANE ELASTOMERIC FIBRES: Manufacturing Processes, Fibre Properties, Application and future trends. (8) CARBON AND GRAPHITE: Classification and Types, manufacturing Processes from Polyacrylonitride (PAN) and Rayon structured pitch based fibres, properties, Carbon reinforced composites in automotive industry. (8)

GLASS FIBRES: Types and Composition, Manufactures Processes, Fibre structures and Properties. Application of glass wool in sound and thermal insulation. OPTICAL FIBRES: Light Propagation. Silica Fibres- Fibre manufacture and Application (8)

CERAMIC FIBRES: Classification and fibre formation, composition, structure and properties. Applications of ceramic fibers in coated abrasives and thermal protection systems in rocket exhaust cones. (8)

SPECIALITY FIBRES: Speciality fibres - hollow and profile fibres; blended and bi-component fibres; super absorbent fibres; film fibers. (5) Total L : 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Mukhopadhyay S K, “High Performance fibres”, Textile Progress Vol.25, Textile Institute, UK, 1993. 2. Hearle JWS, “High Performance Fibers”, Textile Institute, CRC Press, London 2001 REFERENCES: 1. Menachan Lewis & Jack Preston,” High Technology Fibres”, Part A,B, C& D, Merceb Dekkar Inc,New york 1993. 2. Nakajima T, “Advanced fiber spinning Technology”, Woodhead Publishing, UK, 1996. 3. Robert R Mather, Roger H Wardman The Chemistry of Textile Fibres, Second Edition, Royal Society of Chemistry, UK, 2015 4. Mishra S P., “A Text Book of Fibre Science and Technology,” New Age International (P) Ltd., New Delhi, 2000.

15T002 ADVANCES IN MANUFACTURED FIBRES 3 0 0 3

STRUCTURE FORMATION IN HIGH SPEED SPINNING: High speed spinning operations – applications of HSS - High Speed Solution spinning- Spinning Technology of Acrylic Filaments – Bemberg rayon- spandex fibres (7)

SPINNING OF ANISOTROPIC POLYMERS: Anisotropic – Lyotropic – thermotropic polymers – spinning technique - Spinning of liquid crystal polymers – heat treatment – fibre formation and structure (8)

SPINNING OF POLYBLEND FIBRES: Compatibility – formation of polyblend fibres-properties and application - Spinning of bio degradable polymers – water soluble and water insoluble polymers – manufacture and application. (7)

SPINNING OF ULTRAFINE FIBRES: Product and processes – continuous filament type and random type spinning - Gel spinning – ultra high strength polyethylene fibre- other flexible polymers - Spinning of optical fibres- Structure and material – spinning and manufacturing technique- other manufacturing processes. (8)

86

SPINNING FOR NON- WOVENS: Spun bonded process – melt blown process - Highly aesthetic fibres – evolution – specialized non circular cross section - blending – mixed and conjugate spinning- super fine fibres – funny fibre. (7)

NANOFIBRE PRODUCTION: Principle of electrospinning. Electrospinning of nanofibres – conditions, structure formation, properties, effect of process parameters upon fibre formation. Methods to produce continuous filaments. Electrospinning of polyamides and polyesters. (8)

Total L : 45 REFERENCES: 1. Nakajima T and Kajiwara , “Advanced Fibre Spinning Technology”, Woodhead Publishing Ltd, UK,1999. 2. Saymor and Poster, “Man Made Fibres- their Origin and Development”, Elsevier Science Publishing Ltd,London, 1993. 3. Menachem Lewin and Jack Preston, “High Technology Fibres”, Parts A, B and C, Marcel Dekkar Inc,USA,1993. 4. Ziabicki and Kawai, “High Speed Fibre Spinning – Science and Engineering Aspects”, John Wiley & Sons Publication,Newyork, 1995. 5. Robert R Mather, Roger H Wardman, “The Chemistry of Textile Fibres”, Royal Society of Chemistry, UK, 2011.

15T003 ANALYTICAL CHARACTERIZATION OF TEXTILES 3 0 0 3 MOLECULAR CHARACTERIZATION: Molecular weight averages, Determination of molecular weight: primary methods – end group analysis, osmometry, light scattering. Secondary methods – viscometry, gel permeation chromatography. (7)

FINE STRUCTURE ANALYSIS- Orientation techniques – optical birefringence, dialectic anisotropy, dichroism, X-ray diffraction, density gradient measurement, Small angle x-ray scattering. (8)

MORPHOLOGY CHARACTERIZATION: Microscopy analysis – Scanning electron microscopy, Transmission electron microscopy, Atomic Force Microscopy and Scanning Tunneling Microscope. (8) SPECTROSCOPY ANALYSIS – Infrared, NMR, UV-visible, mass and Raman Spectroscopy techniques. (7)

THERMAL CHARACTERIZATION: Characterization of glass transition, crystallization, melting and decomposition temperatures. Themoanalytical techniques: Differential scanning calorimeter, Differential thermal analysis, Thermogravimetry, Thermo-mechanical analysis, Dynamic mechanical tests. (8)

PHYSICAL CHARACTERIZATION: Fibre fineness, friction, crimp, spin finish content, viscosity, dye uniformity, bulkiness measurements. (7)

Total L: 45

TEXT BOOKS: 1.Raheel M, “Modern Textile Characterization Methods”, Marcel Dekker Inc, New York, 1996. 2.Gupta V B and Kothari V K, “Manufactured Fibre Technology”, Chapman & Hall Pub., England, 1997.

REFERENCES: 1. Mukhopadhyay S K, “Advances in Fibre Science”, The Textile Institute, Manchester, 1992. 2. Billmeyer F W, “Textbook of Polymer Science”, Wiley Inter Science, New York, 2002.

YARN AND FABRIC ENGINEERING

15T004 LONG STAPLE SPINNING 3 0 0 3

LONG STAPLE FIBRES: Introduction – varieties - fibre extraction - grading. Physical and Chemical properties. Processing. (8) WOOL: Woollen and Worsted spinning. Objectives - Preparation - Blending - Opening machineries - Carding – Drawing – Combing - Spnning – Doubling – Twisting - Yarn packing. (7)

OTHER HAIR FIBRES: Camel hair, Llama hair, Alpaca hair, Angoara, Mohair, Cashmere wool, Goat hair, minor hair fibres. Properties. Production processes. (8)

BAST FIBRES: Jute, Flax , Hemp and Banana fibres – Preparation – Batching - Carding – Drawing - Roving- Spinning – Reeling – Bundling. (7)

LEAF FIBRES: Sisal, Pineapple - Fibre exraction- Preparation - Spinning - Bundling. Applications (8)

FRUIT FIBRES: Coir - Fibre exraction- Preparation - Spinning - Bundling.Applications (7)

Total L : 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Corbman B P, "Textiles: Fibre to fabric", McGraw Hill Int. Edn. London, 1983. 2. Richards RTD and Sykes A B,” Woollen Yarn Manufacture”, The Textile Institute, Manchester 1994.

87

REFERENCES: 1. Chernysheva N, “Wool Spinning” Vol 1&2 , Mir Publishers , Moscow, 1983. 2. Stout H P, “Fibre and Yarn Quality in Jute Spinning”, The Textile Institute, Manchester, 1988. 3. Sharp P, “Flax, Tow and Jute Spinning”, Abhishek Publications, Chandigarh, 1998. 4. Nandam MJ, Ahirwar R S, Navin Chand, Ramakrishnan N, “Sisal Fibre Technologies”, Allied Publishers Pvt Ltd, Newdelhi, 2008.

15T005 STRUCTURAL MECHANICS OF TEXTILE MATERIALS 3 0 0 3

GEOMETRY OF TWISTED YARNS: Idealized helical yarn structure; yarn count and twist factor, twist contraction; Limits of twist. Idealized packing; measurement of packing density and radial packing density of yarn; Packing in actual yarns; Specific volume ofyarns; measurement of yarn diameter (8)

FIBRE MIGRATION: Ideal migration, tracer fibre technique, characterization of migration behavior, migration in spun yarns, mechanisms of migration, effect of various parameters on migration behavior. (7)

MECHANICS OF CONTINUOUS FILAMENT YARNS: Analysis of tensile behaviour; Extension and breakage of continuous filament yarns; Theoretical analysis of tensile behavior. (7)

GEOMETRY OF CLOTH STRUCTURE: Geometry of plain and non-plain weaves; Peirce, Kemp and Olofsson models; crimp ratio and thread spacing; jamming of threads; crimp interchange; balance of crimp. (8)

WOVEN FABRIC MECHANICS: Fabric deformation under tensile stress; prediction of modulus; tensile properties in bias direction; other fabric deformation – compression, shear, bending and buckling; fabric handle; spirality and skewness formation and its control. (8)

KNITTED FABRICS AND NONWOVEN STRUCTURES: Load-extension of warp knit fabrics; biaxial stress behaviour of plain-knit fabrics; structure of felts; mechanical behaviour structure of needle felts. (7)

Total L: 45

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Goswami B C, Martindale J G and Scardino, “Textile Yarns: Technology, structure and Application”, Wiley Interscience,Newyork, 1977. 2. Hearle J W S, Grosberg P and Backer S “Structural Mechanics of Fibers, Yarns and Fabrics”, Wiley Interscience, Newyork, 1969.

REFERENCES: 1. Dipayan Das, “Theory of Structures and Mechanics of fibrous Assemblies”, WPI Pvt. Ltd., USA, 2012. 2. Jinlian Hu., “Structure and Mechanics of Woven Fabrics”, WP, UK, 2004. 3. Peirce F T and Womersley. J R, “Cloth Geometry”, Textile Institute, Manchester,1978.

15T006 ADVANCED FABRIC STRUCTURE AND DESIGN 3 0 0 3

GAUZE AND LENO : Basic shed formation - Different types of Doup healds - Russian Cords - Earing Mechanism - Madras - Muslin structure. CREPE FABRICS : Preparation of yarn for crepe effect - Creping methods. Brocades - Warp rib - Weft rib - Multi weft brocades (8)

NARROW FABRICS: Construction of ribbons and tapes - Zip fastener tapes. ARRANGEMENT OF FIGURES : Unit Repeating Designs - drop design - half drop design - Half drop bases - diamond base - Ogeen base - Diagonal waved line base - rectangular base - sateen system of distribution (8)

TAPESTRY STRUCTURE: Classification. Axminister carpets - Spool axminister system - Gripper axminister system. (8)

FIGURED PIQUE FABRICS: Classification of the structure - loose back piques - half fast back piques. (8)

LAPPET WEAVING: Lappet wheel construction - Lappet Mechanism - Swivel weaving Mechanism. (8)

SPECIAL JACQUARDS: Self twilling - Sectional - Inverted hook - Border - Compound jacquards. Handloom silk weaving. (5)

Total L : 45

TEXT BOOK: 1. Grosziki Z J, "Advanced Textile Design and Color", Butterworths, London, 2004

REFERENCES: 1. Grosziki Z J, "Textile Design and Color", Butterworths, London, 2004 2. Turner J P, “The Production and properties of Narrow Fabrics”, Textile Progress, Textile Insititute, Manchester Vol-8, No.4, 2004

88

15T007 SPECIALTY TEXTILES 3 0 0 3 NARROW FABRICS: Introduction –fibre and yarn types, fabrics. Preparation for narrow fabric production - winding, warping, sizing, looming. (7)

NARROW FABRIC PRODUCTION: Woven narrow fabrics and their constructions – structure of narrow fabrics woven on shuttleless looms. Conventional shuttle looms, unconventional shuttle looms and shuttleless looms for narrow fabrics production.INDUSTRIAL TAPES: Slide fastener tapes - Insulating tapes – Book binder‟s tapes - Labeling Tapes – Border Tapes – Elastic- Pleated lingerie ribbing. (8)

CARPETS: Non-pile carpet weaves and their looms. Pile surfaced carpet weaves and their looms. Needle felt floor coverings. (7) INDUSTRIAL WEBBINGS: Manufacture of spindle drive webbing – Print webbings – Webbings for automobile safety belts. INDUSTRIAL NETS: Knotted netting – applications. (8)

INDUSTRIAL BRAIDS: Classification of braids – Trimmed braids – Flat braids – Circular Braids - Hollow braids. Production techniques. Properties and applications. (7)

HOME TEXTILE PRODUCTS : Definition - requirements. Kitchen linen, Bedlinen, Furnishing ,Floor coverings, Wall coverings, Decoration fabrics. (8)

Total L : 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Turner J P, “ The production and properties of narrow fabrics”, Textile Progress , Vol.8 No.4, The Textile Institute, Manchester, 2002. 2. Sabit Adanur, “Wellington Sears Handbook of Industrial Textiles”, Technomic publishing company Inc., USA, 1995

REFERENCES: 1. Jarmila Svedova ,” Industrial Textiles”, Elsevier Science Publishing Co in, ISBN – 0444- 98754-1, New york, 1990. 2. Alexander N G,” Desighing Interior Environment”, Mas court Brace Covanorich Inc, Newyork, 1996. 3. Crew A H and Arahamsen H, “Carpets: Back to Front”, Textile Progress, Vol.19 No.3, The Textile Institute, Mancheste,1987.

15T008 TEXTILE COMPOSITES 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION TO COMPOSITES: Introduction, Classification, Constituents, Critical fibre length, Rule of mixtures, Rule of mixtures and Inverse – Voigh and Reuss Model,

(7) CONSTITUENTS IN COMPOSITES: Types and properties of reinforcements, reinforcement Materials-carbon, Glass and others, matrix materials-Polymer matrix. Interface - mechanisms and theories. (7) PERFORMS AND PREPREGS: Woven Preforms- 2D, 3D, Knitted Preforms , Braided Preforms - 2D, 3D, Stitched Preforms, Other Preforms-Tape, Winding/Wrapping. Prepregs: Introduction, manufacturing techniques, property requirements, compaction. (7)

COMPOSITES MANUFACTURING: Hand layup, bag moulding, compression moulding, vacuum forming, resin transfer moulding, filament winding, pultrusion, injection moulding, selection criterion. Manufacturing with thermosets and thermoplastics. (9) CHARACTERISTICS OF COMPOSITES: Density, Hardness, Fibre Volume Fraction, Void Content, Tensile, compression, flexural, Impact, shear, failure and fracture mode in fibre composites. (8) APPLICATION OF TEXTILE COMPOSITES: Aerospace applications, Construction industry, Medicine, Sports, Green Composites.

(7)

Total L : 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Peters S T, “Handbook of Composites”, Chapman & Hall, London, UK, 1998, 2. Long A C, “Design and Manufacture of Textile Composites”, Woodhead publishing Ltd, London, UK, 2005.

REFERENCE: 1. Alan Kin-Tak Lau, FarzanaHussai and Khalid Lafdi, “Nano and Biocomposites” , CRC Press , Newyork, USA, 2010. 2. Rakesh K. Gupta, Elliot Kennel and Kwang-Jea Kim “Polymer Nanocomposites Handbook”, CRC Press, Newyork, USA, 2010 3. Jang-Kyo Kim and Yiu-Wing Mai, “Engineered Interfaces in Fiber Reinforced Composites”, Elsevier, Science Ltd, Oxford, UK,, 1998, 4. Liyong Tong Adrian P. Mouritz and Michael K. Bannister “3D Fibre Reinforced Polymer Composites”, Elsevier, Science Ltd, Oxford, UK, 2002, 5. Autar K Kaw, “Mechanics of Composite Materials”, CRC Press, Newyork, USA, 1997,

15T009 SPECIALTY KNITS 3 0 0 3

SPECIALITY FABRICS AND MACHINES: The range of specialty fabrics, The production of fleecy on sinker-top machines, Fleecy interlock, Plush, The bearded needle sinker wheel machine, Sinker plush knitted on single-jersey latch needle machines, Full–

89 density patterned plush, Cut loop ,Double sided plush, Silver in high-pile knitting and Wrap patterning. (7) SPECIALITY KNIT CONSTRUCTIONS / PATTERNS : 1/2 Cardigan ,Blister, Cable ,Float Jacquard (face) / Float Jacquard (back) ,Full Cardigan ,Full Fashion ,Intarsia (face) / Intarsia (back) ,Ladder-back Jacquard (face) / Ladder-back Jacquard (back) ,Links and Links ,Plaited Fabric ,Pointelle Jersey,Pointelle Rib ,Rack Stitch ,Rib Jacquard (face) /Rib Jacquard (back) ,Selective Transfer ,Tuck Stitch and Welt . (8)

CAMOUFLAGE KNITS: kits and babies, pants and sweater for men, tops for ladies, scarves, caps blankets and accessories. (7) APPLICATIONS OF SEAMLESS KNITTING: Apparel, upholstery, automotives and medical textiles. Evaluation of the knitting process from cut and sewn production to seamless garment knitting. Cut and sew production, V-Bed machine knitting of seamless garments, Seamless machines: shima seiki, cms 330 tc- t knit and wear. (8)

ADVANCED KNITTED PRODUCTS: Women‟s apparel, Functional requirements of knitted underwear, Performance evaluation of knitted underwear, Engineering of knitted underwear fabrics, Recent developments in knitted underwear fabrics and Properties of commercial knitted underwear fabrics. (7)

KNITTED STRUCTURES FOR SOUND ABSORPTION: Acoustic textiles in vehicles, Sound absorption by plain knitted structures, Engineering advanced knitted fabrics for sound absorption, Thick spacer structures, Dense spacer structures. (8) Total L : 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1.Spencer D J, “Knitting technology” Woodhead Publishing Series in Textiles No. 16 , India, 2011. 2. Raz, S, “Knitting Technology”, Woodhead Publishing Limited, Cambridge, 1991.

REFERENCE: 1. F Au K, “Advances in knitting technology”, Hong Kong Polytechnic University, Hong Kong ,Woodhead Publishing Series in Textiles No. 89 ,India, 2001.

15T010 COATED TEXTILES 3 0 0 3 INTRODUCTION: Basic principles of coating and laminating processes. Coated Products - Protective clothing, sports and industrial, automotive application, Marine applications Buildings and architecture, Household goods, Medical uses and Military uses. (6) POLYMERIC MATERIALS FOR COATING: Natural & Synthetic Rubbers – Polychloroprene Rubbers, Polyisobutylene Rubbers, Styrene-butadiene Rubbers, Nitril Rubbers. Synthetic Polymers: Polyurethanes, Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC), Polyacrylate Elastomers, Silicone Elastomers, Poly (Tetrafluoroethylene) (PTFE), Polyethylene, Chlorinated and Chlorosulponated Polyethylenes, Other Functional Polymers. Additives and Formulation of Coating Recipe. (10) REPARATION & COATING METHODS: Fibres, Yarn and Fabrics. Knife, Roll, Dip, Transfer Coatings and Gravure Coating. Calendering. Hot-Melt Coating, Foam coating, Lamination by Adhesives. (7) PREPARATION OF COATED FABRICS FOR CERTAIN APPLICATIONS: Waterproof Breathable Fabrics, Synthetic Leather, Architectural Textiles, Fluid Containers, Tarpaulins, Automotive Applications, Carpet Backing. (8) COATING WITH FUNCTIONAL MATERIALS: Temperature sensitive coatings, High visibility Garments, Conductive coatings, Shape memory coatings, Nanocoatings. (8) PROPERTIES OF COATED TEXTILES AND TEST METHODS: Mass per unit area, Breaking strength and elongation at break, Tear strength, Coating adhesion strength, Temperature performance, Resistance to flexing, Resistance to ageing, Resistance to water, air and water vapor permeability, Flammability Test. (6) Total L : 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Walter Fung, “Coated and laminated textiles”, Woodhead Publishing, CRC Press, New York, Washington, 2002. 2. Smith W C , “Smart textile coatings and laminates”, Woodhead Publishing, CRC Press, New York, Washington, 2010.

REFERENCES: 1. Brown P and Stevens K, “Nanofibers and nanotechnology in textiles‟‟, CRC Press, New York, Washington, 2007. 2. Ashish Kumar Sen, “Coated Textiles: Principles and Applications”, Technomic Publishing Co., Inc., Lancaster, Pennsylvania, USA, 2008. 3. Carr C M, “Chemistry of the Textile Industry”, Blackie Academic & Professional, New York, 1995.

15T011 AUTOMOTIVE TEXTILES 3 0 0 3 INTRODUCTION TO AUTOMOTIVE TEXTILES: Definition, products, market overview and growth projections of automotive textiles. (5)

TEXTILE STRUCTURES IN AUTOMOTIVES: fibers, yarns, knitted, woven, and nonwoven – structural requirements and properties. Applications of 3D knitting, woven and nonwoven materials in automotive industry. (7)

90

INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR TRIMS FOR ROAD TRANSPORTATION: Requirement and design for Seat fabric, floor coverings , Headliners, door casings and parcel shelves, truck and car covers, Seat belt, Airbags, carpets, filters (air and oil), battery separators, tyre cords, hoses and belts. Methods of production and properties of textiles used in these applications (12)

TEXTILES IN OTHER TRANSPORTATION: Requirement and properties of textiles used in railway applications, marine applications, aircraft, application of composites in transportation (7)

AUTOMOTIVE TEXTILE AND THE ENVIRONMENT: Environmental impact, manufacturing concerns, sustainable development, recycling of materials and components. (7)

QUALITY ANALYSIS AND TESTING: Test methods, standards (ASTM, DIN), norms for raw materials and products. Product specified tests. (7) Total L : 45 TEXT BOOK: 1. Walter Fung, Mike Hardcastle, “Textiles in automotive Engineering”, The Textile Institute, Technomic Publishing Co, Woodhead publishing Ltd, Cambridge, UK, 2001.

REFERENCES: 1. Sabit Adanur, “Wellington Sears Handbook of Industrial Textiles”, Technomic Publishing Co, USA, 1995. 2. Horrocks A R and Anand S C, “Handbook of Technical Textiles”, The Textile Institute, CRC Press, Woodhead publishing Ltd, Cambridge, UK, 2001

15T012 PROTECTIVE TEXTILES 3 0 0 3 INTRODUCTION: Definition, classifications, Market potential. Design of protective clothing. Selection of protective clothing material. Surface treatment for protective textiles. (4)

THERMAL PROTECTION: Fire science, Flame retardant – fibers and textile, inherently flame retardant synthetic fibers. Heat and fire resistant fibers – aramid and family, polybenzazole group, semi carbon. Design issues. (8)

BALLISTIC PROTECTION: soft body armor, hard body armor, high performance ballistic fibers, fabric structures for body armors, working mechanism, design of ballistic body armors. Design of ballistic helmets. (8)

CHEMICAL PROTECTION: Chemical hazards, Toxic chemical, interaction between chemical and protective textiles. Different types chemical protective materials, Fabric design, structures, finishing and their performance. (8)

OTHER PROTECTIVE TEXTILES: Protection against extreme climate, UV protection,high visibility textiles, protection against radiation, respiratory protection, Biological protection – materials, design requirements and properties. (8)

TESTING AND QUALITY ANALYSIS: Standards and testing of ballistic textiles- armor testing, limit testing, residual velocity testing, ballistic resistance testing, Standards and testing - flame retardant textile, chemical and biological protective textiles. Testing of comfort properties – protection and comfort. Reflection and retro reflection testing for high visibility textiles. (9)

Total L : 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Richard A. Scott, Textiles for protection, The Textile Institute, CRC Press, Woodhead publishing Ltd, Cambridge, UK, 2005. 2. Eugene Wilusz, Military textiles, The Textile Institute, CRC Press, Woodhead publishing Ltd, Cambridge, UK,2008.

REFERENCES: 1. Sabit Adanur, “Wellington Sears Handbook of Industrial Textiles”, Technomic Publishing Co, USA, 1995. 2. Horrocks A R and Anand S C, “Handbook of Technical Textiles”, The Textile Institute, CRC Press, Woodhead publishing Ltd, Cambridge, UK, 2001.

15T013 FILTRATION TEXTILES 3 0 0 3 BASIC PRINCIPLES: Filtration and Separation, Contaminants, Surface and Depth Filtration. Filter Ratings and Filter Test, Dust collection – Theory and Principles, Practical implications, cleaning mechanisms Fabric design and selection considerations. Filter Media: Introduction, Absorbent, Adsorbent and Biological Filter Media, Paper and Fabrics, Woven Wire and Screens, Constructed Filter Cartridges, Membranes, Packed Beds. Types of Filters. (9)

TEXTILE FILTERS & FINISHING TREATMENTS: Fabric construction (woven fabrics, needlefelts, knitted fabrics), Heat Setting, Singeing, Raising, Calendaring, Chemical Treatments, Special Surface Treatments. (6)

LIQUID AND OIL FILTRATION: Water filters, Waste Water Treatments, Surface Treatment Chemicals. Oil and Hydraulic Systems: Engine filters, Oil-water separators, Oil cleaning and Hydraulic Systems. Gas filtration. Introduction, Engine Filters, Oil–water Separators, Oil Cleaning, Hydraulic Systems. (8)

TEXTILE FILTER IN SOLID-LIQUID SEPARATION – Introduction, Fabric Design/Selection Consideration, Filtration Equipment Considerations. Yarn types and fabric constructions - Monofilaments, Multifilaments, Fibrillated tape („split film‟) yarns, staple-fibre yarns, Yarn combinations. Fabric constructions and properties - Plain weave, Twill weaves, Satin weaves, Duplex and semiduplex weaves, Link fabrics, Needlefelts. (8)

GAS FILTRATION: Introduction, Indoor Air Quality, Fume and Vapour Emissions, Dust Collectors, Machine Air Intake Filters, Vehicle Cabin Filters, Compressed Air Filtration, Pneumatic Systems, Sterile Air and Gas Filters, Respiratory Air Filters. (7)

91

FABRIC TEST PROCEDURES: General quality control test, Performance related test, Filter Selection: Filter Selection, Reference Standards. (7)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Horrocks A R and Anand S C, “Handbook of Technical Textiles”, Woodhead publication and Textile Institute, England, 2000. 2. Ken Sutherland, “Filters and Filtration Handbook”, Butterworth-Heinemann, Elsevier, Burlington, 2008.

REFERENCE: 1. Sabit Adanur, “Wellington Sears Handbook of Industrial Textiles”, Technomic Publishing Co, USA, 1995.

15T014 CLOTHING SCIENCE 3 0 0 3 CLOTHING CHRACTERISTICS: Clothing science - importance and prospects. Clothing performance characteristics – comfort, durability, handle and tailorability. Physiological Comfort: Aspects of clothing physiological comfort. Tactile comfort – Effects of fabric and garment properties on tactile sensations. Factors influencing garment fit and ease of body movement. Pressure comfort – comfortable range of garment pressure and factors influencing pressure comfort. (8)

THERMOPHYSIOLOGICAL COMFORT: Humans and their thermal environment, thermal insulation properties of fabrics and clothing, effects of garment design, moisture vapour transmission and liquid water transport properties of fabrics and clothing. (7) PSYCHOLOGICAL COMFORT: Introduction. Assessment of psychological comfort. Factors influencing psychological comfort - colour, surface texture, garment design, size and fit. (7)

DURABILITY: Introduction. Influence of fibre, yarn, fabric and processing parameters on abrasion resistance, fabric and garment strength. Dimensional Stability: Introduction. Hygral expansion, relaxation shrinkage, swelling shrinkage and felting shrinkage. Shrinkage in knitted fabrics. Stretch and recovery properties of fabrics. (8)

AESTHETIC PROPERTIES: Introduction. Influence of fibre, yarn, fabric and processing parameters on pilling, drape, wrinkle recovery and lustre. (7)

HANDLE AND TAILORABILITY: Ideal fabric concept. Fabric properties related to tailoring performance. Fabric buckling and formability. Effects of fibre, yarn and fabric properties, dyeing and finishing treatments on handle and tailorability. (8)

Total L : 45

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Fan J and Hunter L, “Engineering Apparel Fabrics and Garments“, Woodhead Publishing Ltd., Cambridge, 2009 2. Guowen Song, “Improving Comfort in Clothing”, Woodhead Publishing Limited, Cambridge, 2011

REFERENCES: 1. Kothari V K, “Testing and Quality Management “, CBS Book Publishers, New Delhi, 2000 2. Saville B P, “Physical Testing of Textiles,” The Textile Institute, Woodhead Pubilication Limited, Cambridge, 1999 3. Masaka Niwa, "Clothing Science, its Importance and Prospects", Textile Asia, December, 2001, pp.35-38 4. Apurba Das and Alagirusamy R, “Science in Clothing Comfort”, Woodhead Publishing India Pvt. Limited, New Delhi, 2010.

15T015 PROCESS AND QUALITY CONTROL IN WEAVING 3 0 0 3 INTRODUCTION: Importance and Consideration for evolving a System of Process Control. (3)

PROCESS CONTROL IN WINDING, PIRN WINDING: Winding - Quality of Knots and Splices, Quality of package, Winding Performance & Productivity, Control of Hard Waste, Material Handling.Ambient Conditions.Pirn Winding- Improving Build of Pirn, Productivity. Yarn Quality requirements for shuttle and shuttleless looms. (12)

PROCESS CONTROL IN WARPING: Warping and Sectional Warping –Performance, Process Parameters and Productivity. Minimizing End breaks, Quality of Warper‟sBeam, Control of Hard Waste, Material Handling, Beam Count. (8)

PROCESS CONTROL IN SIZING: Choice of Size Recipe, Control of Size Pick Up, Yarn Stretch and Moisture. Quality of Sized Beam. Control of Hard Waste, Missing Ends, Dead loss, Productivity. (7)

DRAWING-IN AND WARP TYEING:Quality of Weaver‟s beam.Control of Cross, Extra, Missing and Buried Ends.Selection and Care of Reeds, Healds and Drop Pins, process parameters of drawing in and Tyeing machines. (8)

PROCESS AND QUALITY CONTROL IN LOOM SHED: Loom Efficiency, Factors influencing loom effiency, Hard Waste, Productivity. Fabric Defects and their Control.Ambient Conditions.Grey Cloth Realisation, Packing %, Benchmarking. (7)

Total L:45 TEXT BOOK: 1. Kothari V K, Alagirusamy R, Das A, Majumdar A, “Process Control in Manufacturing”, WP, 2012. 2. Paliwal M C and Kimothi.P D, “Process Control in Weaving ", ATIRA Publication, Ahmedabad, 1983.

REFERENCES: 1. Loom shed, BTRA Publication, Mumbai, 1986. 2. Warping and Sizing, BTRA Publication, Mumbai, 1983.

92

3. Winding, BTRA Publication, Mumbai, 1986.

CHEMICAL PROCESSING

15T016 PROCESS AND QUALITY CONTROL IN TEXTILE CHEMICAL PROCESSING 3 0 0 3 INTRODUCTION:Definition of process control and Quality control. Need for quality control in textile chemical processing. Flowcharts indicating process control and quality control tests to be carried out in Desizing, Scouring, Bleaching, Souring, Mercerising, Dyeing, Printing and Finishing.ANALYSIS OF DESIZING AND SCOURING: Inspection of grey fabric. Identification and estimation of residual starch.Determination of weight loss during desizing and scouring.Estimation of residual wax content by Soxhlet extraction method.Estimation of copper number.Determination of cupprammonium fluidity.Determination of acid groups by Methylene blue absorption method. Norms. (8)

ANALYSIS OF BLEACHING AND MERCERISING: Absorbency tests by Drop test method and Wicks method. Determination of ash content.Determination of whiteness and whiteness retention. Determination of caustic soda concentration and silica in peroxide bleach bath. Determination of Barium Activity Number. Determination of fabric shrinkage, lustre number and deconvolution count. Norms. (7)

ANALYSIS OF DYEING AND PRINTING: Determination of concentration of caustic soda and sodium hydrosulphite in vat dye liquor. Testing of suitability of thickener in print paste formulation. Analysis of print paste formulation. Colour dispensing system. Norms. (8)

FASTNESS TESTING: Methods of determination of fastness to washing, light, perspiration, rubbing, hot pressing, dry cleaning, sublimation, bleaching, saliva and sea water. Norms. (7)

COLOUR MATCHING: Definition.Manual colour matching.Single constant (K/S) Kubelka – Munk theory.Spectral match.Tristimulus match.COMPUTER COLOUR MATCHING: Concept of computer colour matching (CCM) system. Application of CCM system to Textile processing.Advantages of CCM system.Limitations of CCM system.Application of CCM techniques for blended fibres / fabrics.Sample preparation in CCM. Colour constancy, theory, visual assessment of colour constancy, colour constancy and metamerism. (8)

ANALYSIS OF FINISHING: Determination of efficiency of water proofing, flame proofing, starching & resin finishing. Estimation of residual formaldehyde present in resin finished fabric. Optical brightener test for uniformity of cross-linking in resin finished fabric.Assessment of degree of heat setting in polyester by Iodine absorption method. Norms. Processed fabric defects.Finished fabric realization. Characterization of industrial textiles. (7)

Total L:45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Doshi.S.M and Shah.H.A, “Quality and Process Control”, Chemical Processing Tablet IX, The Textile Association, Bombay, 1984. 2. Shenai.V.A., "Evaluation of Textile Chemicals" Sevak Publications, Bombay, 1990.

REFERENCES: 1. Vaidya.A.A, and Trivedi.S.S “Textile Auxiliaries and Finishing Chemicals”, ATIRA, Ahmedabad, 1985 2. “ISI Handbook of Textile Testing”, Indian Standards Institution, New Delhi, 1982 3. Shah H.S., and Gandhi R.S, “Instrumental Colour Measurements and Computer Aided Colour Matching for Textiles”,MahajanPublications, Ahmedabad, 1990. ISBN: 8185401004. 4. Slater.K., “Chemical Testing and Analysis”, Textile Progress Vol.25 No.1/2 , Textile Institute,Manchester, 1994.

15T017 FUNCTIONAL FINISHES 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION : Chemical and mechanical finishing. The challenges and charm of Chemical finishing. Importance of chemical finishing. Application of chemical finishes.SOFTENING FINISHES: Introduction. Mechanisms of the softening effect. Types of Softeners. Compatibility and combinability of softeners. Evaluation and testing methods. Troubleshooting for softening finishes. (8) HAND BUILDING FINISHES: Introduction. The hand building effect. Textiles with hand building finishes. Evaluation methods. Trouble shooting for hand building finishes. (7) NON-SLIP FINISHES: Introduction. Mechanisms of non-slip finishes. Application methods and combinability. Evaluation, Trouble shooting for non-slip finishes.ELASTOMERIC FINISHES: Introduction. Mechanism of elastomeric effect. Evaluation. Trouble shooting for elastomeric finishes. (8) ULTRAVIOLET PROTECTION FINISHES: Introduction. Mechanism of UV protection. Evaluation. Trouble shooting for UV protection finishes, EMI Shielding. (7) ANTIMICROBIAL FINISHES: Introduction. Properties of an effective antimicrobial finish. Mechanisms of antimicrobial finishes. Evaluation. Trouble shooting for antimicrobial finishes. (8) NOVEL FINISHES: Introduction. Anti-odour and fragrance finishes. Mosquito repellent finish. Conductive finish. Fibre surface modifying finishes using plasma and radiation technologies. Fibre surface modification by sol-gel finishes with inorganic oxide films. Microencaptulation technique for finishing of Textiles. Smart textiles by chemical finishing. (7)

Total L : 45

93

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Schindler W D and Hauser P J, “Chemical Finishing of Textiles”, The Textile Institute, Woodhead Publishing Ltd., Cambridge, 2004. 2. Charles Tomasino, “Chemistry & Technology of Fabric Preparation & Finishing”, Department of Textile Engineering, Chemistry and Science, College of Textiles, North Carolina State University, Raleigh, 1992.

REFERENCES: 1. Perkins W S, “Textile Colouration and Finishing”, Carolina Academic Press, U.K, 1996. 2. Menachem L and Stephen B S, “Handbook of Fibre Science and Technology”, Volume II, Part B, Marcel Dekker Inc., New York, 1983.

15T018 GREEN PROCESSING OF TEXTILES 3 0 0 3

ECO STANDARDS AND ECO-LABELS: Regulations concerning azo dyes- banned amines, Pesticides, Heavy metals, Formaldehyde and Pentachlorophenol in textiles. Global eco standards and eco-labels. Ecomark scheme of India. Criteria for an eco-label based on the life cycle. ECO-MANAGEMENT: Concept of eco-management, eco-audit, certification and labeling of eco- friendly textiles. (8)

ECO-TESTING OF TEXTILES: Testing of banned chemicals such as free formaldehyde, pesticides, pentachlorophenol, heavy metals, azo dyes containing aromatic amines & benzidine and halogen carriers. Principle of Instruments used – Chromatography (HPLC, GC) and Mass Spectrometry and Atomic Absorption/Emission Spectrometry. (7)

APPROACH TO ECO-FRIENDLY PROCESSING: Concept of Sustainable Textiles, Fibre origin, Approach and Alternative methods/chemicals in Pretreatments, Eco-friendly dyes and dyeing & printing, Eco-Friendly Finishing – formaldehyde free finishing, Halogen free FR finish, Comfort and Hygiene Finishing using natural agents. (8)

ADVANCED PROCESSING TECHNIQUES: Principle and advantages of dry processing. Plasma treatment – principle, plasma as a source of reducing the effluent and energy consumption, as a source of enhancing the dyeing properties, as a source of finishing of textiles in eco-friendly manner. (7)

SURFACE TECHNIQUES: Super critical carbon dioxide processing of textiles, Surface modification by VUV irradiation – VUV lamp, Laser modification, Dielectric Barrier Discharge, and Corona. Electrochemical reduction - Ultrasonic dyeing. Concept of low level application of chemicals. (8)

ENZYMATIC PROCESSING OF TEXTILES: Enzyme treatments: Enzymes in preparatory processes - desizing, scouring, bleaching – Amylase, pectinase, protease, catalase, lipase etc. Enzymes used as discharging agents in printing – Laccase, Enzymes used in finishing – Bio finishing by cellulase. Enzymes for surface modification of natural and synthetic fibres. (7) Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. “Eco -Textiles, Special report”, The Bombay Textile Research Association, Mumbai, February, 1996. 2. “Eco friendly Textiles: Challenges to the Textile Industry”, Textiles Committee, Mumbai, 1996.

REFERENCES: 1. Miraftab M and Horrocks A R, “Eco Textiles”, The Textile Institute, Woodhead Publication Ltd., Cambridge, 2007. 2. Susanna Benny and Janakiraman K P, “Eco parameters: Present Status”, Mill Control Report No.15, The South India, Textile Research Association, Coimbatore, 1998. 3. “Oko-tex Standard 100”, International Association for Research and Testing in the field of Textile Ecology (Oko- tex), Zurich, Switzerland, January, 1997. 4. Chavan R B, Radhakrishnan J, “Environmental Issues - Technology Options for Textile Industry”, IIT Delhi Publication, 1998.

15T019 COLOUR SCIENCE, MEASUREMENT AND APPLICATIONS

3 0 0 3

LIGHT AND COLOUR: Sources of light. Colour rendering, reflection, refraction, transmission, absorption and scattering. Colour attributes assessment of colour appearance. COLOUR PERCEPTION: The nature of colour-The physical basis of colour, The human colour vision system. Theories of colour vision, Hue, Luminosity, Lightness, Saturation, Reducing power and Opacity. (10)

COLOUR DESCRIPTION: Arrangement of colour, visual attribution of colour, colour primaries and colour mixing, additive and subtractive colour mixing, colour specification, colour order systems – Munsel colour order system and Ostwald colour order system. (8)

COLOUR MEASUREMENT OF SUBSTRATES: Principle, Instrument used for colour measurement (spectrophotometer). Calibration of spectrophotometer. Sample preparation, presentation and measurement. Computation of tristimulus values, CIE standard illuminants and observer. CIELAB and CIELCH colour space. Kubelka-Munk Theory. Measurement of whiteness and yellowness indices. (8)

COLOUR MEASUREMENT OF LIQUIDS: Principle, Measurement of absorption and transmission value, Calibration graph, Determination of concentration of colorants, application of Beer-Lambert‟s law. (7)

94

COLOUR MATCHING AND DIFFERENCES: Definition, Manual colour matching, Instrumental colour matching -single constant ( K/S) Kubelka – Munk theory, spectral match, tristimulus match. Influence of moisture content on colour matching. Metamerism in colour matching. Types of metamerism. Colour difference formula. Measurement of fluorescence. (7)

COMPUTER COLOUR MATCHING: Concept of computer colour matching (CCM) system. Application of CCM system to Textile processing. Advantages of CCM system. Limitations of CCM system. Colour constancy and materialism. (5)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Gulrajani M L,”Colour Measurement: Principles, Advances and Industrial Applications”, Woodhead Publishing Ltd, Cambridge, 2010. 2. Xin J, “Total Colour Management inTextiles”, Woodhead Publishing Limited, Cambridge, 2006. 3. McDonald R,” Colour Physics for Industry”, Woodhead Publishing Limited, Cambridge,1997.

REFERENCES: 1. Volz H G. “Industrial Colour Testing – Fundamentals and Techniques”, VCH, 1994. 2. Lucas.J., “Colour Measurement – Fundamentals – Vol. I” Eurotex, 1996. 3. Shah H S, and Gandhi R S, “Instrumental Colour Measurements and Computer Aided Colour Matching for Textiles”, MahajanPublications, Ahmedabad, 1990. 4. Mc Laren K,” The Colour Science of Dyes and Pigments”, Adam –Hilger, Bristol, U.K, 1983. 5. Peters A T and Freeman, H S,” Physio –Chemical Principles of Colour Chemistry”, Blackie, 1995.

15T020 THEORY OF COLOURATION 3 0 0 3

PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY ESSENTIAL TO DYEING THEORY: Laws of Thermodynamics. Thermochemistry – Thermodynamics of solutions. Properties of solutions. Theories of ionisaiton. Law of independent ionic migration. Acidity and alkalinity of aqueous solutions. Surface chemistry. Adsorption at dye bath–fibre interfaces. Kinetics of chemical reactions. (8)

DYE – FIBRE BONDS: Classification of fibres and dyes. Surface energy and Interfacial effect. Intermolecular forces – Hydrophobic interaction. Identification of dye –fibre forces – Dyeing mechanisms. Specific dye –fibre bonds. INFLUENCE OF FIBRE STRUCTURE O N DYE UPTAKE: Fibre structure. Classification of dyeing systems. Heat treatment. (8)

THERMODYNAMICS OF DYE SORPTION: Activity of a dye – Substantivity, Aggregation of dyes. Heat of dyeing. Dyeing at Equilibrium. Donnan Membrane effect. (6)

DIFFUSION AND RATES OF DYEING: Fick‟s laws of diffusion - diffusion in anisotropic media, diffusion in the steady state, diffusion in non-steady state, boundary layers in diffusion, diffusion in finite baths. Practical dyeing systems. (6)

RESPONSE OF FIBRES TO DYEING PROCESSES: Dyeing phenomena and the molecular organisation of the fibre. Relationship between temperature and physical properties of man-made fibres . WLF equation. Solubility parameter concept and dyeing, swelling of fibres and plasticisation. Practical dyeing systems. Carrier dyeing. Dry heat fixation. (8)

REACTIVE DYE - FIBRE SYSTEMS: Dye-fibre reactions- Reactive dyes – Structure and classification of reactive dyes, mechanism of reaction with textile fibres and water. Efficiency of reactive dyeing. Reactive sites in textile fibres. Methods for identification of dye- reactive sites. (9) Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Bird.C L and Boston W S, “The Theory of Colouration of Textiles”, Dyers Company Publications Trust, U.K, 1975. 2. Johnson A, “The Theory of Colouration of Textiles”, SDC, Bradford, 1990.

REFERENCES: 1. Trotman E R, “Dyeing and Chemical Technology of Textile Fibres”, Charles Griffin & Company Limited, London, 1984. 2. Arthur D. Broadbent, “Basic Principles of Textile Coloration,” Society of Dyers and Colourists, Bradford, 2001.

TEXTILE MACHINERY DESIGN

15T021 DESIGN CONCEPTS OF TEXTILE MACHINERY 3 0 0 3

PRINCIPLE OF MACHINE DESIGN: Machine system- definition, structure & properties. Design process - procedural model for machine design, selection of manufacturing process and machine tools. Materials: factors determining choice of materials, major types & properties of materials used in textile machineries. Heat treatments and finishing of textile machine parts. Form Design: Factors affecting form design and their influence on form design. (8)

BLOWROOM AND CARDING : Evolution of blowroom machinery. Conceptual design of bale openers, feeders, beaters & cleaners, scutcher and chute feed. Profile design and materials selection. Design concept of high production cards: skeleton - licker-in , cylinder , flats, rotary web doffing, coilers, suction (7)

DRAW FRAME AND SIMPLEX: Conceptual design of drafting system in draw frame. Auto leveller design for draw frames. Design concept of high speed fly frames: creel, builder motion spindle, flyer, drafting system, shore hardness requirements. (7)

95

RING AND ROTOR SPINNING: Sturcture of ringframe - spinning geometry , high speed rings and travellers, selection of traveller profile, polishing and coating details , spindle , package size, drafting system. Design of machine drive. Design of open end spinning - feed Roller, opening rollers , wires, drives , rotor, transport tube, naval, take up system design. (8) WEAVING PREPARATORY: Design of machine structure - winding drum , drives , stop motions , tensioning system, automatic splicing, doffing unit. Warping and sizing machines- Design of drive, stop motion , creel, drying cylinder design, beam winding mechanism. (8)

LOOM: Frames, tappet shedding, shuttle picking, crank and cam beat up mechanism - drive - let-off - backrest - heald frames - take-up - cloth winding. Design of rigid & flexible rapier -drives. Design of Air-Jet & water jet nozzles, sub nozzles, relay nozzles, confusers. (7)

Total L : 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Shigley and Mischke, “Mechanical Engineering Design”, McGraw-Hill Publishers Co. Ltd, New Delhi, 2000. 2. Klein W G, “The Technology of Short Staple Spinning”, Textile Institute, Manchester, 2002.

REFERENCES: 1. Talavasek O and Svaty V, "Shuttleless Weaving Machines" Elsevier Scientific Pub. Co. New York, 1981. 2. Robert L Mortan, “Machine Design- An Integrated Approach”, Pearson Publisher, New Delhi, 2003. 3. Gordeev V etal, "Cotton Weaving”, MIR publishers, Moscow, 1987. 4. Granovsky T, "Repair and Adjustment of Textile Machines", MIR Publishers, Moscow, 1986.

15T022 COMPUTER APPLICATIONS IN TEXTILES 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION : Applications of electronics principles in Spinning, Weaving, Chemical Processing, Apparel machineries and Testing – CCM, HVI, AFIS, UTM. (8)

CONTROL AND SIGNALS FOR TEXTILE MACHINARIES: Machinery material flow and its variation controls – Feeders & Stop motions – Auto levelers – safety switches. (8)

SENSORS: Types – Applications in textile machines and testing instruments (4)

IMAGE PROCESSING: Elements of Digital Image Processing - Principle of Human eye, CCD camera - Image formation and measures. Pre-processing techniques, image transforms - enhancement - restoration – encoding. Image analysis and feature extraction methods – Application of image processing to textile process/product feature extraction (9)

ARTIFICIAL NEURAL NETWORKS: Basic concept - Knowledge based Neural Networks - Application of ANN - Fuzzy logic in fabric care, pattern recognition, prediction of clothing performance, garment manufacturing (9)

CAD / CAM / CIM IN TEXTILES: Basics - concepts of CAD / CAM / CIM. CAD in Designing, CAM in Garment Manufacturing - Hardware, software and pattern production. Concepts of data systems, MIS and ERP. (7)

Total L : 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Berkstresser G A. Grady P and Buchanan.D R, “Automation in the Textile Industry from Fibres to Apparel”, the Textile Institute, Manchester, 1995. 2. Gordon A Berkstresser , “Automation and Robotics in the Textile and Apparel Industries”, Noyers Publication Park Ridge, 1996.

REFERENCES: 1. “Computers in the world of textiles”, Book of papers presented at Hongkong conference – Textile Institute, 1984. 2. “Summer School on Computer applications in Textiles”, ISTE, VJTI, Bombay, 1981. 3. “All India seminar by Institution of Engineers (India)” , Coimbatore Centre, December 1983. 4. Gonzalez .R.C & Wintz.P, Digital Image Processing, Addition - Wesley Publishing Co., 1987.

15T023 KNITTING MECHANICS 3 0 0 3 WEFT KNITTING: Needle Selection Techniques in weft knitting - storage and positive feeding devices - Patterning for multitrack machines. (7)

KNITTING DYNAMICS: Yarn tension and knitting forces - effect of cam shape, increase in number of feeders and increase in linear speed - needle breakages. FABRIC GEOMETRY AND PROPERTIES: Tightness factor - Dimensional properties - Spirality - Relaxation - shrinkage. (8)

KEY DEVELOPMENTS IN CIRCULAR KNITTING: Ring and rotor yarn quality requirements for weft knitting - Garment length - High Pile and Socks Knitting Machines. (8)

WARP KNITTING: Tricot & Rachel Two, Three & Multibar Machines - Pattern Control Mechanisms - Pattern Wheels and Chain Links. (7)

96

FABRIC GEOMETRY: Dimensional characteristics of warp knits, Warp knitted fabric geometry - relation between loop length and construction - fabric relaxation and shrinkage. (8)

SPECIALITY WARP KNITS - Weft insertion - co-we-nit - cut presser – Laying-in - fall plate – double needle bar warp knitting machines – Jacquard knitting. Warp knitted technical textiles.Testing and Quality Control of Weft and Warp knitted fabrics. Various defects in knitting and their remedies (7)

Total L : 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Spencer D J, “Knitting Technology”, Pergamon Press, 1998. 2. Raz S, “Warp Knitting Technology”, Verlag Melliand Textilberchte, GMBH, Heidelberg,1987.

REFERENCE: 1. Gottlieb N, “The Production and Properties of Warp Knitted Fabrics”, Textile Progress, Vol.7, No.2, 1975

15T024 TEXTILE MACHINERY MAINTENANCE 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVE OF MAINTENANCE - Types of maintenance, organizational structure, duties of maintenance personnel. Systems and procedures of maintenance - Need for systems and procedures, planning, scheduling, controlling, implementation of planned maintenance, backlogs and rescheduling. (6)

MAINTENANCE IN SPINNING: Maintenance schedule - blow room, carding, drawing, comber, simplex, ring frame, doubling, OE machines. Card clothing - wire inspection, grinding machines, grinding procedure, burnishing, wire mounting and tops clipping, flat end milling. Cots - top roller cots maintenance, cot selection and cot mounting, buffing frequency, berkolising, cot life, top roller greasing. Roller eccentricity – reasons, control, tolerance for drafting rollers. Spindle - Spindle oil characteristics, specifications, topping, replenishing. Lubrication – types, characteristics, equipments, lubrication schedule for various machines in a spinning line. (9)

MAINTENANCE IN WEAVING PREPARATORY, WEAVING AND PROCESSING: Weaving preparatory - maintenance schedule for cone winding, reeling, bundling & baling, warping, sizing, pirn winding. Loom - plain and auto looms, shuttle care, selection, seasoning, life of shuttle. Picker - picking bands, healds, heald frames. Maintenance of reeds - reed cleaning, rectification of damages in pitch-bound and all metal Reeds. Drop wires - types and maintenance. Weft feeders and accumulators, dobby maintenance, Jet nozzle maintenance in shuttleless weaving machine. Processing - kiers, washing machines, stenters, jiggers, padding mangles, calendaring machines. (9)

MAINTENANCE OF POWER HOUSE, HUMIDIFICATION & COMPRESSORS: Electrical power house equipments – motors, starters, lightings, humidification plant. Generator, air compressor, bearing care & maintenance (6)

HOUSE KEEPING: Machinery layout, cleanliness, material handling and equipments. Machinery Audit - maintenance recording, maintenance ledger, machine cards· Maintenance cost control. Co-ordination of SQC department with maintenance department. (8) MACHINE ERECTION PROCEDURES AND MODERNISATION: Leveling instruments. Erection of carding machine, ring frame, looms. Modemisation and renovation: economics, priorities, modemisation versus replacement, policy decision factor. Modemisalion programs for carding, simplex, ring frame, sizing and loom. (7) Total L : 45 TEXTBOOKS:

1. Niijjawan N and Niijjawan R, “Modern approach to maintenance in spinning”, Woodhead publishing, UK, 2010 2. Ratnam T V, Ramachandran M and Narayanaswamy G, "Maintenance Management in Spinning", SlTRA, Coimbatore, 1977.

REFERENCES: 1. Joshi B B, Vora K B and Chetvani H G, "Spinning, Weaving, Processing machinery maintenance in Textile Mills", TAIRO, Baroda, 1971. 2. “Maintenance Schedules, Practices and Checkpoints in Spinning", BTRA, Bombay, 1979.

15T025 TEXTILE MACHINE DRAWING 2 2 0 3

CONVENTIONS: Code of practice for engineering drawing. Methods of dimensioning. Conventional representation of details - drilled and tapped holes, countersunk and counter bored holes, internal and external threads, undercuts, grooves, chamfers, fillet radii, key, key ways, bearings, gears, springs, belt, chains, wire. (8+8)

ASSEMBLY CONCEPTS: Methods and concepts of assemblies. Assembly requirements - methods of assembly using bolts, nuts, studs, screws and pins. Methods of arresting motion of a member in an assembly. (7+7)

FITS AND TOLERANCES: Need for limits, fits and tolerances. Types-representation of tolerances on drawing - calculation of minimum and maximum clearances and allowances, geometric tolerances, uses. Types of form and position tolerances – symbols, method of indicating geometric tolerances on part drawings, surface finish symbols, methods of indicating the surface roughness and special treatments. (8+8)

ASSEMBLY DRAWING PRACTICE: Preparation of assembly drawing and part drawings with necessary production details for assemblies like, keyed joints, Plummer block, roller stand, rotor assembly, spindle, cone holder, loom crank and connecting arm assembly. (7+7) Total L: 30+T:30=60

97

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Gopalakrishnan K.R, “Machine Drawing” - Subhas Stores, Bangalore, Eighteenth Edition, 2004. 2. Varghese P I and John K C, “Machine Drawing”, Jovas Publishers Delhi. 1993.

REFERENCES:

1. French, Svensen, Helsel & Urbanick, “Mechanical Drawing” Mc Graw Hill Publishing Inc., Tenth Edition, 1990. 2. Faculty of Mechanical Engineering, PSG College of Technology, “Design Data Book”. M/s DPV Printers, Coimbatore, 1993. 3. BIS, SP: 46-2003 – “Engineering Drawing Practices for Schools and Colleges”, 2003.

APPAREL TECHNOLOGY

15T026 APPAREL MARKETING AND MERCHANDISING 3 0 0 3

MARKETING MANAGEMENT, STRATEGIC PLANNING AND MARKET DEMAND MEASUREMENT: Demand states and marketing tasks. Marketing Concepts. Marketing system.: Key areas and organizational levels. Strategic planning gap – intensive, integrative and diversification growth strategies. Value-delivery process. (8)

STEPS IN MARKETING PROCESS.: Procedure and characteristics of good marketing research. Measures of Market Demand. Estimating current demand and future demand. Marketing Environment. (7)

BUYING BEHAVIOR, MARKET POSITIONING AND PRODUCT AND BRANDING STRATEGY: Factors influencing buyer behavior. Buying decision process. COMPETITIVE MARKETING STRATEGIES. MARKET SEGMENTATION: Levels, patterns procedure, effective segmentation and market targeting. Developing and communicating positioning strategy – possibilities and differentiation tools. (8)

PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT :Product life cycle marketing strategies. Stages in new product development. Product levels. Product hierarchy. Product classifications. Product mix. Product-line decisions. Brand decisions. Packaging and Labeling. (7)

PRICING STRATEGIES, MARKETING CHANNELS AND MARKETING COMMUNICATIONS: Steps in price setting. Price-quality strategies. Price adaptation strategies – geographical pricing, price discounts and allowances, promotional pricing, discriminatory pricing and product –mix pricing. Channel functions, flows and levels. Retailing and wholesaling – types, marketing decisions and trends. Market Logistics – objectives and decisions. Marketing communications mix. Developing effective communications. Developing and managing advertising program. Deciding on media and measuring effectiveness. Marketing organization. (8) MERCHANDISING, MATERIALS SOURCING, SELECTION AND PRODUCTION PLANNING: Dimensions of product change. Nature and timing of merchandising responsibilities – line planning, line development and line presentation. Role of sourcing in an apparel industry. Materials sourcing processes - selection of fabrics, predicting aesthetics and performance and evaluation of fabric quality. Production strategies and concepts. Production planning. Determining sources of production. Production sourcing priorities and processes. (7)

Total L : 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Philip Kotler and Kevin Keller, “Marketing Management”, Prentice Hall Inc., New Delhi, 2011. 2. Ruth E.Glock and Grace I.Kunz, “Apparel Manufacturing – Sewn Product Analysis”, Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 2004.

REFERENCES: 1. Philip Kolter, Kevin Lane Keller, Abraham Koshy and Mithileshwar Jha, “Marketing Management – A South Asian Perspective”, Pearson Education India, New Delhi, 2011. 2. Easey M, “Fashion Marketing”, Blackwell Sience, Oxford, 2009.

15T027 APPAREL QUALITY EVALUATION AND STANDARDS 3 0 0 3

QUALITY CONTROL IN RAW MATERIAL, SPREADING, CUTTING AND BUNDLING: Raw material - Purchasing specifications, Testing and Inspection of raw materials, fabric inspection system-sewing threads-Zippers-Buttons-Interlining. Spreading - requirements, Properties of fabrics, Plaids and naps, Tension in spreading fabrics. Cutting & Bundling - Quality factors in cutting and drill- Bundling and ticketing as related to quality. (8)

STITCH AND SEAM QUALITY MEASUREMENT: Stitch size- Stitch tension-Seam elasticity and elongation- Fabric distortions - Seam size- Seam slippage and Seam strength Fabric Sewability- Principles for Selecting proper stitch and seam types. Control of sewing, seaming and assembly defects-In process inspection in sewing. (8)

QUALITY CONTROL IN FINISHED GARMENTS, PRESSING AND PACKAGING: Visual inspection and definition of defects and tolerance- Method of measuring. Pressing - Quality requirement for pressing operation, Packaging - Quality control in functional package for apparel, Merchandise package, Stock storage, Shipping package, Warehousing. (9)

CARE LABELLING OF APPAREL: American Care labelling System-British Care Labelling System- International Care Labelling System- Canadian Care Labelling System- Japanese Care labelling System -Symbols and meanings. (6)

STATISTICAL SAMPLING: Acceptable Sampling- Acceptable Quality level (AQL)- Single sampling- Double Sampling. (5)

98

QUALITY CONTROL TOOLS AND MANAGEMENT IN GARMENT INDUSTRY: Managing quality- Seven tools of quality control – Flowcharts, Control charts, Cause and Effect diagrams, Pareto charts, Check sheets, Histogram and scatter diagram. Quality management - ISO series of standards- Introduction to TQM-Concepts of TQM Kaizen – Bench marking techniques. (9)

Total L : 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Solinger Jacob,"Apparel Manufacturing Hand book - Analysis , Principles and Practice", Columbia Boblin Media Corp., 1988. 2. Mehta, Pradip V, "An Introduction to Quality Control for Apparel Industry" ASQC Quality Press,1992.

REFERENCES: 1. Samuel K H, "Encyclopedia of Management - TQM Vo1 3, Crest Publishing House , Indai, 1999. 2. NMP Nambiar, “A Guide on ISO 9000", Systems and Resources, India, 1994.

15T028 APPAREL PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL

3 0 0 3 PRODUCTION CONTROL: Definition, objectives of production control, co ordination of production control department to the manufacturing organizations other departments. Pre production functions – product acceptance, steps from prototype to production model, order requirements. (8)

PLANNING IN CUTTING DEPARTMENT: Cut order planning – types of spreads, spreading methods, marker utilization, economic cut quantities. Control forms in cutting department. (7)

PLANNING IN SEWING DEPARTMENT: Production systems-whole garment production system, progressive bundle system, unit production system, multiple flow system, modular system.principles for choosing suitable production system. Evaluation of garment production systems. (7)

FLOW PROCESS GRID :Garment breakdown with machine & attachment details - Flow process grid construction, flow process grids for production control. Control forms in production department. (6)

PLANT LOADING AND CAPACITY PLANNING: Determination of machinery requirements for a new factory, calculation of labour requirements, application of line balancing techniques – balance control. Establishing factory capacity, planning for multi style production – preparation of planning board. (7)

PRODUCTION SCHEDULING: Principles of scheduling, scheduling charts, GANTT chart, backlog graph, scheduling control techniques. Network representations - CPM and PERT. (10)

TOTAL : 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Solinger Jacob, “Apparel Manufacturing Handbook-Analysis, Principles and Practice”, Columbia Boblin Media Corp., USA, 1988. 2. Rajesh Bheda, “Managing Productivity of Apparel industry” CBI publishers and distributors, New Delhi, 2002.

REFERENCES: 1. Chuter AJ, “Introduction to clothing production management”, Blackwell Publishing, Oxford, UK ,2004. 2. Patty Brown and Janett Rice, “Ready To Wear Apparel Analysis”, Prentice Hall, 1998. 3. Glock R E and Kunz G I, “Apparel Manufacturing - Sewn Product Analysis”, Prentice Hall, India, 1995. 4. Harold carr and Barbara latham, The Technology of Clothing Manufacture, Blackwell Publishing, Oxford, UK. 5. David J Tyler, “Materials Management in Clothing Production”, Prentice Hall, New Jersey,1991.

15T029 APPAREL PRODUCT ENGINEERING 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION: Textile engineering attributes and concepts. Textile product development – basic concepts and critical factors. Textile product design – conceptualization and analysis. Fibre Selection: Structure, characteristics and types of fibre for textile and apparel product design. (8)

YARN SELECTION: Structure and types of yarn for textile and apparel product design. Design-related aspects of yarn structure. (7)

FABRIC SELECTION: Types of fabric for textile product design. Fabric performance characteristics. Fabric attributes – structural, mechanical, hand-related and transfer (8)

FINISHING PROCESSES: Introduction. Yarn finish. Fabric finish. Coating and lamination. Criteria for selection of finish for textile and apparel product design (7)

PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT: Development of denim product, sportswear, extreme climate clothing and fire fighter protective clothing – performance characteristics and related attributes. (7)

ANALYSIS OF APPAREL PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT: Role of product analysis -professional garment analysis and methods of garment analysis. Processes of product analysis – product positioning strategy, sizing and fit, materials selection, garment structure and garment presentation. Professional perspectives on product development. (8) Total L:45

99

TEXT BOOKS: 1. El Mogahzy. Y., “Engineering Textiles: Integrating the Design and Manufacture of Textile Products”, Woodhead Publishing Ltd., Cambridge, 2009

REFERENCES: 1. Fan J and Hunter.L.,“Engineering Apparel Fabrics and Garments“, Woodhead Publishing Ltd., Cambridge, 2009 2. Mastudaira T., and Suresh M.N., "Design Logic of Textile Products", Volume 27, No.3, Textile Progress, Textile Institute, Manchester, 1997 3. Ruth E.Glock and Grace I.Kunz, “Apparel Manufacturing – Sewn Product Analysis”, Prentice Hall, New Jensey, 2000

TEXTILE MANAGEMENT

15T030 TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT 3 0 0 3 Quality Management: Definitions of the terms - quality, quality planning, quality control, quality assurance, quality management, Total Quality Management (TQM). Relationship between TQM and corporate strategy. - Overview on TQM. The TQM axioms- Commitment, Scientific knowledge, Involvement and consequences of total quality. (7)

TQM Guru’s ideas: Groups of quality guru- American guru & Japanese guru. American guru-Deming‟s message: Deming‟s 14 points on quality management, Five DDs, Deming‟s cycle. Juran‟s message-Juran quality trilogy. Crosby‟s message-Crosby‟s quality Vaccine, Crosby‟s 14 steps for quality improvement. Japanese guru: Ishikawa‟s message, Shingo‟s message & Kondo‟s message. (8)

TQMEX: TQMEX model, 5-S practice, Business process reengineering, quality control cycle, quality management system,Total productive Maintenance. Pre-requisites for implementing TQMEX: Ten commandments, four pillars of TQM,four Cs of TQM. Kaizen- Strategy and practices. Applications in Textiles in Apparel industries. (7)

TOOLS AND TECHNIQUES IN TQM: Statistical Quality Control – process capability and performance. Seven quality improvement tools. Taguchi method, The six sigma principle – steps to six sigma. Benchmarking – types. Quality Function Deployment (QFD). (8)

MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS FOR TQM: ISO 9000 system – concepts, benefits and classifications. Requirements ISO 9001, implementation methodology for ISO 9000. ISO 14000 – triggers for adopting Environment Management System. Contents of ISO 14001 standard. (7)

STRATEGIC QUALITY MANAGEMENT: Principles of quality management. Quality planning road map. Quality dimensions for sustained success. Strategic planning process. Quality and strategic planning. Applications in Textiles and Apparel industries. (8)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Subburaj Ramasamy,”Total Quality Management”, Tata MC Graw hill publishing company Ltd, NewDelhi,2008. 2. Samuel K Ho,”TQM An Integrated Appraoch”,Crest publishing house, New Delhi,2002.

REFERENCES: 1. Joseph A.Defeo& William W.Barnard, ”Six sigma breakthrough and beyond”, Tata MC Graw hill publishing company Ltd, NewDelhi,2005. 2. Phillip J.Ross,”Taguchi Techniques for quality Engineers”, Tata MC Graw hill publishing company Ltd, NewDelhi,2005 3. Juran J M and Gryna, F M, "Quality Planning and Analysis - From Product Development Through Use", Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Limited, New Delhi, 1995. 4. Deming W E, “Out of the Crisis," MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, 1982.

15T031 INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING 3 0 0 3 CONCEPT OF INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING:,Definition,history & development, various techniques of Industrial Engineering,scope in Textiles. (7)

PRODUCTION PLANNING & CONTROL: Definition, Differnence between production & productivity. Productivity analysis in spinning and weaving. Causes for low productivity in textile and apparel industries. Suggestions for productivity improvement. LINE BALANCING: Objectives. Procedure. Techniques and applications in Textile and Apparel industries. (9)

WORK STUDY: Definition, purpose, techniques of work study. Procedure of work study. Method study-steps in conducting method study, principles of motion economy. Motion study Therbling, SIMO chart, Left hand & right hand chart, flow diagram,flow chart,string diagram,process flow,multiple activity chart. Work Measurement-Techniques of work measurement, Time study-time study equipments, steps in conducting time study, scale of rating, basic time, allowances and standard time. PTMS,MTM .Case studies in textile and apparel industries . (11)

SMV / SAM: Standard minute value – Need for SMV, Operation break down, Calculating SMV for various types of garments, GSD (General Sewing Data). Calculating efficiency of the industry by comparing SMV and actual production. (5)

100

LAYOUT, WORK ENVIRONMENT AND SERVICES : Layout planning and development. Types of layout – process, product, combination and fixed. Layout for Textile and Apparel industries. Lighting. Ventilation. Climatic Condition – Temperature Control and Humidity Control. Noise Control, Safety, Ergonomics. Services- Stores, Health, Feeding and Convenience related services). (9) MATERIAL HANDLING: Objectives,Classifications of material handling equipments. Descriptions and characteristics of material handling equipments. Specialized material handling equipments related to Textile and Apparel industries. (4)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Jacob Solinger, “Apparel Manufacturing Hand Book - Analysis, Principles and Practice”, Boblin Media Corp, Columbia, 1991. 2. ILO, Geneva, “Introduction to Work Study”, Universal Publishing Corporation, Mumbai,2006.

REFERENCES: 1. Khanna O P “Industrial Engineering & Management”, Dhanpat Rai & sons, Delhi, 2004. 2. Rajesh Bheda, “Managing Productivity of Apparel industry” CBS Publishers and Distributors, New Delhi 2002. 3. Dudeja V D,”Management of Textile Industry”, Textile Trade Press,Ahmedabad,1981 4. International Labour Organisation “ Work study in the Textile Industry” ILO Geneva,1972

15T032 ENERGY MANAGEMENT IN TEXTILE INDUSTRY 3 0 0 3 INTRODUCTION: Sources of Energy, Limitations of Natural resources. Types of energy sources used in textile industry. Unexploited energy sources and problems in their exploitation. (7)

ENERGY CONSUMPTION PATTERNS: Present energy consumption trends, Growth and Demand pattern. Energy use in production processes – Fibre production, Spinning, Textured yarn production, Weaving, Knitting, Dyeing and Finishing, Clothing Manufacture. Energy use in Auxillory Machinery – Boiler, Humidification plants, compressors. Energy & Material Balance Diagram. (8) ENERGY AUDIT: Objectives. Types of Audit. Instrumentation and Methodology of conducting Audit. Analysis of Energy Audit Data. (7)

PERFORMANCE INDICATORS: Specific Energy Consumption (UKG), Specific Water Consumption, Specific Fuel Consumption, Specific Steam Consumption. Cross – Country Comparisons of energy usage – Developed & Developing Nations. Benchmarking. Impact on environment. Policy options for promotion of Energy Efficient and Environmentally Sound Technologies. (8)

ENERGY CONSERVATION MANAGEMENT TECHNOLOGIES: Organizational rationalization, Improving the efficiency of usage of Electricity Fuel and Steam. Utilization of heat exchanger. Case Study : Benefits of energy efficient technologies / equipments- Fibre to fabric. Economics with payback period. (8)

UNCONVENTIONAL ENERGY CONSERVATION TECHNIQUES IN WET PROCESSING: Applications of Ultrasound, Plasma, RF Waves, Infra Red, Supercritical fluid, Electrochemical techniques. Economics with payback period. (7) Total L : 45

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Sang Yong Kim, Grady, P.L., and Hersh, S.P, “Energy Consumption and Conservation in the Fibre Producing and Textile Industry, Textile Progress, Vol. 13, No. 3, 1983. 2. Proceedings on Energy Conservation in Textile Industry, UNIDO and MITI,1992.

REFERENCES: 1. TERI Energy Data Directory and Yearbook, Tata Energy Research Institute Publication, New Delhi, 1997/98. 2. SITRA Focus: Energy Conservation Measures in Spinning Mills, Vol.16, No.6, SITRA, 1999. 3. Norms for Spinning Mills, SITRA, 1993. 4. Norms for the Textile Industry, NITRA, 1991.

15T033 TEXTILE COSTING AND COST CONTROL 3 0 0 3 FUNDAMENTALS OF COSTING: Introduction to Cost Accounting- Cost, Product Cost. Period Cost. Elements of cost. Cost Centre, Classification of Cost-By elements, By function, As direct and indirect, By variability, By controllability, By normality, By relevance. Period Cost, Opportunity cost (8) COST ACCUMULATION -Direct /Indirect Cost, Cost Allocation, Cost Apportionment, Cost Driver, Cost Absorption. Machine Hour rate, Labour Hour rate. (7) PRODUCT AND PROCESS COSTING-Introduction, Product costing, Job costing, Process costing, Cost Sheet, Costing Procedure. (7) COSTING IN SPINNING INDUSTRY: Yarn realization statement, Classification of wastes, Norms, Clean Cotton Cost –wastage and output in each processing cost center up to yarn stage- Net Mixing Cost- Mixing wise Cost Centrewise conversion cost, selling price of various wastes. Power cost estimation. Spinning Mill Cost Sheet. Cost Control and Cost Reduction in Spinning. (8)

COSTING IN WEAVING AND KNITTING INDUSTRY: Calculation of Yarn requirements for weaving, Weaving Cost Sheet, Cost centre wise conversion – Warping, Sizing, Weaving. Factors which affect the cost of woven fabrics. Raw material requirement‟s for knitting. Cost of knitted fabric. Spinning Mill Cost Sheet. Cost Control and Cost Reduction in Weaving and Knitting. (7)

101

COSTING IN PROCESSING AND GARMENT INDUSTRY: Estimating of cost of process loss in Compacting, Bleaching, Raising, Shearing, Printing and Dyeingof fabric per garment. Calculation of fabric and accessories requirement for garment, Sewing Thread Consumption, Conversion cost- Cutting, Sewing and Other Expenses. Cost Control and Cost Reduction in Garment Industries. (8) Total L : 45

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Bhave P V and Srinivasan V,”Cost accounting in textile mills”,ATIRA monograph, Ahmedabad,India, 1974 2. Varma H K,”Costing in Textile Industry”, Dhanpat Rai publications, New Delhi, 1965 3. Shinn William,”Elements of Textile Costing” School of Textiles,NorthCorolina state,1965

REFERENCES: 1. Jain IC,”Cost accounting-An introduction”, Prentice hall, NewDelhi, 2001 2. Ratnam T V,”Cost control and costing in spinning mills”, Seshan printers, Coimbatore, India, 1992

15T034 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 3 0 0 3

ACCOUNTING : Accounting-Meaning,nature and scope, functions, Financial accounting vs Management accounting. Financial Management-concept,scope,functions,financial management cycle, sources of finance, Accounting-branches,functions,rules of accounting, accounting process, Accounting standard-Indian accounting standards & International accounting standards (8) COSTING: Elements of costing-Material cost, labour cost and expenses, Methods of textile costing, cost system, preparation of cost sheet, costing of yarn,fabric and garment. (7)

INVESTMENT APPRAISAL: Payback period method, Accounting rate of return-Introduction to discounting and cash flows estimation, DCF methods-IRR,NPV, PI. Discounted payback methods-concept, causes and methods of computing depreciation (8) COST OF CAPITAL: Equity, debt, convertible debentures, preference share capital, capital structure, dividend policy, short, intermediate and long term financing (7)

WORKING CAPITAL MANAGEMENT: Management of liquidity and current assets, estimation of working capital requirements for spinning mill, composite textile mill and garment unit, management of cash and marketable securities. (7)

TOOLS FOR FINANCIAL ANALYSIS AND CONTROL: Trading, profit and loss account, balance sheet, financial ratio analysis, fund flow analysis and financial forecasting. Analysis of operating and financial leverage-Illustrations for spinning, weaving, garment and composite industry. (8)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1.Prasanna Chandra,”Fundemantals of financial management”, Tata MC Graw hill publishing company Ltd, NewDelhi,2011. 2.Maheswari S N, “Fundamentals of Cost Accounting”, Sultan Chand & Sons, New Delhi 2011.

REFERENCES: 1. Jain SP & Narang KL, “Principles of Accountancy”, Kalyani publishers, Ludhiana, 2004 2. Chandra Hariharan Iyer,”Financial management recent trends in practical application”, International book house PVT Ltd, Mumbai, 2012 3. Ramachandra Aryasri A & Ramana Murthy VV,”engineering economics and financial accounting”, Tata MC Graw hill publishing company Ltd, NewDelhi,2004 4. Hrishikes Bhattacharya, “Working capital management-Strategies and Techniques”, Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd, New Delhi, 2001

15T035 JOINING TEXTILES 3 0 0 3 TYPES OF MATERIAL AND THEIR JOINING REQUIREMENTS:Characteristics of natural, synthetic and high performance fibres. Characteristics of Woven, Knitted and Non-woven fabrics. Joining fabrics: seams and stitches. Stitching in practice: the case of high performance fabrics. Alternative methods of joining fabrics: welded seams (7)

THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF SEWN SEAMS :Seam strength. Seam extensibility and recovery. Seam puckering. Seam slippage. Drape and bending. Seam grinning/gaping. Barrier properties of seams. Flame retardancy of seams. Degradation/damage of seams. (7)

ADHESIVE BONDING OF TEXTILES: Introduction to adhesives in the textile industry. Textiles and adhesive joining. Properties achieved by adhesive joining. Reasons for the success and failure of adhesives. Examples of adhesive use. Trends in adhesive types (8)

THE USE OF HEAT SEALING, HOT AIR AND HOT WEDGE TO JOIN TEXTILE MATERIALS: Heat sealing of textiles -Equipment for heat sealing, Factors affecting the quality of heat sealing, Applications of heat sealing in textiles. Hot air wedge and hot wedge welding of textiles- Equipment for hot air/wedge welding, Factors affecting the quality of hot air/wedge welding, Applications of hot air/wedge welding in textiles (8)

ULTRASONIC AND DIELECTRIC WELDING OF TEXTILES: Ultrasonic welding-Equipment for ultrasonic welding, Factors affecting the quality of ultrasonic welding, Applications of ultrasonic welding in textiles. Dielectric welding- Equipment for dielectric welding, Factors affecting the quality of dielectric welding, Applications of dielectric welding. (8)

102

LASER SEAMING OF FABRICS: Laser seaming of fabrics-The laser welding process, Textile materials that can be laser welded, Monitoring and quality control in laser welding, Comparison between stitched and laser welded seams, Applications of laser welding (7)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1.Jones I and Stylios G.K., “Joining Textiles”, Woodhead Publishing, UK, 2013

REFERENCES: 1.David J Tyler, “Carr & Latham‟s Technology of Clothing Manufacture” – Fourth Edition, Blackwell Science, Oxford, 2008. 2.Solinger Jacob, “Apparel Manufacturing Analysis”, Columbia Boblin Media, USA, 2000..

15T036 CHARACTERIZATION OF INDUSTRIAL TEXTILES 3 0 0 3

INTRODUCTION: Textile fiber, yarn, fabrics. Textiles processes and products. Applications of textiles. Classifications of Technical Textiles. Test processes related to end use. (7)

FILTER FABRICS: Characteristic requirements. Types of filters –dry & liquid. Testing - Density, airpermeability, pore size and pore structure, porosity measurement techniques. Water repellency and water resistance, filtration efficiency, standards for non woven filter media and filter. (8)

WIPES: Dry and wet wipes. Types, specifications & recipe for specific end uses. Characteristic requirements. Testing - physical test, Moisture absorption, water retention property and dust pick up capacity. Standards for testing. (8)

ACOUSTIC TEXTILES: Introduction of acoustics, Characteristic requirements of acoustic textiles. Testing- physical test ,sound absorption & transmission ,Test methods - Impedance tube, reverberation time. Thermal insulation test. (7)

CARPETS : Needled carpets. Characteristic requirements. Testing - physical test, thickness, areal density, appearance ,fastness, flammability and limiting oxygen index . (8)

QUALITY ANALYSIS AND TESTING: Test methods, standards (ASTM, DIN,AATCC), norms for raw materials and technical textile products. Product specified tests. (7) Total L : 45

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Sabit Adanur, “Wellington Sears Handbook of Industrial Textiles”, Technomic Publishing Co, USA, 1995. 2. Horrocks A R and Anand S C, “Handbook of Technical Textiles”, The Textile Institute, CRC Press, Woodhead publishing Ltd, Cambridge, UK, 2001.

REFERENCES: 1.Irwin M.Hutten, “Hand book of non woven filter media”, Elsevier, London, 2007. 2.Purchas D and Sutherland K, Handbook of Filter Media (Second Edition), Elsevier , London,2002.

15T037 BONDED FABRIC STRUCTURE AND MECHANICS 2 2 0 3 STRUCTURE OF NONWOVEN FABRICS: Comparison with other fabric structure. Structural features of webs, Geometrical arrangement of the fibres in the web, binding and bonding points. Binding elements – fibres, fibre strands, binding threads. (6+6)

BONDING STRUCTURES : Segment, agglomerate, point, controlled area and random area structure. (4+4)

COMPOSITE NONWOVENS: Multiforming - Multicard, Multiforming box airlay and wetlay , Multibeam spunbond and combined forming. Multi-bonding- Hydroknit, Evolon. Characteristics and properties of composite nonwovens and specifications. (6+6)

DIMENSIONAL AND STRUCTURAL PROPERTIES: Effect of process variables on the properties of needle punched, hydroentagled, stitchbonded, chemical bonded and thermal bonded fabrics. (4+8)

MECHANICS OF BONDED FABRIC: Degree of liberty of fibre movements, fibre orientation, Deformation mechanism. (4+4)

MODELING OF NONWOVEN STRUCTURES: Fabric porosity, pore size and pores size distribution Tensile strength, filtration properties. (6+2)

Total L: 30+T:30 = 60 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Russel.S, “Handbook of Nonwovens”, Textile Institute Publication, UK, 2004. 2. Krcma R, “Manual of Nonwovens”, Textile Trade Press,USA, 1993.

103

REFERENCES: 1. Wilhelm Albrecht, “Nonwoven Fabrics”, Wiley – VCH, Verlag Gmbh and Company, Germany,2003. 2. Dipayan Das,Arun Kumar Pradhan, Chattopadhyay R and Singh S N , “ Composite nonwovens”, Textile progress, Textile Institute, UK, Vol44,No.1 2012. 3. Hearle J W S, Grosberg P and Backer S, “Structural Mechanics of Fibres, Yarns, Fabrics”, Wiley Interscience, New York, 1999. 4. Irsak O, “Nonwoven Textiles", Textile Institute, UK, 1999.

15T038 ACOUSTIC TEXTILE PRODUCTS AND CHARACTERIZATION 3 0 0 3

FUNDAMENTALS OF ACOUSTICS: Sound Levels and the Decibel. Perception of Sound. Speech, music and noise. Control of interfering noise. Absorption of sound. Acoustics of the listening room. Different types of Material for Acoustics. (7)

ACOUSTIC BEHAVIOR OF TEXTILE STRUCTURES: Types of Sound Absorptive Materials. Mechanism of Sound Absorption in Fibrous Materials. Different types of Sound Absorptive Textile structures. Factors influencing Sound absorption-Fiber type, Fiber Size, Airflow Resistance, Porosity, Tortuosity, Thickness, Density, Fiber compactness, Surface Impedance. (8)

END USES OF SOUND ABSORPTIVE TEXTILES:Case studies pertaining to Reducing noise in automotive interiors, Home theatres, auditoriums. (7)

DEVELOPMENTS IN TEXTILE BASED ACOUSTIC MATERIALS: Textile Based Sound Absorptive Materials. Key technology developments in Textile Composites for Sound Absorption-Bicomponent Fiber in Sound Absorbent Production, Nanofibres as Sound absorbents. Technologies for the production of coated textiles for sound Absorption. Flammability behavior of acoustic textiles & products. Odour control in acoustics products. (8)

ACOUSTICS TEXTILES AND THE ENVIRONMENT: Environmental impact, manufacturing concerns, recycling of materials and components, sustainable product development. (7)

ACOUSTIC MEASUREMENTS AND STANDARDS: Impedance Tube Method. Reverberant Field Method. Steady State Method. Analysis of sound absorptive characteristics of fabrics tested by these methods. (8)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Alton Everest F, Ken C. Pohlmann, Master Handbook of Acoustics, McGraw-Hill, USA, 2009 2. Shishoo R, “Textile advances in the automotive industry”, The Textile Institute, Technomic 3. Publishing Co, Woodhead publishing Ltd, Cambridge, UK, 2008

REFERENCE: 1. Walter Fung, Mike Hardcastle, “Textiles in automotive Engineering”, The Textile Institute, Technomic Publishing Co, Woodhead publishing Ltd, Cambridge, UK, 2001.

15T039 ERGONOMICS IN TEXTILE AND GARMENT INDUSTRY 3 0 0 3 ERGONOMICS DEVELOPMENT: Definition, ergonomic knowledge, history, therblig‟s list, standards. (7)

DIVISIONS OF ERGONOMICS: Categories of ergonomics, physical ergonomics, cognitive ergonomics, organizational ergonomics. Suitable examples from textile and apparel industry. (8)

TYPES OF ERGONOMICS: Conceptual ergonomics, system ergonomics, corrective ergonomics, software ergonomics, hardware ergonomics. Micro-ergonomics and macro-ergonomics. Suitable examples from textile and apparel industry. (7)

ERGONOMIC CONDITIONS OF WORK: Physiological conditions, Psycho-sociological conditions: motivation, fatigue, monotony and stress. Anthropometric conditions, biomechanics, Ecological conditions. Suitable examples from textile and apparel industry. (8)

ERGONOMIC PRINCIPLES: Ergonomic principles in designing workplace: analysis of workplace, analysis of movement, standing workplace, sitting workplace. Designing working processes, determining working time, handling materials and tools, designing environment. Suitable examples from textile and apparel industry. (7) ERGONOMIC DESIGN OF WORK PLACE IN TEXTILE INDUSTRY: Ergonomics in storage of textile materials, ergonomics workplace in spinning, weaving and garment industries, warehouse and distribution, clothing store, maintenance workplace. (8)

Total L: 45 TEXT BOOKS: 1. Dr Gordana Colovic, “Ergonomics in the Garment Industry” Woodhead publishing India In Textiles, 2014. 2. Bridger R S “Introduction to Ergonomics” Mc Graw-Hill, International, New York, 2002

REFERENCES: 1. David J Oborne “ Ergonomics at work” John- Wiley & Sons International, New York, 1995 2. Stephen Pheasant “ Ergonomics-Work and Health” Macmillan Company, London, 1991

104

3 . Khan M I “ Industrial Ergonomics” PHI Learning, New Delhi, 2010

ONE CREDIT COURSES

OFFERED BY THE DEPARTMENT

15TF01 QUALITY MANAGEMENT IN SPINNING 1 0 0 1

RAW MATERIAL SELECTION AND COTTON PURCHASE: Mixing cost, Cotton varieties and use, requirements, annual cotton consumption and yarn production, cotton quality, fibre – yarn relationship. (3)

PRODUCTION PLANNING: Count pattern, production, balancing, machine utilization and efficiency, yarn realization, waste control (2)

PROCESS OPTIMIZATION: Machine speeds and settings, production target in processing departments yarn quality and process parameters (2)

MAINTENANCE MANAGEMENT : Objectives, types of maintenance, production and quality co-ordination, maintenance planning, half-cleaning and full cleaning, machine card and job card. (2)

QUALITY MANAGEMENT: Fibre quality, yarn quality, yarn quality prediction, towards zero defect in spun yarns, quality standards in processed materials, customer complaints, statistical techniques. (2)

PRODUCTIVITY AND WASTE MANAGEMENT: Spindles speed, Doffing time, restarting breaks, cop content, pneumafil waste, soft waste, saleable waste, hard waste, yarn realization, measures to reduce waste. (2)

TEXTILE TESTING AND INTERPRETATION OF TEST RESULTS: Fibre parameters from HVI, AFIS instruments and yarn parameters from UT5, UTR, UTJ, Classimat system. (2)

Total L:15 REFERENCES: 1. Garde A R and Subramanian T A, "Process Control in Spinning” ATIRA., Ahmedabad, 1989, 2. Course material prepared by the course faculty from Department of Textile Technology.

15TF02 QUALITY CONTROL IN WEAVING 1 0 0 1

Yarn quality requirements for Shuttle / Shuttleless looms (3)

Endbreaks minimization in weaving preparatory operations (2)

Control of hardwaste in weaving preparatory operations. (2)

Choice of size recipe (2)

Quality of Warpers beam / sized beam / weavers beam (2)

Fabric defects and their control (2)

Grey cloth realization, value loss in weaving (2)

Total L:15

REFERENCE: 1. Paliwal M C and Kimothi P D, “Process Control in Weaving”, ATIRA Publication, Ahmedabad, 1983.

15TF03 QUALITY TESTING OF COLOURED TEXTILES 1 0 0 1

INTRODUCTION : Quality tests on dyed / printed textile materials. Importance. (2)

FASTNESS TESTING : Determination of colour fastness to washing, light, perspiration sea water, saliva, rubbing, hot pressing, bleaching, dry cleaning and sublimation. Norms and Standards. (4)

COLOUR ASSESSMENT : Introduction. Visual colour assessment. Instrumental colour assessment. Standard illuminant and observers. (4)

RECIPE PREDICTION : Principle. Procedure. Applications. Advantages. Limitations. Determination of colour difference. (5) Total L:15

105

REFERENCES: 1. Doshi S M and Shah H A. “Quality and Process Control”, Chemical processing Tablet IX, The Textile Association (India), Bombay, 1984. 2. Shah H S and Gandhi R S, “Instrumental Colour Measurements and Computer Aided Colour Matching for Textiles”, Mahajan Publications, Ahmedabad, 1990.

15TF04 DECORATIVE PRINTING 1 0 0 1

INTRODUCTION : New printing technologies and styles (1)

Khadi printing – white khadi, colour khadi (1)

Brosso Printing (1)

Metal Powder Printing (1)

Flock Printing – PE, Cotton, Nylon, A (2)

Zari / Glitter printing-Khadi zari, Rainbow Zari Suppertime zari, Glitter zari (2)

Mica (pearl) printing (1)

Raise (Foam) printing (1)

Plastisol printing – Hosiery / knitted goods (1)

Foil Printing (1)

Bead Printing (1)

Dew Drop or Shabnam Printing (1)

Combo Styles (1)

Total L:15 REFERENCES: 1. Ujiie H, “Digital printing of textiles” ,Woodhead Publishing, Cambridge, 2006. 2. Miles LWC, “Textile Printing”, Society of Dyers and Colourists, England, 1994

15TF05 APPAREL MERCHANDISING 1 0 0 1

INTRODUCTION : Terminology related to merchandising. Merchandising responsibilities – Line planning, line development, product development and line presentation. (4)

MATERIALS SOURCING : Introduction. Role of sourcing in an apparel industry. Materials sourcing processes. Selection of fabrics. Predicting aesthetics and performance. Evaluation of fabric quality. (4)

PRODUCTION PLANNING AND SOURCING : Introduction. Production strategies and concepts. Production planning. Production capacity. Determination of sources of production. Production sourcing priorities and processes – selection of vendor, quality management of sourced goods. Managing production of sourced goods and managing logistics and custom issues. (4)

COSTING : Elements of cost. Costing procedure. Costing methods. Costing of any one menswear, ladies wear and children‟s wear. (3)

Total L:15 REFERENCES: 1.Ruth E Glock and Grace I Kunz, “Apparel Manufacturing – Sewn Product Analysis”, Prentice Hall, New Jersey, USA, 2002.

15TF06 INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING 1 0 0 1

WORK STUDY: Definition, purpose, techniques of work study. Procedure of work study. Method study-steps in conducting method study, principles of motion economy. (5)

MOTION STUDY: Therbling, SIMO chart, Left hand & right hand chart, flow diagram,flow chart,string diagram,process flow,multiple activity chart. (5)

WORK MEASUREMENT:Techniques of work measurement, Time study-time study equipments, steps in conducting time study, scale of rating, basic time, allowances and standard time. PTMS, MTM .Case studies in textile and apparel industries. (5) Total L:15

106

REFERENCES: 1. Solinger Jacob, “Apparel Manufacturing Handbook-Analysis, principles and practice”, Bobbin Blenheim Media Corp, South Carolina, USA, 1988. 2. ILO, Geneva, “Introduction to Work Study”, Universal Publishing Corporation, Mumbai, 2006.

15TF07 TEXTILE AND APPAREL COSTING 1 0 0 1 YARN COSTING: Determination of Yarn cost – carded, combed. Determination of Yarn realization. Relation between yarn realization and yarn cost. Yarn cost with respect to parameters like count, ply and type of material. Yarn cost with respect to quality parameters and specifications. (5)

FABRIC COSTING: Determination of fabric cost per square meter – woven and knit (In grey stage & finished stage). Factors influencing fabric cost – woven and knit. Determination of GSM with respect to count and fabric parameters like ends per inch and picks per inch (for woven), course per inch, wales per inch and loop length (for knits). Relation between GSM and fabric cost. Costing of fabric with respect to weave structure. (5)

GARMENT COSTING: Determination of fabric requirement for a single garment. Determination of Garment cost without accessories and with accessories. Costing for different finishes and accessories. Determination of CM and CMT for a garment. Factors influencing garment cost. Cost for packaging and transport – local and international. Total Costing for an order sheet with example. Costing for an order with respect to quantity and style. (5)

Total L:15 REFERENCE: 1. Varma H K,”Costing in Textile Industry”, Dhanpat Rai publications, New Delhi, 1965

15TF08 ENTERPRISE RESOURCE PLANNING IN TEXTILE AND GARMENT INDUSTRY 1 0 0 1

ENTERPRISE RESOURCE PLANNING (ERP): Definition and evolution of ERP, Reasons for growth of the ERP, Importance of ERP – what it is, how to achieve it. Importance of integrated information systems to ERP. (3)

ERP MODULES IN TEXTILE INDUSTRY: Basic issues, approach and database implementation, ERP modules, Production Planning, Maintenance, Sales and distribution, Material management, plant maintenance, Finance, Costing and Human resources. (6)

ERP IMPLEMENTATION: Strategy and steps, Benefits of ERP systems, Reduction of lead time, Reduction in cycle time, Increased flexibility, Improved information accuracy and decision making capability. (4)

Case studies in ERP implementation, Future direction in ERP. (2)

Total L: 15 REFERENCES : 1. Jagan Nathan Vaman, “ERP in practice”, Tata McGraw-Hill Education (India) Private limited, New Delhi,2006. 2. Mary Sumner, “Enterprise Resource Planning”, Pearson education, New Delhi, 2006. 3. Vinod Kumar Garg, N. K. Venkitakrishnan, “Enterprise Resource Planning: Concepts and Practice”, Prentice Hall, New Delhi, 2004. 15TF09 COATED AND LAMINATED FABRICS AND PRODUCTS 1 0 0 1 INTRODUCTION TO COATED AND LAMINATED TEXTILES: Scope of coated textiles, Basic principles of coating and laminating processes, polymeric materials for coated and laminated products, textile substrate for coated and laminated products, preparation for coating. (4)

COATED AND LAMINATED TEXTILE PRODUCTS: Automotive products: Carpets, seat coverings, headliner structure, other interior coverings, drive belts, air bags and filters. (5)

Other products: Sports, Marine, Civil Engineering, Home textiles and Medical textiles products (4) Quality characterization of coated and laminated textiles. (2) Total L: 15 REFERENCES : 1. Walter Fung, “Coated and Laminated Textiles”, Woodhead Publishing Ltd, UK, 2002. 2.Ashish Kumar Sen, “Coated Textiles: Principles and Applications”, 2nd Ed, CRC Press, New York 2008.

107

15TF10 WARP KNIT FABRICS AND APPLICATIONS 1 0 0 1

INTRODUCTION TO WARP KNIT MACHINES: Introduction to the basic functions and operation of tricot, raschel, simplex and milanese machines. Function and principle of operation of guide bars, chain links and pattern discs. (5)

TRICOT FABRICS: Mosquito nets, tulle fabrics, Sport wear, Shoe Fabrics, Ground fabrics for printing / advertising media, Coating substrates, Laminating backings, Lingerie, Swimwear, Elastic tulle, outwear. (5)

RASCHEL FABRICS: Outerwear, shoe fabrics, neck ties, scarves, plush/ pile fabrics, laces, power nets, veils, edgings, swimwear and trimmings. (2)

SIMPLEX FABRICS: Gloves, sportswear, braziers, girdles, automotive upholstery and embossed leather imitations. (3)

Total L: 15 REFERENCES: 1. Chandrasekara Iyer, “Circular Knitting Melsenvech Gmbh Bomberg ,Germany, 1992. 2. Aigaonkar D B, “Knitting Technology“, Universal Publication Corpn. Bombay, 1998.

15TF11 VALUE ENGINEERING FOR TEXTILE AND APPAREL INDUSTRY 1 0 0 1 INTRODUCTION: Definition, objectives, concepts, necessity, scope, value, function, cost, prerequisites for implementation. Job Plan: Information Phase, Speculation Phase, Evaluation Phase, Development Phase, Implementation Phase. Information Gathering, Defining function: Project understanding, making of charts. (3) TECHNICAL FAST DIAGRAMMING: construction of FAST diagram, analysis of critical path, critical path functions, HOW-WHY questions, the higher order function and basic function, secondary function and causative function, supporting functions, developing the FAST diagram. (4)

TASK / CUSTOMER FAST DIAGRAMS: Assure Convenience, Assure Dependability, Satisfy User, Attract User, Developing a task oriented FAST Diagram. Function Cost: Determination of function cost, Function Attitudes and Visual Mismatch, Function Analysis and Creativity. (3)

EVALUATION: Feasibility ranking, Idea comparison, paired comparison, Value Engineering Change Proposal (VEPC): Probability of success. Performing VE study. Management‟s role in Value Engineering. Case studies. (5) Total L: 15 REFERENCES: 1. Course materials prepared by the department of textile technology. 2. www.invest-in.org. 3. www.value-eng.org.

15TF12 LEAN MANUFACTURING FOR TEXTILE AND APPAREL INDUSTRY 1 0 0 1 INTRODUCTION TO LEAN MANUFACTURING: Need for Lean manufacturing, Lean manufacturing model, systems and systems thinking, Muda and its types. (4)

LEAN FOR TEXTILE & APPAREL INDUSTRY: Visual Management, 5S, total productive maintenance, Small group activity, process flow diagram, establishing TAKT, Case studies. (2)

JUST IN TIME (JIT): Definition, Principels of JIT, Continous Flow, Kanban, Value Stream Mapping, Current State VSM and Future state VSM, Poke – Yake. (5)

LEAN INVOLVEMENT AND CULTURE: Practical Kaizen Training, Key factors in Practical Kaizen Training, Lean Culture, Standardization, Standards and abnormality Control, „Five Why‟ analysis. (4)

Total L : 15 REFERENCES: 1. Dennis P. Hobbs, ”Lean manufacturing implementation”, Cengage learning India Pvt Ltd, New Delhi, 2004. 2. John Black, “Lean production implementing a world class system”, Industrial Press Inc, New York, 2008. 3. Askin G and Goldberg B, “Design and analysis of lean production system”, John Wiley & Sons, Singapore, 2003. 4. Bill Carrieva, “Lean manufacturing that works”, Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd, New Delhi, 2007.

15TF13 SIX SIGMA FOR TEXTILE AND APPAREL INDUSTRY 1 0 0 1

Diagnostic journey - definition and measurements. (4)

Remedial journey - analyze and improve. (5)

108

Institutionalization and integration – control. (2)

Case studies. (4) [[ Total L: 15 REFERENCES: 1. William Truscott, “ Six sigma continuous improvement for business”, Butterworth-Heinemann, Burlington, 2003. 2. Subir Choudhury, “The power of Six sigma”, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2001. 3. Baird W, “ The Six sigma manual for small and medium business”, Yes Dee publishing Pvt Ltd, Chennai, 2011. 4. Bhote R, “ The power of ultimate Six sigma”, Jaiko Publishing House, Mumbai, 2010.

15TF14 BUSINESS ACUMEN 1 0 0 1 Understanding strategy formulation (2) Understanding the business to be run (2) Formulating a strategy for the company (2) Understanding financial statements (1) Understanding customer perceived value and pricing (1) Insights on cross-functional (1) Industry and competitor analysis (1) Strategic alliances and business negotiations (1) Understanding strategic thinking and positioning (1) Value chain analysis (1) Comparing decisions and results (1) Case studies relevant to textile and apparel industry (1)

Total L: 15 REFERENCES: 1. Course materials prepared by the department of textile technology.

15TF15 ACCESSORIES AND ALLIED MACHINERY REQUIREMENTS OF A SPINNING MILL

1 0 0 1

HUMIDIFICATION PLANT: Need for Maintaining Humidity. Types of Humidifiers: Localised Humidification Control – Air Handling Units – Concept of Total Air Control – Humidity and Health. Air Conditioning Units – Dehumidification – HVAC Systems. (4)

COMPRESSOR: Types, calculation of compressor capacity, selection of compressor line. (3)

ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS: Transformer, Switchgears and control panel, Capacitors, Earthing, power cable requirements for machines, lighting. (3)

Wire mounting and Grinding machines, Spindle oil topping, Cots mounting and buffing, Material handling equipments, Tools and Gauges. (5)

Total L: 15

REFERENCES: 1.B. Purushothama, Humidity and Ventilation Management in Textile Industry , Woodhead Publishing Limited, New Delhi, 2002.

15TF16 ERECTION AND COMMISSIONING OF TEXTILE MACHINERY 1 0 0 1 Floor leveling, Machine case handling while shifting machines. (2)

Packing list and physical stock verification – Arranging components for erection – Storing sensitive and expensive components. (2)

Work table / area arrangement – special tools – provisions for power and pneumatic lines. (2)

Manpower: Skilled and unskilled manpower requirement. (2)

Machine layout line marking – positioning the base machine – machine leveling. (2)

Erection sequence – Erection schedule – Trial run – Commissioning procedure. (3)

Training to operators and Maintenance personnel – Reports and Sign off. (2)

Total L : 15

109

REFERENCES : 1. Nijjawan N, “Modern approach to maintenance in spinning”, Woodhead publishing, U.K, 2010. 2. Textile machinery manufacturer‟s erection manuals and handouts .

15TF17 DENIM PROCESSING 1 0 0 1

Denim Dyeing: Yarn Specifications, Warping, Warp Dyeing – Vat and Sulphur dyes, Surface dyeing effect, quality control. Dyeing and Finishing Machines. (4)

Denim Washing: Stone wash, Enzyme wash, Acid wash, combined washing effects, Special fadings - KMnO4 Spray, Bleaching agents, laser and ozone fadings, trouble shoot and problem solving, quality control. (4)

Denim Value Addition: Special effects – worn out look, Pleats and creases, Patterned effects, Specialty prints, Functional finishes – water and stain repellent, antimicrobial, aroma finishes, and stretch denims. (7)

Total L: 15 REFERENCES: 1.Roshan Paul, Denim: Manufacture, Finishing and Applications, Elsevier, Woodhead Publishing Ltd. Cambridge, 2015. 2.Industry Expert Presentations, One Day National Seminar on Denim Processing, Organized by Department of Textile Technology, PSG College of Technology, 2013.

15TF18 CHEMICAL PROCESSING OF TEXTILES

1 0 0 1 Cotton and Protein Fibre Processing – Current industrial practices and comparison and advances in Batch and Continues preparatory process and dyeing. (4)

Developments in Machines: Automation, quality, production, effluent reduction, continuous operation, energy consumption and safety aspects in recent and conventional dyeing, finishing and printing machines. (6)

Effluent Treatments: Current situation of effluent treatment plants - economics, sludge management, health and safety aspects, scope for future developments in the global scenario. (5)

Total L: 15 REFERENCES: 1. Handbook of Textile and Industrial Dyeing: Applications of Dyes, Elsevier, Woodhead Publishing Ltd. Cambridge, 2011. 2. Schindler W. D., Hauser P. J. Chemical Finishing of Textiles, The Textile Institute, 2004. 3. Peter J. Hauser, Advances in Treating Textile Effluent, Janeza Trdine, Rijeka, CroatiaOctober, 2011. 4. Christie, R.M., Environmental Aspects of Textile Dyeing, The Textile Institute, 2007.

15TF19 ACOUSTIC TEXTILE PRODUCTS AND THEIR CHARACTERIZATION 1 0 0 1

ACOUSTICS : Basics of sound, Sound Absorptive Materials, Sound Insulation, Acoustic interaction, Mechanism of Sound Absorption in Fibrous Materials, Nonwovens and Sound Absorption. (7)

ASSESSMENT OF ACOUSTIC PRODUCTS: Influence of Fibre Type, Fibre Linear Density, Fibre Cross-section and Process Parameters on Sound Absorption Properties. (8)

Total L:15 REFERENCES: 1. F. Alton Everest, Ken C. Pohlmann, Master Handbook of Acoustics, McGraw-Hill, USA, 2009. 2. Shishoo R, “Textile advances in the automotive industry”, The Textile Institute, Technomic Publishing Co, Woodhead publishing Ltd, Cambridge, UK, 2008.

15TF20 NEEDLE PUNCHED NONWOVENS AND THEIR CHARACTERIZATION 1 0 0 1

MANUFACTURE OF NEEDLE PUNCHED NONWOVENS: Influencing Factors – Raw Material Variables –Fibre Type, length, fineness, cross section and mechanical properties. Web Characteristics – Orientation, Web weight and uniformity. Machine Parameters and Variables – Needle Density, Type of needle, Arrangement of Needle, Speed-Entry,Exit, Depth of Penetration. Finishnig –Chemical bonding, Coating, Lamination. (8) CHARCTERIZATION OF NEEDLE PUNCHED NONWOVENS : Effect of the influencing factors on properties of needle punched nonwovens – Porosity, Pore Size Distribution, Stiffness, Strength, Air Permeability, Abrasion Resistance. (7) Total L:15

110

REFERENCES: 1. Wilhelm Albrecht, “Nonwoven Fabrics”, Wiley – VCH, Verlag Gmbh and Company, 2003. 2. Russel.S, “Handbook of Nonwovens”, Textile Institute Publication, UK, 2004.

15TF21 3D WOVEN FABRICS 1 0 0 1

STRUCTURE: Structure, Comparison of 2D and 3D fabrics, classification, Multilayer fabrics – theory, weaving process. (5)

MANUFACTURING: 3 D orthogonal weaving – Design and Manufacturing of Orthogonal panels. (5)

APPLICATIONS :Properties and applications of 3D Woven fabrics. (5)

Total L: 15 REFERENCES: 1. Hu J., “3-D fibrous assemblies: Properties, applications and modelling of three - dimensional textile structures”, Woodhead Publishing Ltd., ISBN 1 84569 377 9. 2. Scardino F, in Textile Structural Composites, edited by T W Chou and F K Ko (Elsevier, Tokyo), 1989, 1-24. 3. N. Khokar. 3D-weaving: Theory and practice. Journal of the Textile Institute, 92(1):193–207, 2001. 4. N. Khokar. 3D fabric-forming process: Distinguishing between 2D-weaving, 3Dweaving and an unspecified non-interlacing process. Journal of the Textile Institute, 87(1):97–106, 1996. 5. N. Khokar. A classification of shedding methods. Journal of the Textile Institute, 90(4), 1999.

15TF22 3D KNITTED FABRICS 1 0 0 1

STRUCTURE: Structure, Comparison of 2D and 3D fabrics, classification. (3)

MANUFACTURING: 3 D Knitting – Design and Manufacturing of Multiaxial fabrics , Spatial fashioned knitted fabrics, Sandwich/spacer fabrics. (7)

APPLICATIONS : Properties and applications of 3D Knitted fabrics. (5)

Total L: 15 REFERENCES: 1. Scardino F, in Textile Structural Composites, edited by T W Chou and F K Ko (Elsevier, Tokyo), 1989, 1-24. 2. F Au K, “Advances in knitting technology”, Hong Kong Polytechnic University, Hong Kong ,Woodhead Publishing,Series in Textiles No. 89 ,India, 2001. 3. Spencer D J, “Knitting technology” Woodhead Publishing Series in Textiles No. 16 , India, 2011. 4. Raz, S, “Knitting Technology”, Woodhead Publishing Limited, Cambridge, 1991.

15TF23 DIGITAL PRINTING 1 0 0 1

DIGITAL PRINTING: Printer-Inkjet printing technology. Drop formation and impaction and industrial production printers. Printer software – Digital encoding and formation of printed images and digital colour management. (5)

Digital printing colouration – substrate preparation for ink-jet printing, pigmented ink formulation. Formulation of aqueous inkjet ink. (5) Effect of pretreatment on print quality and its measurement, and inkjet printing of cationized cotton with reactive inks. (5)

Total L: 15 REFERENCES: 1. Ujiie H, “Digital Printing of Textiles”, CRC, Wood Head Publishing Ltd, UK, 2006. 2. Tyler D, “Textile Digital Printing Technologies”, Textile Institute Publication UK, Vol.37 No.4, 2005.

OFFERED BY THE DEPARTMENT OF HUMANITIES

15OF01 EXPORT - IMPORT MANAGEMENT 1 0 0 1

INTRODUCTION: Export – Import Business – Preliminaries for starting Export – Import Business Registration. (3)

EXPORT PROCEDURES: Obtaining an Export License – Export Credit Insurance – Procedures and Documentation. (4)

FOREIGN EXCHANGE: Finance for Exports – Pricing - Understanding Foreign Exchange Rates. (3)

111

IMPORT PROCEDURES: Import Policy – License - Procedure and Documentation. (3)

EXPORT INCENTIVES: Incentives – Institutional Support. (2)

Total L: 15 REFERENCES: 1. Ramagopal C., “Export Import Procedures - Documentation and Logistics”, New Age International. 2. Cherian and Parab, “Export Marketing”, Himalaya Publishing House, New Delhi, 2008. 3. Rathod, Rathor and Jani, “International Marketing”, Himalaya Publishing House, New Delhi, 2008. 4. “Government of India: Export-Import Policy, procedures, etc.”, (Volumes I, II and III) New Delhi.

15OF02 INSURANCE & RISK MANAGEMENT 1 0 0 1

INTRODUCTION TO RISK MANAGEMENT: Risk in Our Society. (2)

INSURANCE AND RISK: Client Side – Components of the Costs of Risk. (2)

PRINCIPLES OF INSURANCE: Insurance Company Operations – Documents. (4)

MASS CONTROL: Insurance Intermediaries – Insurance Companies and their Role in Deducting Business / Role Risks. (4)

FINANCIAL RISKS: Shift of Risks – Risk Derivatives. (3) Total L: 15 REFERENCES: 1. George E Rejda, “Principles of Risk Management & Insurance”, 2010. 2. John Hull, “Risk Management & Financial Institution”, 2012. 3. Alka Mittal &. Gupta S. L, “Principles of Insurance & Risk Management”, 2006.

15OF03 VALUES AND ETHICS AT WORK PLACE 1 0 0 1

HUMAN VALUES AND ETHOS: Meaning and Significance of Values – Sources of Individual Values - Value crisis in the Contemporary Indian Society –Moral and Ethical Values. (4)

APPLICATION OF VALUES: Relevance of Values in Management – Personal Values and Values at Work place – Values for Managers. (2)

WORK ETHICS: Professional Values & Ethics – Need – Issues – Challenges – Ethical Leadership – Ethical dilemma - Case Study. (4) SHARED VALUES IN THE ORGANIZATION AND ITS IMPACT: Need to identify and share values – the Value Construct and How to Promote Shared Values. (2)

UNIVERSAL VALUES: Cross Cultural Values - Impact of Culture on Organizations and Managing Workforce Diversity. (3)

Total L: 15 REFERENCES: 1. Tripathi A. N., “Human values”, New Age international Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2002. 2. Murthy C.S.V., “Business Ethics”, Himalaya Publishing House, 2007. 3. Jayshree Suresh, Raghavan B.S., “Professional Ethics”, S. Chand & Company Ltd., New Delhi, 2005. 4. Nandagopal R. and Ajith Sankar RN., “Indian Ethos and Values in Management”, McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2010.

15OF04 DEVELOPMENT OF INDUSTRIALISATION 1 0 0 1

EVOLUTION OF MODERN ECONOMY- Colonialism, Capitalism and economic development. (2)

AMERICAN HISTORY- Before and After European arrival. (4)

ROLE SLAVERY and trade in America. (4)

INDIAN ECONOMY – Pre and Post Independence, (3)

INDUSTRIALIZATION IN ASIA AND AFRICA – Colonialism – anti-colonialism and Socialism. (2)

Total L: 15 REFERENCES: 1. Paul Johnson, “A History of the American People” Harper perennial Edition- 1999. 2. Henry Bamford Parkes, “The United States of America – A history”, Second Edition, 1960. 3. Ramesh Singh, “Indian Economy- for Civil Services Examination”, McGraw Hill, 8th Edition. 4. John g Jackson and Willis N Huggins, I “Introduction to African Civilizations” - 2011.

112

15OF05 CREATIVITY AND SOCIAL ENTERPRISE 1 0 0 1

CREATIVITY- Understanding the creative skills (2)

WAYS TO IMPROVE creativity and exercises. (4)

INNOVATION – Process of Innovating new ideas - Importance of Innovation. (4)

ENTREPRENEURIAL skills and development – Intrapreneurship. (3)

SOCIAL ENTREPRENEUR and social enterprise – success stories of entrepreneurs – Leadership styles adopted by successful entrepreneurs. (2)

Total L: 15 REFERENCES: 1. Bruee R Barringer and Duane Treland, “Entrepreneurship – Successfully Launching New Ventures”, Pearson Prentice Hall, 2012. 2. Robert D Hisrich, Michael P Peters& Dean Shepherd, “Entrepreneurship”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2007 3. Daniel Kahneman, “Thinking faast and sloe”, Farrar, Straus and Giroux, 2011. 4. Robert B Tucker, “ Innovation Everybody‟s Business”, 2010

15OF06 SOCIAL AND PSYCHOLOGICAL WELL BEING 1 0 0 1

DEFINING SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY and social influences on behavior. (2)

ANALYSIS OF SOCIAL and psychological problems and the solutions to address social problems. (4)

ROLE OF SPORTS AND GAMES, yoga practices, tracking and outdoor activities in addressing social and psychological problems. (4)

ORIGINS OF PSYCHOLOGICAL DISORDER – roots of social anxiety - prevention of psychological disorders. (3)

NATURE OF INTERVENTIONS – Evaluation of Interventions and implementing the interventions. (2)

Total L: 15 REFERENCES: 1. Frank W Schneider et all, “Applied Social Psychology”, II Ed., Sage Publications, 2012. 2. Robert A Baron and Giriswar Misra, “Psychology”, V Ed., Pearson, Chennai. 3. John T Cacioppo Laura & Freberg, “Discovering Psychology the Science of Mind”, Cengage Learning, 2013. 4. Frank W Schneider, Jamie & Gruman, Larry M Coutts, “Applied Social Psychology”, II Ed., Sage Publications.

15OF13 SECURITY ANALYSIS AND PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

1 0 0 1 INVESTMENTS ENVIRONMENT: Classification - Financial Instruments – Security Trading. (2)

TYPES OF SECURITY: Trading – Orders, Margin Trading – Clearing and Settlement Procedures. (5)

SECURITY ANALYSIS: Industry Analysis – Company Analysis. (4)

PORTFOLIO: Measuring Risk and Returns and Treatment in Portfolio Management. (4)

Total L: 15 REFERENCES: 1. William F Sharpe, Gordon J. Alexander and Jeffery V Bailey, “Investments”, Prentice Hall, 2012. 2. Prasanna Chandra, “Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management”, TATA McGraw Hill Publishing, 2011. 3. Ranganatham, “Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management”, Pearson Edition, 2004. 4. Bhalla V K., “Investment Management”, TATA McGraw Hill Publishing, 2011.

15OF14 IMPLEMENTATION OF QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 1 0 0 1

INTRODUCTION – Need for Quality – Definitions of Quality – Dimensions of Product and Service Quality – Basic Concept of TQM – Contributions of Deming, Juran and Crosby – Barriers to TQM. (2)

STRATEGIC QUALITY PLANNING – Quality Councils – Employee Involvement – Empowerment – Team and Team Work – PDCA Cycle – 5S – Supplier Selection and Supplier Rating. (4)

SEVEN TOOLS OF QUALITY – New Management Tool – Concepts, Methodology, Applications to Manufacturing, Service Sector Including IT – Bench Marking – Reason to Bench Mark, Bench Mark Process – FMEA Types. (4)

113

PRODUCTION PLANNING & CONTROL – Concepts of Productivity – Importance – Modes of Calculating Productivity – Cost of Quality - SERVQUAL – Quality Improvement Strategies. (3)

CONTROL CHART – Process Capability – Quality Function Development (QFD) – Taguchi Quality Loss Function – TPM Concepts.

(2)

Total L: 15 REFERENCES: 1. Jiju Antony; David Preece Routledge, “Understanding, Managing and Implementing Quality: Frameworks, Techniques and Cases”, Routledge, 2002. 2. Dale H. Besterfield., “Total Quality Management”, Pearson, 2011. 3. Hubert K.Rampersad, “Total Quality Management”, Springer International Publishing, 2004. 4. Mukkerjee P N., “Total Quality Management”, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., 2006.

15OF15 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 1 0 0 1 INTRODUCTION: Meaning of finance - Definition of financial management - Scope of Financial Management - Functions of Financial Manager. (2)

OBJECTIVE OF FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT: Profit Maximization and Wealth Maximization. (4)

CAPITAL STRUCTURE: Designing of Capital Structure - Profitability and Liquidity Aspects. (4)

DIVIDEND POLICY: Determinants of Dividends- Bonus share – Tax aspects. (3)

CORPORATE RESTRUCTURING: Merger and Acquisition (M&A) - Case Studies. (2)

Total L: 15

REFERENCES: 1. Pandey I M., “Financial Management”, Vikas Publication House Pvt Ltd., 2013. 2. Prasanna Chandra, “Financial Management Theory and Practice”, TATA McGraw Hill Publishing, 2010. 3. James C. Van Horne and John M. Wachowicz JR. “Fundamentals of Financial Management”, twelfth edition, Pearson Edition, 2010 4. Khan M.Y and Jain P.K., “Financial Management” TATA McGraw Hill Publishing, 2010.

15OF16 PERSONALITY DEVELOPMENT THROUGH TRANSACTIONAL ANALYSIS 1 0 0 1

EXPLORING THE PERSONALITY - Structural Ego states - Functional Ego states. (2)

MOTIVATION – Strokes Maslow‟s Hierarchy of Needs. (4)

INTERPERSONAL RELATIONSHIP - Time Management – Transactions - Time Structuring. (4)

STRESS MANAGEMENT - Working Styles – Contamination. (3)

ASSERTIVENESS AND LEADERSHIP SKILLS - Life positions – Competency. (2)

Total L: 15

REFERENCES: 1. Eric Berne, “Games People Play The Basic Handbook of Transactional Analysis”, The Random House Publishing Group, Newyork, 1964. 2. Muriel James and Dorothy Jongeward, “Born to Win”, Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, Inc. Philippines, 1971. 3. Claud Steiner, “Scripts people live: Transactional Analysis of Life Scripts”, Grove Press Newyork, 1974. 4. Wagner. A., “The Transactional Manager”, Prentice Hall Press, New Yark, 1981.

OFFERED BY THE DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH

15OF10 CORPORATE COMMUNICATION 1 0 0 1 INTRODUCTION: Basics of Corporate Culture, Etiquette, Code governing manners and conduct, Personal Grooming, People relationship, Worthy goals/ideals. (3)

ORAL COMMUNICATION: Communicating in Organizational Settings - Recognizing effective Communication - Mastering Listening and Nonverbal Communication Skills - Overcoming Barriers to Communication - Communicating in Teams and adapting to Cross Cultural Communication contexts. (4)

114

WRITTEN COMMUNICATION: Planning, Writing, and completing business messages - Writing messages for Electronic Media - Creating effective E-mail messages - Writing routine and positive and negative messages - Writing persuasive messages – Training on writing Reports and proposals – Mastering the Format and layout of Business Documents. (5)

Presentation and Negotiation Skills. (3) Total: 15 REFERENCES: 1. Herta A. Murphy, Hebert W. Hildebrandt, and Jane P. Thomas, “Effective Business Communication”, McGraw – Hill, New Delhi, 2008. 2. Courtland L. Bove‟e, John V. Thill, and Mukesh Chaturvedi, “Business Communication Today”, Dorling Kindersley India (Pvt). Ltd., 2009.

15OF11 - INTERPERSONAL AND ORGANIZATIONAL COMMUNICATION 1 0 0 1

UNDERSTANDING ORGANIZATIONAL COMMUNICATION: Communication Networks in an Organization; Intra- organizational communication; Inter-organizational communication; Flow Nomenclature; Workplace diversity and intercultural aspects of communication (4)

COMMUNICATION FUNCTIONS IN ORGANIZATIONS: Teamwork and team dynamics; Conflict resolution strategies and styles; Leading and influencing others-facilitation skills (3)

WRITTEN COMMUNICATION: Email Writing, Professional Reports, and Memos (4)

INTERPERSONAL SKILLS: Nature and Dimensions of Interpersonal Communication; Personality and Communication styles; Active listening and intentional responding; Working with emotional intelligence. (4)

Total L:15

REFERENCES: 1. Bagchi, Subroto. “The Professional ”. Penguin Publications, UK. 2011. 2. “A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge (PMBOK guide)”. Project Management Institute Inc., USA. 2013.

15OF12 – HUMAN VALUES THROUGH LITERATURE 1 0 0 1

PROSE: Kalam, Abdul. “College Education” from Wings of Fire, Emerson, R W. “Self-Reliance” Independence, Russell, Bertrand. “Education” Harmony (5)

POETRY: Frost, Robert. “Mending Wall” Neighbourly Relationship,Das, Kamala. “An Introduction” – Identity and Freedom . (2)

DRAMA: Karnad, Girish, Tughlaq – Statesmanship and friendship (3)

ONE-ACT PLAY: Chekhov, Anton. The Bear – Love (1)

SHORT STORY: Maugham, Somerset. “Mr. Know-All” – Empathy, Desai, Anita. “Devoted Son” – Family Bond. (2)

NOVEL: Murthy, Sudha. Gently Falls the Bakula – Gender equality (2)

Total L: 15 hrs REFERENCES: 1. Abrams, M .H. and Harpham, G., “ A Glossary of Literary Terms”. Cengage, Boston, 2015 2. Scholes, R., Comely, N.R., Klaus, C. H., and Silverman, M. Elements of Literature, Indian Rpt. OUP,New Delhi, 2013 3. Additional readings on individual texts

115

OFFERED BY THE DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS

15OF21 PRINCIPLES OF BUSINESS ANALYTICS 1 0 0 1

PREDICTIVE ANALYTICS: CLASSIFICATION AND DISCRETE CHOICE PROBLEMS: Simple linear regression - multiple linear regression model development and diagnostics - analysis of transactional data using binary logistic and multinomial logistic regression models - discrete choice models, non-linear regression. Classification Trees, Classification and Regression Tree (CART) - forecasting.

PREDICTIVE ANALYTICS: MARKETING, RETAIL AND OPERATIONS ANALYTICS: Markov chain models in marketing: Modelling customer relationship as a Markov chain - brand switching - market share estimation - Markov model for customer retention - Customer Lifetime Value (CLV) estimation.

PRESCRIPTIVE ANALYTICS: Multi-criteria decision making - analytic hierarchy process - data envelopment analysis and their applications in operations - marketing and finance. Six sigma methodologies for problem solving: DMAIC methodology for problem solving and process improvement - DMADV methodology for design and development of new process.

Total L: 15 REFERENCES: 1. Hopkins M S, LaValle S, Balboni F, Kruschwitz N and Shockley R, “10 Insights: A first look at The New Intelligence Enterprise Survey on Winning with Data”, MIT Sloan Management Review, Vol. 52, No. 1, 21–31. 2. Fausto Pedro García Márquez and Benjamin Lev, “Advanced Business Analytics”, Springer, 2015.

116